Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Auraria Membership

Aggregations:
Auraria Library

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
UNIVERSITY
UNIVERSITY Of COLORADO BULLETIN


CONTENTS
General Information ................................................... 1
UCD— An Urban Campus ................................................ 1
Admission Policies and Procedures ................................... 2
Tuition, Fees, Financial Aid ........................................ 7
Registration ....................................................... 12
Academic Policies .................................................. 12
Student Services ................................................... 15
Academic Programs .................................................. 17
Administrative Officers ............................................ 18
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.................................... 21
Division of Arts and Humanities .................................... 31
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences .......................... 36
Division of Social Sciences ........................................ 39
College of Business and Administration
and Graduate School of Business Administration ..................... 43
School of Education .................................................... 55
College of Engineering and Applied Science ............................. 56
College of Environmental Design ........................................ 74
Graduate School ........................................................ 81
College of Music ....................................................... 99
Graduate School of Public Affairs ..................................... 102
Course Descriptions ................................................... 113
Faculty ............................................................... 183
Index.................................................................. 191
Although this bulletin was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the time, all information (including the academic calendar, admission and graduation requirements, course offerings and course descriptions, and statements of tuition and fees) is subject to change without notice or obligation.
STUDENTS WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS AND DEADLINES PUBLISHED IN THIS BULLETIN.
University of Colorado Bulletin.
364 Willard Administrative Center, Boulder, Colorado 80309. Vol. LXXVII, No. 60, December 25, 1977,
General Series No. 1944. Published five times monthly by the University of Colorado. Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.




UMKRSITY OF COLORADO A1DCMVIGR 1100 FOURTGGNTH STRGGT DGMMGR, COLORADO 80202
TGLGPHONG - 629-2800
SeCOND-CLdy; POSMG€ PAID m THE POST Office SOULDCR. COLORADO 80302
COLL€G€S /1MD SCHOOLS
BUSINESS AW /1Dmini9TR/1TIOri GR/1DU^TG SCHOOL OF BUSINGS dDMINISTRdTION GDUCFlTIOn
GMGIhGGRIhG AW /1PPLIGD SCKNC€ GNI/IRONMG1M DG9IGM GR/IDU^TG SCHOOL LIBGR/^L dRTSdNDSCKNCeS MUSIC
PUBLIC dFFdIRS




ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Summer 1978
April I Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
April l International student application deadline.
May I New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.)
June 6, 7 Registration.
June 12 First day of classes.
June 12, 13, 14 Late registration.
June 20 Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
July 4 Holiday (no classes).
August 18 End of semester.
Fall 1978
April l Financial aid application deadline. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
June I International student application deadline.
July l New student application deadline. (The deadline may be extended if space is available.)
August 29, 30, 31 Registration.
September 5 First day of classes.
September 5-8 Late registration.
September 20 > Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
October 1 Financial aid application deadline for spring semester 1979. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.)
November 23-25 Thanksgiving holidays (no classes).
December 22 End of semester.
Spring 1979
January 23, 24 Registration.
January 29 First day of classes.
January 29-February 2 Late registration.
February 13 Last day to add or drop a course without approval.
March 18-25 Spring vacation (no classes).
May 25 End of semester.
May 26 Commencement.
Summer 1979
June 5, 6 Registration.
June 11 First day of classes.
June 11-13 Late registration.
July 4 Independence Day holiday.
August 17 End of semester.
'The University reserves the right to alter the Academic Calendar at any time.


DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GLANCE1
Baccalaureate Programs Master’s Programs
HUMANITIES communication and theatre, English, fine arts, French, German, philosophy, Spanish communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, humanities
BUSINESS (areas of emphasis) accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, minerals land management, organizational management, personnel management, public agency administration, real estate, small business management, statistics, transportation management M.B.A. areas of emphasis: accounting, finance, management science, marketing, organizational management, personnel management, production and operations management, transportation management. M.S.: accounting, finance, management science, marketing, management and organization.
EDUCATION elementary education, secondary education, rehabilitation services early childhood education, educational psychology, elementary education, foundations of education, guidance and counseling, library media, reading, secondary education
ENGINEERING civil engineering, civil engineering and business, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and business, electrical engineering and computer science, electrical engineering and computer science and business, applied mathematics, applied mathematics and business, mechanical engineering, mechanical engineering and business applied mathematics, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science
ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN offered only at Boulder architecture, architecture in urban design, interior design (anticipated for fall 1978), landscape architecture, urban and regional planning
MUSIC music and media
NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES biology, chemistry, geography, geology, mathematics, physics, population dynamics, psychology basic science, biology, chemistry, environmental science, geography, mathematics, psychology
PUBLIC AFFAIRS public administration, urban affairs (also, doctorate in public administration)
SOCIAL SCIENCES anthropology, economics, ethnic studies, history, political science, sociology, urban studies anthropology, economics, history, political science, social sciences, sociology
'Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD. but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health careers (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy).


UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION1
Type of Applicant Criteria for Admission' Required Credentials When to Apply Notes
FRESHMAN (Students seeking a bachelor's degree who have never attended a collegiate institution) In general: Rank in upper third of high school graduating class. Have 15 units of acceptable high school work. Minimum test scores: Resident Nonresident ACT comp: 23 25 or SAT comb: 1000 1050 Complete application $10 application fee Official high school transcript showing rank-in-class, date of graduation, 7th semester grades, 8th semester courses Official ACT or SAT score report. Not later than: July 1 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 1 for summer Seniors who meet or exceed all admission criteria may apply as early as Oct. 1 for following fall. For specific requirements refer to the college sections of this bulletin.
TRANSFER’ (Students seeking a bachelor's degree who have attended a collegiate institution other than CU) Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Residents must have a minimum 2.0 (C) GPA on all work attempted. Nonresidents must have a minimum 2.5 (C-t-) GPA on all work attempted. Complete application $10 application fee Cne official transcript from each college attended Not later than: July 1 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 1 for summer Transfers to the School of Education consult that section for additional requirements. Transfers with less than 12 semester hours of University acceptable transfer credit must also submit all required freshman credentials.
SPECIAL (Students who are not seeking a degree at this institution) Must be at least 21 years old (except in summer). Must be high school graduate. Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Complete application Not later than: July 1 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 1 for summer Application will also be accepted at registration if space allows. Graduate special students, see Graduate School Section for additional information.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning special students, returning degree students who have not attended another institution since CU) Must be in good standing Former student application Same as for special students Students under academic suspension in certain schools or colleges at the University of Colorado may enroll during the summer term as a means of improving their grade-point averages.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning degree students who have attempted 12 or more hours at another institution since attending CU) Same as for transfers Complete application $10 application fee One official transcript from each intervening college Same as for transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: SPECIAL TO DEGREE (Former CU special students who wish to enter a degree program) Same as for transfers Same as for transfers Plus CU transcript and Courses in Progress form Same as for transfers
CHANGE OF STATUS: DEGREE TO SPECIAL (Former CU degree students who have graduated and wish to take additional work) Must have completed degree. Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions attended. Special student application Same as for special students Only students who have completed and received degree are eligible to change to special status.
INTERCAMPUS TRANSFER (Students who have been enrolled on one CU campus and wish to take courses on another) Must be in good standing Former student application Transfer to Denver; same as for specials Transfer from Denver: refer to appropriate bulletin. Transfers from Denver to another campus of CU should refer to appropriate bulletin for additional requirements.
INTRAUNIVERSITY TRANSFER (Students who wish to change from one CU college to another, e g., from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) Same as for transfers Intra-university transfer application CU transcript Same as for transfers
'Applications will be accepted only as long as openings remain. 'Requirements for individual schools or colleges may vary.


General Information
THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER: AN URBAN UNIVERSITY CAMPUS
The University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an urban nonresidential campus located in downtown Denver. The campus is easily accessible to commuters from a four-county area and is close to major businesses and government offices in downtown Denver, as well as to civic and cultural centers. UCD is one of the largest state-supported institutions of higher education in Colorado in terms of enrollment, with an average of 8,000 students enrolled during a semester.
The UCD Administration Building is located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD shares library, laboratory, classroom, and recreation facilities with two other metropolitan institutions on a single campus, the Auraria Higher Education Center.
Academic Programs
UCD is committed to meeting the needs of the metropolitan Denver community. Academic, public service, and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment, encompassing both traditional and nontraditional fields of study. Students enrolled at UCD can earn undergraduate degrees in 45 fields and graduate degrees in nearly 50 fields. The colleges and schools at UCD are:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
The undergraduate colleges admit freshmen and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts, sciences, humanities, business, engineering, and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provides preprofessional training in the fields of education, law, journalism, and the health sciences. The School of Education offers programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in education and teacher certification to students with two years of college work. The Graduate School offers master’s programs in the arts, sciences, humanities, engineering, business, education, and music to students with baccalaureate degrees.
The College of Environmental Design, the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs provide programs leading to the master's degree in their specialized areas. The Graduate School of Public Affairs also offers a doctorate in public administration.
Students
Highly motivated people from all walks of life make up UCD’s student body. The diversity of backgrounds, interests, occupations, and ages stimulates a unique learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD. Students range in age from 16 to 70. Approximately two-thirds of the students hold full-time jobs and 60 percent are enrolled at the upper division or graduate level. In order to give students maximum flexibility in planning both educational and employment goals, more than half of the courses are offered during the evening hours. Students may begin studies in most areas at the beginning of the 16-week fall or spring semester, or the 10-week summer term.
Faculty and Accreditation
More than 200 highly qualified faculty members teach full time at UCD: 70 percent have doctoral degrees. The faculty is alert to the challenges of the urban environment and responsive to the needs of the commuter student. UCD is accredited by or holds membership in the following organizations:
ACCREDITATION
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
National Architecture Accrediting Board National Association of Schools of Music
MEMBERSHIP
Association of Urban Universities American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business
Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture and Collegiate Schools of Planning National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration


2 /University of Colorado at Denver
The Engineers’ Council for Professional Development has accredited the programs in civil engineering and in electrical engineering in the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
University of Colorado System
UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado at Boulder now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. The Medical Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing, and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region, offering undergraduate, graduate, and professional programs. UCD’s special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for students in the Denver metropolitan area.
Qualified students may begin programs of study in some undergraduate, preprofessional, and graduate areas that they must complete at other University campuses. Under certain circumstances, UCD students may enroll for courses offered by the other campuses. Students also have access to the library resources of all campuses and cultural events sponsored within the University system.
The official transcript of any student who first enrolled in the spring semester 1978 or afterwards and who graduates from an undergraduate program operated solely by UCD will indicate that the degree was conferred at Denver. At present the only undergraduate program operated solely by UCD is the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Auraria Higher Education Center
The Auraria Higher Education Center is a cooperative effort by the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College, and the Auraria campus of the Community College of Denver to meet the higher education needs of metropolitan Denver. The three institutions share library, classroom, and related facilities on the Auraria campus, a 168-acre site in downtown Denver.
The Auraria Higher Education Center combines the educational strengths of the three participating institutions. Each institution offers distinctive educational opportunities to students seeking a higher education. The Community College of Denver provides vocational programs and two-year associate degree programs; Metropolitan State College has four-year programs leading to the baccalaureate degree. The University of Colorado at Denver is the university component, offering undergraduate, preprofessional, professional, and graduate programs. Interinstitutional enrollment agreements among the three institutions provide students with a broader range of courses than could be offered by a single institution.
The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings, five classroom buildings, the Learning Resources Center, the student center, child care and de-
velopment centers, the physical education building, and two service buildings.
The Auraria Library is housed in the Learning Resources Center, with a branch in the Community Col-lege/Auraria Administration Building. The library collection includes books, reserve and reference materials, journals, microforms, records, tapes, and other media in various formats. Microform equipment and listening and viewing facilities are provided. General reference service, interlibrary loans, and assistance with individual library problems are available at the reference counter. UCD students may use the inter-library loan service to obtain materials not held by the Auraria Libraries.
The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver’s past — 19th-century houses, churches, and the famous Tivoli brewery built in 1882.
Equal Opportunity
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and in employment.
In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed, color, age, national origin, or individull handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees.
The institution’s educational programs, activities, and services offered to students and/or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the provisions of Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973.
A UCD Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Program has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions on equity, discrimination, or fairness, consult the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and outside the University: Affirmative Action Director Nereyda Bottoms, Room 803, 1100 Four-teeenth Street (telephone: 629-2621); Title IX Coordinator Alice Owen, Room 212, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 620-2726); or Paul Kopecky, Rehabilitation Act Coordinator, Room 207, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 629-2861).
I. ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES General Policies
UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an academic program successfully. Admission decisions are based on many factors, the most important being:
1. Level of previous academic performance.
2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment, as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests.
3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban, nonresidential campus.


General Information 13
4. Maturity, motivation, and potential for academic growth.
UCD reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmission to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University in order to carry out its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students
All questions and correspondence regarding undergraduate admission to UCD should be directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Undergraduate Fall Spring Summer
Students 1978 1979 1979
New Students July 1 December 1 May 1
Transfer Students July 1 December 1 May 1
International Students June 1 November 1 April 1
Former University of Colorado Students July 1 December 1 May 1
Intrauniversity
Transfer Students 60 days prior to the beginning of the term
The University reserves the right to change application deadlines in accordance with enrollment demands, and applicants should apply as early as possible. Updated information is available from the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660. All documents required for admission must be received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline for an applicant to be considered for admission for the term desired. Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may elect to have admission consideration made for a later term. Transfer students are reminded that sufficient time should be allowed to have transcripts sent from institutions attended previously, and foreign students are advised that it usually takes 120 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Records from international locations.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN
New freshmen may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music.
/. General Requirements. The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certificate by completing the General Education Development (GED) Test. Applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate must have scored at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the GED test to be considered for admission. Applicants who have completed the Spanish Language General Educational Development Test must also submit
scores from Test VI, “English as a Second Language.” Applicants should have completed 15 units of acceptable secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one year of high school course work. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate colleges have the following requirements:
College of Business and Administration
English ...................................................... 3
Mathematics (college preparatory) ............................ 3
Natural sciences (laboratory type) ........................... 2
Social sciences (including history) .......................... 2
Electives .................................................... 5
(Such as foreign languages and additional academic courses. May include up to 2 units in business areas.)
Total 15
College of Engineering and Applied Science'
English ...................................................... 3
Algebra .................................................... 2
Geometry ..................................................... 1
(Trigonometry and higher mathematics recommended.)
Natural sciences ............................................. 2
(Physics and chemistry recommended.)
Social studies and humanities ................................ 2
(Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities.)
Electives .................................................... 5
Total 15
College of Music
English ..........................
Theoretical music ................
Physical science .................
Social science ...................
Foreign language .................
Mathematics ......................
Additional high school academic units
Total
It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended.
The College of Music requires an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. In lieu of the personal audition, applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length on IVi ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music, UCD, for audition or interview applications.
2. Colorado Residents.2 Colorado residents who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes.
a. Preferred consideration — applicants who rank in the upper third of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 23 or higher on the American College Test (ACT) or a combined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong mathematics and science background and somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT. Business students are required to
'See the College of Engineering and Applied Science section for the level of mathematical competence desirable for engineering students.
JSee Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes for a definition of resident and nonresident.


4 /University of Colorado at Denver
have strong mathematics background and higher class rank and test scores,
b. Considered on an individual basis — applicants who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class, and/or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23, and /or do not have 15 units of acceptable high school credit.
3. Nonresidents.' Nonresidents must meet the general requirements given above and must rank at least in the upper 40 percent of their high school class and have an ACT composite score of 25 or above or a combined SAT score of 1050 or above to be considered for admission. Nonresidents are advised that UCD does not maintain housing facilities for students.
How to Apply
1. Students should obtain an Application for Admission from their high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660.
2. The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. A $10 non-refundable application fee must accompany the application. An applicant who is granted admission but who is unable to enroll for the term applied for will have the $ 10 fee valid for 12 months, provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term.
3. Students must have their high school send a transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records.
4. The student must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that test scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875). High school students may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to receive scores must request that scores be sent to UCD. This is done by completing a Request for Additional Score Report available at test centers or from the offices listed below.
Registration Department
American College Testing Program (ACT)
P. O. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. O. Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704
5. Students must have GED test scores sent to UCD if they have High School Equivalency Certificates.
Checklist of Application Materials
1. Completed application form.
2. $10 application fee.
3. High school transcript of grades including class rank.
4. SAT or ACT test scores.
5. GED scores (for applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate) and copy of GED Certificate.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music. Students interested in the field of education should contact the School of Education office for information, 629-2717.
/. Colorado Residents.' Colorado residents who want to be considered for transfer admission to UCD must have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average calculated on all work attempted and be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Applicants to the Colleges of Business and Administration or Engineering and Applied Science must have a higher grade-point average to be considered for admission. Music applicants must successfully complete a music audition. The student must have completed at least 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) of work acceptable to the University. Students who have completed fewer than 12 semester credits must meet the admissison requirements for freshmen. Students are grouped as follows for admission purposes:
a. Preferred consideration — applicants who meet the above academic standards and have completed more than 12 semester credits (18 quarter credits) from an institution of university rank, and applicants who have completed at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college).
b. Considered on an individual basis — applicants who meet the academic standards listed above and who have completed fewer than 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., community college, state college) or those whose previous academic work does not meet the above standards. Primary factors considered are: (1) the college or school to which admission is desired; (2) quality of prior academic work; (3) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance.
2. Nonresidents.' Nonresident applicants to the College of Business and Administration must have a
'See Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes for a definition of resident and nonresident.


General Information 15
transferable grade-point average of at least 2.75 to be considered for admission. Nonresidents applying to the College of Engineering and Applied Science must have a grade-point average of at least 2.6 to be considered.
How to Apply
1. The student should obtain a transfer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660.
2. The application form must be completed and returned to the Office of Admissions and Records with the $10 nonrefundable application fee.
3. The student must have an official transcript sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each collegiate institution attended. If a student is currently enrolled, a transcript listing all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term.
4. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign language taken during the high school years providing they furnish an official high school transcript. Further information may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file.
Transfer of College-Level Credit
The Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate dean’s office will determine whch courses taken at another institution can be applied to a degree program at UCD after all transcripts have been received and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meets the degree, grade, and residence requirements at UCD.
College-level credit may be transferred to the University if it was earned at a college or university of recognized standing, by advanced placement examinations, or in military service or schooling as recommended by the Commission on Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade ofC or higher was attained; and if the credit is for courses appropriate to the degree sought at this institution.
The University will accept up to 72 semester credits (108 quarter credits) of junior college work toward the baccalaureate degree requirements. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/doctrinal work. A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met.
For more detailed information by school and college regarding the transfer of college-level credit, see Academic Policies and Regulations.
Readmission Requirements for Former Students
1. Students Who Have Not Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application, available from the Office of Admissions and Records, by the deadline for the term desired. No application fee and no supplementary credentials are required.
2. Students Who Have Attended Another Institution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have attended another collegiate institution since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application and official transcripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Applicants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last attending the University also must submit a $10 nonrefundable evaluation fee.
Requirements for Intrauniversity Transfer
UCD students or former University of Colorado students may change colleges or schools within the University of Colorado provided they are admissible to the college or school to which they wish to transfer. Transfer forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students should observe application deadlines indicated in the current Schedule of Courses. Decisions on intrauniversity transfers are made by the college or school to which the student wishes to transfer.
High School Concurrent Enrollment
High school juniors and seniors with proved academic abilities may be admitted to UCD. Credit for courses taken may subsequently be applied toward a University degree program. For more information and application instructions, contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660.
Admission of Graduate Degree Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission to the graduate programs at UCD should be directed to the following:
Programs in Business
Office of Graduate Studies
Graduate School of Business Administration
629-2605
Programs in Environmental Design College of Environmental Design 629-2877
Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 629-2825
AII Other Programs Graduate School 629-2663


6 /University of Colorado at Denver
The above offices are located at 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
As a principal part of its mission, UCD offers graduate- and professional-level programs for the convenience of Denver residents. During the 1977-78 academic year, approximately 37 percent of the student body was enrolled at the graduate level.
Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges and through the Graduate School of Business Administration, the College of Environmental Design, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs. The particular admission and graduation requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections.
Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate special students. Several types of students make use of the special student category. Among these are students who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is desirable, but who wish to take additional course work for professional or personal improvement; students who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background, change of discipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and students who have not decided about entering a specific degree program. Such students should be aware that, generally, only limited course credits taken as a special student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a 2.0 minimum grade-point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration as a graduate special student. Students interested in applying as graduate special students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for applications.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES
Admission requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program. The Graduate School has general admission requirements which are supplemented by specific requirements of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, English, etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, and the arts, sciences, and humanities should consult the general information section of the Graduate School portion of this bulletin as well as the following sections dealing with requirements and deadlines for specific programs. Applicants in the fields of business, public affairs, and environmental design should refer to the sections of this bulletin on the Graduate School of Business Administration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design.
Admission of Nondegree Special Students
All correspondence and questions regarding admission as a special student should be directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660
Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education, 629-2717.
APPLICATION DEADLINES
Special Students Those who want to Fall 1978 Spring 1979 Summer 1979
take undergraduate or graduate courses July 1 December 1 May 1
Those who want to
change from special to degree status July 1 December 1 May 1
Those who want
teacher certification February 1 N.A. February 1
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Persons who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a University of Colorado degree are admitted as special students. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for professional improvement. Persons who do not have an undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an undergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students. UCD will admit adults (over 21 years of age) without an undergraduate degree as special students for one semester or summer term only; after that the student must apply to a regular degree program. Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certification may be admitted as special students if they meet the requirements of the School of Education. Special students must maintain a grade-point average of 2.0.
HOW TO APPLY
To apply for admission as a special student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records. Return the completed application by the deadline for the term desired. There is no application fee, and no additional credentials are required. Applicants who seek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submit the required credentials.
Special students are advised that registration for
courses is on a space available basis.
CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT
Special students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and/or test scores) and a $10 nonrefundable


General Information 17
application fee also must be submitted with the application. Special students who are accepted as undergraduate degree students may transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean. (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August of 1970.)
Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the application required by the particular program. The graduate dean, upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward the requirements for a master’s degree for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recognized graduate school, or some combination thereof. The department may recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a special student during the semester for which the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program.
Official Notification of Admission
Official notification of admission to UCD as an undergraduate, graduate, or special student is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records on a Statement of Admission Eligibility Form. Letters from the various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are subject to official admission to the institution. Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission within a reasonable period of time after submitting application materials should contact the Office of Admissions and Records, (303) 629-2660.
II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES, AND
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Tuition and Fees
All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the University of Colorado, in accordance with legislation enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. The regents reserve the right to change tuition and fee rates at any time. A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term, and students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below are tentative for the 1978-79 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost.
TENTATIVE TUITION RATES FOR 1978-79
Credit Hours of Enrollment Resident Nonresident
0 - 3 $ 69 $159
3.1- 4 92 212
4.1- 5 115 265
5.1- 6 138 318
6.1- 7 161 926
7.1- 8 184 926
8.1- 9 2C' 926
9.1-18 232 926
For each hour over 18 additional $15 additional $62
OTHER FEES
1. Student activity fee (mandatory for all students):
Fall semester 1978 ..................$13
Spring semester 1979 ................$13
Summer term 1979 ....................$9
2. Matriculation fee (mandatory for all new students):
Degree students......................$15
Special students ....................$ 5
This is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration. No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $ 10 at the initial registration as a degree student.
3. Health insurance fee (automatic for all students unless waived):
Fall or spring semester ..........$33.75
Summer term ......................$25.75
Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration. Dependent coverage (spouse and /or children) is also available at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861.
4. Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all students certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation):
Dissertation fee ..................$93
5. CoPIRG fee (automatic for all students unless
waived): ........................................$2.25
6. Comprehensive examination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive examination only):
Examination fee ...................$45
Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive examination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation.
7. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course):
Breakage deposit ..................$10
This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate.
8. Music facilities fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses):
Music fee .........................$18
College of Music students and others enrolled in piano, sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee.


8 /University of Colorado at Denver
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable when the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of part of the charges. A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-third of the total tuition and fees, whichever is greater, must be made at the time of registration. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses published before each semester or summer term.
Students who register for courses are liable for payment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Schedule of Courses. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only exception to this regulation involves students with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after graduation.
Personal checks are accepted for any University obligation. Any student who pays with a check which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University.
Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes
General Policies. A student is initially classified as a resident or nonresident student for tuition purposes at the time of application to the University. The classification is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources. To be eligible for in-state, or resident, status the following requirements (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated minors as defined by law): (1) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecutive months preceding the date of registration for the term in which in-state status is desired; (2) the student must demonstrate significant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence. Intent is demonstrated by compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (i.e., valid driver’s license, valid motor vehicle registration, payment of state income tax, etc.). An unemancipated minor assumes the domicile of his or her parents.
Once the student’s status is established, it remains unchanged unless satisfactory information to the contrary is presented. A student who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice versa must inform the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their residence outside of the state is considered a nonresident student from the date of the move and will be charged nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or his or her parent is required to notify the Office of Admissions and Records in writing within 15 days after such a change occurs. Similarly, an adult student or emancipated minor who moves out-
side of Colorado must send written notification to the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change.
Petitioning for a Change in Residency Classification. Any student who is 21 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law, may change his or her residence and tuition classification status. Detailed information on the procedures which must be followed, including necessary petition forms, is available from the Office of Admissions and Records. Petitions will not be considered until an application for admission and supporting credentials have been received by the University. Changes in classification are effective at the time of the student’s next registration. A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to avoid paying out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action.
Estimated Expenses
Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees, and the cost of books and related instructional materials. Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food expenses. All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i.e., clothing, entertainment, etc.) in determining their expenses. The following table gives an estimate of how much it will cost to attend UCD. The figures given are only estimates and may vary considerably according to the individual student’s life style.
The financial aid program at the University is designed to assist those students who would be unable to attend the University without aid. While the primary responsibility for meeting the costs of education rests with individual students and their families, financial aid funds are offered to supplement whatever funds students and their families can provide. Since requests generally exceed the availability of funds, students and their families should be aware of procedures and deadlines in order to receive maximum consideration. Questions and requests for forms should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment at UCD.
Determination of Financial Need and Award
Financial need is defined as the difference between the cost of attendance as defined by the institution (tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, transportation and essential incidental expenses) and total resources available to the student. These resources include expected summer earnings, awards from agencies outside the University, student and spouse assets and earnings, and expected parental contributions.
Financial need is determined by a national uniform needs analysis system administered by agencies such as the American College Testing Program. This system analyzes income and assets, family size, number of children in post-secondary education, student independence, etc., to determine a reasonable student and/or family contribution.


General Information 19
FINANCIAL AID BUDGET Common Auraria Campus Budgets UCD Tentative Tuition Rates, April, 1977 PER SEMESTER 4Yi months 12 hours credit ACADEMIC YEAR 9 months 12 hours credit SUMMER 15 weeks 4 hours SUMMER 15 weeks 6 hours ACADEMIC Monthly Living YEAR Allowances PLUS SUMMER 12 hours + 6 hours 9 months + 15 weeks
Single Resident At Home (Dependent) Tuition, fees and medical 258 515 119 161 676 $144
Room and board ($61 per month) 275 550 229 229 779
Books 88 175 29 44 219
Personal ($50) 225 450 187 187 637
Transportation ($33) 150 300 124 124 424
TOTAL $ 996 $1,990 $ 688 $ 745 $2,735
Single Nonresident At Home (Dependent) Tuition, fees and medical 889 1,778 227 323 2,101 $144
Room and board ($61) 275 550 229 229 779
Books 88 175 29 44 219
Personal ($50) 225 450 187 187 637
Transportation ($33) 150 300 124 124 424
TOTAL $1,627 $3,253 $ 796 $ 907 $4,160
Single Resident Not At Home Tuition, fees and medical 258 515 119 161 676 $283
Room ($120) and board ($80) 900 1,800 750 750 2,550
Books 88 175 29 44 219
Personal ($50) 225 450 187 187 637
Transportation ($33) 150 300 124 124 424
TOTAL $1,621 $3,240 $1,209 $1,266 $4,506
Single Nonresident Not At Home Tuition, fees and medical 889 1,778 227 323 2,101 $283
Room ($120 and board $80) 900 88 1,800 175 750 29 750 44 2,550 219
Personal ($50) 225 450 187 187 637
Transportation ($33) TOTAL 150 $2,252 300 $4,503 124 $1,317 124 $1,428 424 $5,931
Married Resident Couple or Single Parent Not at Home, One Spouse Attending Tuition, fees and medical 258 515 119 161 676 $422
Room ($180) and board ($109) 1,300 2,600 1,084 1,084 3,684
Books 88 175 29 44 219
Personal ($100) 450 900 375 375 1,275
Transportation ($33) 150 300 124 124 424
TOTAL $2,246 $4,490 $1,731 $1,788 $6,278
Married Nonresident Couple or Single Parent Not at Home, One Spouse Attending Tuition, fees and medical 889 1,778 227 323 2,101 $422
Room ($180) and board ($109) 1,300 2,600 1,084 1,084 3,684
Books 88 175 29 44 219
Personal ($100) 450 900 375 375 1,275
Transportation ($33) 150 300 124 124 424
TOTAL $2,877 $5,753 $1,839 $1,950 $7,703
Child Allowance $ 300 $ 600 $ 250 $ 250 $ 850 $66.67
After the financial need is determined, students are ranked in order of financial need and are aided accordingly until all funds are committed. The financial aid package normally consists of a self-help component (loans and/or employment) and a gift aid component (grants and scholarships) proportionate to the available funds and to the number of needy students applying.
How to Apply
Application forms may be obtained by contacting the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment. Students are asked to complete an institutional application and a needs analysis form. Students will be contacted if
additional information is necessary to complete the application.
Parents are expected to contribute toward a student’s educational costs. However, in certain cases students may be considered financially independent of their parents. To be eligible for financial aid as a self-supporting student, a student (1) cannot be claimed as a tax exemption, (2) receive $600 or more, or (3) live at home for more than two consecutive weeks for the year aid is received and for the entire preceding calendar year. For example, for a student to receive aid as a self-supporting student during the 1978-79 academic year, the above three criteria must be met for 1977, 1978, and 1979.


10/University of Colorado at Denver
Note: Requirements for receiving aid as an independent student are subject to change by the federal government.
Independent students must document their independent status by providing income tax forms or other supporting documents to show sufficient income to be self-supporting during this time period. In some cases, additional documentation from parents is required to complete a student’s application. The information provided on the institutional application for financial aid is analyzed according to the uniform needs analysis formula to determine the student’s ability to contribute to his or her educational costs during the academic year.
To be eligible for financial aid, students must be U.S. citizens or permanent residents or have a refugee visa. Eligible foreign students are advised to include a photocopy of their visa cards with their applications to facilitate processing.
Available Funds
Undergraduate Students. Undergraduate students are eligible to submit the following three applications:
1. The University application plus he Family Financial Statement (FFS). Under this two-part application the student will be considered for:
Federal Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Federal Work-Study Assistance
Federal National Direct Student Loan (NDSL)
State Colorado Student Grant (CSG)
State Colorado Work-Study Assistance State and Federal Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG)
Institutional Grant Assistance
(Students classified as nonresident for tuition purposes are not eligible for state financial aid funds.)
2. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. This is a separate federal grant program which students can apply for if they do not apply for financial aid under number one above.
3. Federally Insured Student Loan/Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details.
Graduate Students: Graduate students are eligible to submit the following two applications:
1. The University application plus the Family Financial Statement (FFS). Under this two-part application, the student will be considered for:
Federal Work-Study Assistance
Federal National Direct Student Loan (NDSL)
State of Colorado Graduate Grant
2. Federally Insured Student Loan/Guaranteed Student Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for details.
Deadlines
March 1— Summer and academic year for entering freshmen and transfers.
April I— Summer and academic year for continuing students.
October 7—Spring only for all applicants.
Special Note: An application for financial aid does not constitute an application for admission to the University. Please contact the Admissions and Records Office of the University for application forms and procedures. Applicants will not receive financial aid until they are enrolled in a degree program at the University. Special students are not eligible for financial aid.
Types of Aid Available
SCHOLARSHIPS
UCD Scholarships. UCD scholarships provide up to $300 for entering Colorado residents of the Denver metropolitan area who are freshman or transfer applicants. These awards are funded by the State of Colorado. Students should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for application information.
Colorado Scholarships. Colorado Scholars Awards provide up to $300 for Colorado residents who have at least a 3.0 grade-point average and have attended the University for at least thirty hours. These scholarships are funded by the State of Colorado. Information and application materials are available in the Office of Financial Aid.
GRANTS
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant is a source of federal grant aid for which all students pursuing their first undergraduate degree are eligible to apply. Application can be made by submitting the Family Financial Statement or the separate Basic Grant application. Applications can be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid. Grant amounts vary depending on financial need, costs at the institution, and Congressional allocation. This program is the base of all financial aid, and all undergraduate students should apply.
Colorado Student Grant. The Colorado Student Grant is an undergraduate grant for Colorado residents. This grant is based on financial need and funds are allotted to the University by the State of Colorado. Amounts vary from approximately $100 to $1,000 per year. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are undergraduate federal grants varying in amounts from $200 to $1,500 per year. The total that may be awarded to one student is $4,000 for a four-year course of study. These grants are based on student need and availability of funds. This aid cannot exceed 50 percent of financial need for a student and must be matched with some other form of financial aid. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement.
Graduate Grant. Grants for graduate students are available on a limited basis and will be awarded to students as eligibility and funds allow. Application is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement to the individual graduate departments.


General Information III
LOANS
National Direct Student Loans. National Direct Student Loans are federal loans available to undergraduate and graduate students with financial need. A student may borrow up to (a) $2,500 during the freshman and sophomore years; (b) $5,000 total for undergraduate study; (c) $10,000 for total graduate and undergraduate study. Application for the loan is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.
Federally Insured Student Loan /Guaranteed Student Loan Programs. These two programs enable undergraduate and graduate students to borrow directly from a bank, credit union, savings and loan association, or other participating lenders who are willing to make the educational loan. The loan is guaranteed by a state or private nonprofit agency and insured by the federal government. Information and applications may be obtained from the lender.
EMPLOYMENT
College Work-Study Program. The College Work-Study Program is designed to provide jobs to undergraduate and graduate students who have financial need. The program is funded by the federal government and the State of Colorado. Employment is arranged whenever possible in the student’s major area of interest, with job opportunities both on- and off-campus. Awards average up to $ 1,500 a year. For details contact the Office of Student Employment. Application for this aid is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement.
Part-time Student Employment. The Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment assists students in obtaining part-time employment other than that based on financial need. Further information and application may be obtained from the office.
Other Sources of Aid
See the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment for details of these programs:
Bureau of Indian Affairs. Grants are available to Native American students.
LEEP Grants and Loans. Grants and loans for tuition, fees, and books are available to personnel working full time in law enforcement.
Short-Term Loans. Small, temporary loans are made to students facing financial emergencies. These loans are to be repaid during the semester.
Academic Requirements
Students receiving financial aid must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal progress and are in good standing at the University. Normal academic progress is defined as completing the minimum number of hours stipulated on the notification of financial aid by obtaining a grade of D or better for that number of hours. Less than normal progress can result in the loss of future financial aid. Students registering for less than the minimum number of hours required are usually
considered for aid for the cost of tuition, fees, and books.
Duration of Aid
Financial aid is offered for one year (two academic semesters). Students must reapply for summer and for each academic year, prior to the established deadlines.
Use of Funds
All financial aid awards are to be used only for immediate educational expenses. These expenses include tuition, fees, books, supplies, room and board, transportation and essential miscellaneous expenses, such as clothing, medical, etc.
Refunds
The University tuition refund policy is published in the Schedule of Courses for each term. Students receiving financial aid will be required to return any refund to the University’s financial aid accounts.
Student Rights
Students have certain rights and responsibilities regarding financial aid and student employment. The rights are as follows:
1. Information must be available to students regarding the following:
a. Application procedures and deadlines.
b. Available programs.
c. Method of determining financial need.
d. Determination of aid awards.
e. Disbursements of awards.
f. Award changes and their reasons.
g. Reasons for aid refusal.
2. The financial aid officer must be available at specific times to talk to students regarding their problems and needs.
3. Students have the right to appeal to the Financial Aid/Student Employment Committee regarding decisions or situations they regard as unfavorable.
4. Students borrowing under the National Direct Student Loan program have the right to the following information:
a. A copy of the promissory note indicating the specifics of the loan.
b. Specifics of the repayment plan.
c. Truth-in-lending requirements.
Student Responsibilities
1. Students must abide by application procedures and deadlines.
2. Students must notify the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment of any changes which affect their financial status (e.g., marriage, employment, birth of a child, etc.)
3. Students must maintain satisfactory academic progress as specifically outlined by the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment.


12 /University of Colorado at Denver
4. Students must notify the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment of all changes in their enrollment.
5. Students with National Direct Student Loans must follow the procedures below when they terminate enrollment:
a. Exit interview at the Finance Office.
b. Notification to the University of current address and phone.
c. Notification of cancellation or deferment (when applicable).
d. Actual repayments of the loan.
For further information concerning financial aid and student employment, please contact the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment, Room 3, East Classroom Building, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2886. Specific application procedures and policies are subject to change.
III. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES
Selecting a Program and Courses
New and continuing UCD students are urged to review Section VI and the following sections of this bulletin. Section VI describes the traditional and non-traditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation requirements, course load policies, and other information and specific policies. Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Records and the various deans’ offices.
Undergraduate students who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should contact the college or school in which they are enrolled to arrange for acounseling appointment. The appointment should be made prior to registration. Graduate students should contact their graduate department for assistance.
Orientation
An orientation program for all new students is held at the beginning of the fall semester, usually on the first day of registration. The program is conducted by the Office of Admissions and Records and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree requirements, how to register, and similar matters.
Registration
GENERAL PROCEDURES
Registration for new students is held the week before classes begin on the dates indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Registration information is given in the Schedule of Courses, pub-
lished several weeks before registration. Only students who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses.
LATE REGISTRATION
Late registration dates are indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Students who register late may be charged a fee and may have difficulty enrolling in the courses they want because of limited space.
PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES
All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at registration. Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-third of the tuition, whichever is greater. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses.
INTER INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION
UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more information.
IV. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS
Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit
Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower-level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower division requirements and may be eligible to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student’s formal academic experience. Credit granted for courses by examination is treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate. There are three types of examinations as described below.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB), allows students to take advanced work while in high school and then be examined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently receive scores of 3, 4, or 51 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 3' are considered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records.
'Students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must receive scores of 4 or 5 for credit to be granted; students with scores of 3 may be considered by the department concerned. All credit must be validated by subsequent academic performance.


General Information 113
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employment experience. To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2.0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Admissions and Records, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the college or school in which they are enrolled.
COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD students who may earn University credit by examination in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations provided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service. The cost for a single examination is $20.
Students who are interested in CLEP examinations must contact the office of their school or college.
Credit for Courses Taken at Other institutions
Undergraduate transfer credit for courses taken at other collegiate institutions will be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records, the school or college concerned, and/or the major department. In general, UCD will accept transfer credits insofar as they meet the degree, residence, and other requirements of the student’s program at UCD. For transfer credit to be considered, the course work must have been taken at a college or university of recognized standing, and a grade of C or higher must have been earned. A maximum of 72 semester credit hours (or 108 quarter credit hours) of junior college work may be applied toward the requirements for the baccalaureate degree. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious /doctrinal courses. A maximum of 60 semester hours of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester hours of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met. Transfer credit is not included in a student’s grade-point average but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate.
The College of Business and Administration generally limits transfer credit for business courses to those taken at the lower division level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is obtained from the division head. A maximum of 60 semester hours of junior college work and 9 semester hours of business courses taken through correspondence study may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through correspondence.
Credit for Independent Study
Undergraduate students may register for independent study projects with written approval by the dean of the college or school and the appropriate faculty member. A maximum of 3 semester hours of credit may be given for independent study per semester. Policies on the application of independent study credit toward baccalaureate degree requirements are:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...........Maximum of 12
semester hours
College of Business and Administration .........Maximum of 6
semester hours, including courses in experimental studies
School of Education ............................maximum of 12
semester hours
College of Engineering and Applied Science ............Variable
College of Music ......................................Variable
Credit for Military Service, Schooling, and ROTC
MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING
Applicants with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for service and education evaluated: (1) copies of discharge and separation papers, and (2) DD Form 295, “Application for the Evaluation of Educational Experience During Military Service” (USAF personnel will furnish an official transcript from the community college at the appropriate Air Force facility). Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Commission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at UCD. Credit for courses completed through the U.S. Armed Forces Institute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions (see above).
RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC)
Students enrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC programs should consult with their college or school regarding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a maximum of 12 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Business and Administration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshmen and sophomore ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements and only if the ROTC program is completed.
Grading System and Policies
The following grading system and procedures for pass/fail registration, dropping and adding courses, and withdrawal from the University have been standardized for all schools and colleges of the University effective with the 1974-75 academic year.


14 /University of Colorado at Denver
GRADE SYMBOLS
The instructor is responsible for whatever grade symbol (A, B, C, D, F, IF, IW, or IP) is to be assigned. Special symbols (NC, W, and Y) are indications of registration or grade status and are not assigned by the instructor. Pass/fail designations are not assigned by the instructor but are automatically converted by the grade application system, explained under Pass/Fail Procedure.
A—superior /excellent—4 credit points per credit hour.
B—good /better than average—3 credit points per credit hour.
C—competent /average—2 credit points per credit hour.
D—minimum passing—1 credit point per credit hour.
F—failing—no credit points per credit hour.
IF—incomplete—automatic conversion after one academic year to F.
!W—incomplete—automatic conversion after one academic year to W.
IP—in progress—thesis or project at the graduate level only.
P/F—pass /fail—P grade is not included in the grade-point average; the F grade is included; up to 16 hours of pass/fail course work may be credited toward a bachelor’s degree.
H /P IF—honors /pass /fail—intended for honors courses; credit hours count toward the degree but are not included in the grade-point average.
SPECIAL SYMBOLS
NC—indicates registration on a no-credit basis.
W—indicates withdrawal without credit (retroactive).
Y—indicates the final grade roster was not received by the time grades were processed.
PASS/FAIL PROCEDURE
1. Any student who wishes to register for a course on a pass /fail basis should do so during regular registration procedures. (Up to 16 semester hours of regular course work may be taken on a pass/fail basis and credited toward the bachelor’s degree). Changes to or from a pass/fail basis may be effected only during the regular drop/add period.
2. The record of pass/fail registration is maintained by the Office of Admissions and Records.
3. Academic deans and faculty will not be informed of special pass/fail registration. All students who register on a pass/fail basis appear on the regular class roster, and a normal letter grade is assigned by the professor. When grades are received in the Records Office, those registrations which require a pass/fail designation are automatically converted by the grade application system. Grades of D and above convert to grades of P.
4. Only 6 hours of course work may be P IF in any given semester.
5. Exception to the pass/fail regulations is permitted for certain specified courses offered by the School of Education, the Division of Continuing Education, and Study Abroad Programs.
6. Graduate degree students can exercise the P IF option for undergraduate courses only. However, a grade of P will not be acceptable for graduate credit to satisfy any Graduate School requirement.
PASS/FAIL OPTION RESTRICTIONS
College General 16 Hours Maximum Transfer Students
Liberal Arts May be restricted in certain Does not include courses taken May not be used by students
and Sciences majors; not included in 30 in honors, physical education, graduating with only 30 semes-
hours of C or better work re- cooperative education, and ter hours taken at the Univer-
quired for major certain teacher certification sity
courses
Business and May not be used for “core” Includes credit received Maximum of 1 semester hour
Administration courses required for gradua- through CLEP and advanced of pass /fail for every 8 semes-
tion and courses in area of em- standing examinations ter hours attempted at the Uni-
phasis versity
Education No restrictions
Engineering and Courses must be designated by Includes courses taken in the Maximum of 1 semester hour
Applied Science major department; students honors program of pass Ifail may be applied to-
without major not eligible; rec- ward graduation for every 9
ommended maximum — one semester hours taken in the col-
course/semester lege
Graduate School Not applicable toward degree
Music Same as business Includes courses taken in the honors program


General Information 115
Adding and Dropping Courses
1. Students will be allowed to drop and add during the first 12 days of the semester with no signatures required on the Drop/Add form.
2. After the 12th day, the instructor must indicate either a drop without discredit or failing. The dean’s signature is not required.
3. After the 10th week, courses may not be dropped unless there are circumstances clearly beyond the student's control (accident, illness, etc.) In addition to the instructor’s certification (as in 2 above), the student must petition his or her dean’s office for approval to drop the course.
Withdrawal From the University
To withdraw from the University, the student obtains approval of the dean’s office and the Office of Admissions and Records. The withdrawal date is recorded on the student’s permanent record page.
Students who are receiving veterans’ benefits or financial aid also must obtain the required signature of the appropriate office(s).
A student who ceases to attend classes without officially withdrawing from the University will receive a grade of F for all course work enrolled for during that term.
A graduate student who desires to withdraw from the University must apply to the associate dean of the Graduate School for permission to withdraw in good standing. Students who withdraw without communicating with the associate dean and filing the appropriate Withdrawal Form, will be marked as having failed their courses for the term.
For specific signatures and refunds the student must refer to the Schedule of Courses published prior to the beginning of each term.
Inspection of Education Records
Periodically, but not less than annually, the University of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act.
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provisions of the act. Copies of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado.
A directory of records which lists all education records maintained on students by this institution may be found in the offices of the chancellor on each campus.
The following items of student information have been designated by the University of Colorado as public or
“directory information.” Such information may be disclosed by the institution for any purpose, at its discretion. These items are: name, address, telephone number, dates of attendance, registration status, class, major field of study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred, past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes, date and place of birth.
Currently enrolled students may withhold disclosure of any category of information under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received in the Office of Admissions and Records on the appropriate campus prior to the 11th day of classes in any given term. Forms requesting the withholding of directory information are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records.
The University of Colorado assumes that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the withholding of categories of directory information indicates individual approval for disclosure.
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Good Standing
To remain in good standing within a particular discipline, a student must maintain a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all course work attempted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must also be maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation, suspension, and dismissal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing with the colleges and schools for information.
Student Classification
Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have passed 30 semester hours; to be classified as a junior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado.
Student Indebtedness
A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit from the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtedness which mature after graduation.
V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS
The University of Colorado at Denver follows a policy of equal opportunity in education and employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department, unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race, sex, creed,


16 /University of Colorado at Denver
color, age, national origin, or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees.
The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support services and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and personal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861.
Academic Honorary Societies
Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans’ offices.
Alumni and Friends Program
The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was established in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver. Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates, former students, and friends of the University.
The organization publishes a bimonthly newsletter of alumni and University activities, coordinates the UCD Teacher Recognition Awards Program, assists with student recruitment and registration, and advises on special media projects. Members work with UCD students, faculty, and staff in sponsoring a reception for each graduating class, and functions are planned which bring alumni and friends back to the campus. The office is located in Room 706 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-2665.
Counseling Center
The services of the Counseling Center are open to all students and prospective students. Personal and vocational counseling, group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confidential and there is no fee for counseling. The office telephone number is 629-2861.
Disabled Student Services
Disabled Student Services handles the special needs of physically handicapped students, helping them to obtain a university education. Services include orientation programs, registration assistance, and the assignment of reserved parking spaces to students with serious physical impairments. The office telephone number is 629-2861.
Educational Opportunity Programs
The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Support programs include specialized recruiting, intensive counseling, tutorial services, and community outreach programs. Departments include the Asian American Education Program, Black Education Program, Mexican American Education Program, and the Native American Education Program. Telephone, 629-2700.
Health Insurance Program
The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is au-
tomatic for all students unless waived. Dependent coverage is available at an additional charge. Students may waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card at the time of registration.
International Student Services
The Office for Student Relations provides assistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such requirements as immigration certifications and passport assistance, and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I.D. cards, and overseas travel.
Student Conduct, Policies, and Standards
The Office for Student Relations, which protects student rights and responsibilities, administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the University, he or she agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to preserve and promote its educational endeavors. Each student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any impingement on the rights of others. Copies of the code and information regarding all student grievance procedures may be obtained in the Office for Student Relations. Telephone, 629-2861.
Student Employment Opportunities
The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD students. Both on-campus and off-campus job openings are listed.
Students receiving financial aid may use this service only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earnings from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need. Telephone, 629-2886.
For information on career-related job opportunities, refer to Cooperative Education under Academic Programs.
Career Services
This office coordinates career planning, career counseling, vocational interest exploration, and career placement for UCD students and alumni.
Counseling programs are available to help students plan their futures and attain skills necessary for the achievement of career goals. Assistance is provided in developing skills essential for resume preparation and interviewing techniques.
Local and national employers list available career vacancies and visit the campus to recruit qualified personnel. Students are advised to register for this service early in their senior year. Telephone, 629-2861.
Tutorial Center
The Tutorial Center is administered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to


General Information! 17
help specifically with particular subject areas, as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. The center also keeps a file of students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week. Telephone, 629-2802.
Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseling regarding school attendance requirements, benefits, personal and vocational assistance, and other program information. Consult the veterans representative, 629-2630.
Women’s Center
The Women’s Center provides counseling regarding vocational choices and personal and school-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students or join a discussion group. Telephone, 629-2815.
VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Degree Programs
For complete bachelor’s and master’s degree programs offered by UCD, see the Degree Programs at a Glance chart at the beginning of this bulletin.
UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law, journalism, and the health sciences (child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, and physical therapy). Courses in many other undergraduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD, but degrees must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. All academic programs are administered by eight separate colleges and schools:
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied Science
College of Environmental Design
College of Music
Graduate School
Graduate School of Public Affairs
The remaining sections of this bulletin discuss in detail each school and college and provide information on their specific policies on requirements for graduation, course requirements for various majors, course load policies, and similar information. Course offerings appear in a separate section of this bulletin.
Cooperative Education Program
1047 Ninth Street 629-2892
The Cooperative Education Program provides students with an opportunity to find work experience relevant to their academic programs. The program is open to all students who have completed their freshman year
and have maintained a grade-point average of at least 2.5. The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed by the program staff in a wide variety of federal, state, and private agencies and businesses. Positions are specifically geared to students’ academic and career goals. Cooperative education students can either work full time by alternating semesters of work with semesters of full-time school or they can work part time year around. Students enrolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are eligible to receive credit for pre-professional or professional work experience (see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin).
Educational Opportunity Program
Room 212, 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2701
The Educational Opportunity Program is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to acquaint students with the history and culture of Asian Americans, Blacks, Mexican Americans, and Native Americans. Student organizations provide assistance with recruitment, counseling, and tutoring; financial assistance is available through grants and the Work / Study Program. Courses are offered in Asian American, Black, Mexican American, and Native American Studies. These courses are open to all students and are described in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
Reserve Officer Training Programs
U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC): Folsom Stadium, Gate 3, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-8351
U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC): Department of Military Science, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, 492-6495
University of Colorado at Denver students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder and the Army ROTC program offered at UCD. The programs enable students to earn a commission in the Air Force or Army while earning a University degree. Both the Army and Air Force ROTC offer four-year programs designed for freshman students and two-year programs for junior students. Graduate students may also enroll in the Air Force two-year program. Both programs provide financial assistance to students in the junior and senior years, and the Air Force ROTC includes a scholarship program. Students should apply for the four-year program prior to or during their freshman year, and for the two-year program no later than early in the spring semester of their sophomore year.
Senior Citizen Program
UCD’s Office of Academic Affairs coordinates tuition-free classes for persons 60 years of age and over.


18/University of Colorado at Denver
Senior citizens may register for any class on a noncredit /audit basis as long as space is available. Senior citizens should register and pick up class registration forms in Room 809, UCD Administration Building, and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor’s approval. The form then should be returned to Room 809, and a student I.D. card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privileges as regular degree students. For further information call 629-2611.
Study Abroad Programs
An important educational and cultural experience in the form of study in other countries is available to all qualified UCD students. Richard Flood in the Office for Student Relations, 629-2861, is the UCD representative of the Office of International Education located at the University of Colorado at Boulder.
Specific information regarding the details of each program may be obtained from the Office of International Education at Boulder, 492-7741. Opportunities for study abroad are available in Costa Rica, England, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan, and Mexico.
These programs carry resident credit from the University of Colorado. Interested students should contact their academic advisers and the Office for Student Relations early in their freshman or sophomore year in order to prepare for study abroad. Information also is available regarding study abroad programs sponsored by other universities and agencies.
Students interested in obtaining the international student I.D. card, information on charter flights, and special vacation study programs should contact UCD Student Relations.
Division of Continuing Education
The Division of Continuing Education at UCD provides lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problems and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. The division offers a large noncredit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring several years to complete. Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Off-campus credit classes are offered in the public schools, Lowry Air Force Base, and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center.
Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject matter area. Examples of these courses include licensing and professional designation refresher courses for engineers, accountants, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course.
Off-campus credit classes supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special purpose programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and certificate programs for government professionals. Admission re-
quirements and refund policies for off-campus instruction are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD. Individuals who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are admitted to off-campus instruction as special students.
Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Division of Continuing Education Bulletin or other information may write or call the division office at UCD, 1100 14th Street, 629-2735.
BOARD OF REGENTS
JACK KENT ANDERSON, Golden, term expires 1979 GERALDINE BEAN, Boulder, term expires 1979 RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver, term expires 1979 ERIC W. SCHMIDT, Boulder, term expires 1979 LOUIS F. BEIN, Berthoud, term expires 1981 RICHARD M. BERNICK, Denver, term expires 1981 FRED M. BETZ, JR., Lamar, term expires 1983 BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver, term expires 1983 SANDY F. KRAEMER, Colorado Springs, term expires 1983
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS University-Wide
ROLAND C. RAUTENSTRAUS, President of the University; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), M.S., University of Colorado.
University of Colorado at Denver
HAROLD H. HAAK, Chancellor; Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Princeton University.
MARTIN L. MOODY, Vice Chancellor for Administration; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), University of Missouri; M.S. (C.E.), University of Colorado; Ph.D. (C.E.), Stanford University. Professional Engineer: Colorado.
RICHARDT. DILLON, Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs; Associate Professor of English, B.A., Yale University; M.A.. Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley.
PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs; Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Ed.D., University of Colorado.
KENNETH E. HERMAN, Director, Budget and Finance. B.S. (Bus.), University of Colorado.
GEORGE L. BURNHAM, Director, Admissions and Records. B.A., William Jewell College; M.A., University of Kansas City.
ELLEN CARUSO, Director, Alumni and Friends. B.A., University of Montana.
FLOYD C. MANN, Director, Institute for Advanced Urban Studies; Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
DONALD E. RIGGS, Director, Auraria Libraries; Associate Professor. B.A., Glenville State College; M.A., West Virginia University; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
TOM S. STEIN, Director, Community Relations. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Colorado.
GORDON G. BARNEWALL, Associate Dean, College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration; Professor of Marketing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.B.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
PAUL E. BARTLETT, Associate Dean, College of Engineering and Applied Science; Professor of Civil Engineering. B.S. (C.E.), B.S. (Bus.), M.S. (C.E.), University of Colorado. Professional Engineer: Colorado.
WILLIAM D. BOUB, Dean. Summer Session; Director, Division of Continuing Education. B.S.. Kansas State Teachers College; M.S., University of Illinois.


General Information 119
DANIEL FALLON, Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences; Professor of Psychology, B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia.
DWAYNE C. NUZUM, Dean, College of Environmental Design; Associate Professor of Architecture, B.Arch., University of Colorado; M.(Arch.), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Doctoral (Town Planning), Delft Technical University, The Netherlands. Registered Architect: Colorado, Virginia.
FRANZ L. ROEHMANN, Acting Associate Dean, College of Music; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., State University of New York; M. Mus., Ed.D., University of Illinois.
ROBERT N. ROGERS, Associate Dean, Graduate School; Professor of Physics. B.S., Ph.D., Stanford University.
ROBERT F. WILCOX, Dean, Graduate School of Public Affairs; Professor of Public Affairs. M.A., Columbia University; A.B., M. A., Ph.D., Stanford University.
RICHARD E. WYLIE, Associate Dean, School of Education; Professor of Education. B.Ed., Plymouth State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Boston University.




College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
Daniel Fallon, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to develop human potential. It brings the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the experiences and challenges of life. By providing a broad educational foundation, the arts and sciences prepare students to initiate careers, to change careers in midlife, to pursue advanced study in a discipline, to study for a professional career such as law or medicine, and, in general, to lead a rewarding and productive life. The curriculum helps students to increase substantive knowledge, to learn skills such as logical argument and clear expression, to gain new insights about relationships in nature and society, to develop critical thought and interpretive ability, to solve complex problems rationally, and to heighten aesthetic appreciation.
To accomplish these aims, the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports a vigorous interaction between faculty and students. A young and dedicated faculty with strong academic credentials is committed to highly motivated urban students who represent a broad range of age and experience. Thus, the curriculum of the College maintains traditionally high university academic standards while providing numerous flexible learning opportunities to meet the varied objectives of university students from the Denver metropolitan area. At the Undergraduate level, the College offers a high-quality liberal education program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study. At the graduate level, the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master’s degree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study toward doctoral degrees.
Because students are consulted and involved in the design of both undergraduate and graduate programs, the curriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study urban problems, confront contemporary issues, participate in off-campus working internships, and in general make use of the resources of the city. To accommodate the many students who are employed full time during the day, more than half of all courses offered by the College are scheduled after 5 p.m.
Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or
B.F.A. degree as an end in itself. Upon receiving a degree, some students decide to continue study at the graduate level. Others set aside further formal study and initiate careers. Because a liberal education provides a broad foundation in problem-solving skills and substantive knowledge that can be widely applied, graduates of the College have begun careers in a variety of positions in industry, commerce, and government.
Many students also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences specifically to prepare themselves for admission to one of the professional schools of the University, which include the School of Dentistry, School of Education, School of Journalism, School of Law, School of Medicine, School of Nursing, School of Pharmacy, and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The specific admission requirements for each of these professional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three academic divisions: Arts and Humanities, Natural and Physical Sciences, and Social Sciences. Each division offers a wide variety of curricula including traditional undergraduate major programs, interdisciplinary studies, and preprofessional programs.
The degrees offered by the College at the undergraduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level.
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree
MAJOR PROGRAMS
Students can earn the in the following areas:
Anthropology Biology Chemistry Communication and theatre Economics
English (students may also take a special writing program option) Ethnic studies Fine arts (students may study for either a B.A. or B.F.A. degree)
French
Geography
Geology
German
History
Mathematics (students may also take a special computer science option)
Philosophy
Physics
Political science
Population dynamics
Psychology
Sociology
Spanish
Urban studies


22 /University of Colorado at Denver
Special options are available for those students who would like to distribute their major program studies among two or three academic disciplines (distributed studies) or who would like to propose a unique major program tailored to meet a specific objective (individually structured major).
The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secondary teaching, journalism, and law, as well as the following health careers: child health associate, dental hygiene, dentistry, medical technology, medicine, nursing, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, physical therapy, and podiatry.
Double Majors and Second Degrees
Students may graduate with more than one major (e.g., mathematics and French) by completing all requirements for both majors.
Students who have been awarded a bachelor’s degree (either from the College or elsewhere) may be granted a second bachelor’s degree provided that (a) all general requirements for the degree have been met; (b) the major for the second bachelor’s degree is different from the major for the first; and (c) at least 30 hours are completed in this College after admission to the second degree program.
Students may earn two degrees from the University of Colorado (e.g., a B.A. from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and a B.S. from the College of Business and Administration) by fulfilling all requirements for both degrees.
It is recommended that students planning one of these multiple programs consult with the College Advising Office at the earliest possible date.
Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the faculty of the College through the Graduate School are described in the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Entering First-Year Students
Students planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin under Admission Policies and Procedures. Applicants to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule.'
If: And: Then:
Your Rank in Or Your
High School Your ACT Combined Your Status for
Class Is Composite SAT Score Admission Is
Upper 1/2 23 or higher 1.000 or higher Assured admission
Upper 2/3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an
individual basis
Lower 1/2 Below 18 Below 800 Considered by _______________________________________Admissions Committee
Transfer Students
Students who have attended another college or university are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer students as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants who have been away from a college environment for more than three years will be considered on the basis of all factors available: high school record, test scores, original college admission qualifications, college performance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hours taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Students are referred to the General Information section of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policies which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Academic Ethics
Students are expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the highest standards of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term papers, reports, studio work, results of laboratory experiments, and examinations submitted by the student represent the student’s own work. Students are referred to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, available from the Office of the Dean, for guidance on generally acceptable limits on cooperation in the preparation of academic work and for a discussion of what constitutes academic dishonesty.
Academic dishonesty, such as plagiarism or cheating, is a serious charge which, if substantiated, may result in course failure, probation, suspension, or expulsion from the University. The Committee on Academic Ethics, composed principally of faculty and students, is charged by the faculty of the College with considering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence, and assessing penalties. Special rules of the committee, available from the Office of the Dean, have been designed to insure due process.
Academic Advice and Information
Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in Room 204 of the UCD Administration Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems.
As soon as the student has determined a major, he or she must declare the major to a discipline adviser. The
'This schedule corresponds to the general requirements described in the General Information section, but more detail is provided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students.


College of Libera! Arts and Sciences 123
discipline adviser will be responsible not only for the student's advising but also for the certification of the completion of the major program for graduation.
Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science students should see a member of the Health Careers Committee early in their careers. Appointments should be made through the sciences secretary in Room 232, 629-2646.
UCD also has a counseling service available through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assistance with problems.
Career counseling is available to all students with majors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Assistance in skills analysis, resume preparation, and job placement is available through Ila Warner in Room 309 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-3396.
The hours deficiency is the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the G.P. A. to
2.0 (C). For example, if the student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 quality points, the G.P. A. is 1.75. The student needs 6 semester hours ofB to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of quality points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48 - 42 quality points = 6 semester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency.
In attempting to raise a grade-point average, a student may register for courses in the University of Colorado summer term on any campus, for correspondence study through the University, or for credit courses offered through the Division of Continuing Education.
FIRST SUSPENSION
Academic Warning and Scholastic Suspension
Good academic standing in the College requires a grade-point average of 2.0 (C) on all University of Colorado course work. Grades earned in another college or school within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student’s scholastic standing and progress toward the degree. However, grades earned at another institution are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado.
ACADEMIC WARNING
Students whose cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0(C) at the end of the fall semester will be so notified early in the spring semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point requirements which must be met by the end of the spring semester.
SCHOLASTIC SUSPENSION
Scholastic suspension means that a student is denied the opportunity to register for courses in the College for a specified period of time. If a student’s G.P.A. drops below 2.Oat the end of any semester (excluding summer term), the student will be required to achieve better than a 2.0 in a succeeding semester, as described in the following sliding scale, or the student will be suspended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding scale every semester until the grade-point average reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students are reviewed as soon as possible after the close of each spring semester, and the student is informed in writing if he or she is to be suspended.
Hours Deficiency
1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30
Grade-Point Average Needed in the Next Semester
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student’s University of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension.
A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal suspension period only if the student has demonstrated academic improvement in one of the following ways:
1. By achieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all summer or correspondence work attempted at the University of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus, through correspondence work, or through credit courses in the Division of Continuing Education.
2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to
2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado.
3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to
2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other institutions.) Upon return to the University , however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average. (G.P.A. from another institution does not transfer back to the University.)
SECOND SUSPENSION
A student suspended for a second time will be readmitted only under unusual circumstances, and only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually. The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful completion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic


24 /University of Colorado at Denver
Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is August 1; for reinstatement for any spring semester, the deadline is December 1.
Students who complete 12 or more semester hours at another institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado. They also must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Colorado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission.
Petitioning for Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Policy
The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is responsible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. This faculty-student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legislative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers or exemptions from, and exceptions to, the academic policies of the College.
One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of suspended students. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, students suspended a second time will be reinstated only under unusual circumstances and only by petition to the committee.
Course Load
The normal course load is 12 to 18 hours. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part-time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. Designation as a part-time or full-time student depends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses. To receive credit, the student must be officially registered for each course.
Students who hold or expect to hold full- or part-time employment while enrolled in the College must register for course loads they can expect to complete without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each student must weigh his or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College assumes that all courses selected will be completed.
Employed 20 hours per week — 10 to 13 semester hours or three to four courses.
Employed 30 hours per week — 8 to 11 semester hours or three courses.
Employed 40 hours per week — 6 to 9 semester hours or two or three courses.
Summer Term: Since the summer term is only 10 weeks long, the recommended course load is less than in the fall and spring.
Employed fewer than 15 hours per week — 9 semester hours or three courses.
Employed 15 to 30 hours per week — 7 semester hours or two courses.
Employed over 30 hours per week — 3-5 semester hours or one course.
Courses taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder or the University of Colorado at Colorado Springs are counted in the total load.
Note: 6 semester hours is considered a full load in the summer term. Maximum course load is 9 semester hours.
Earning Academic Credit — Special Options and Cases
Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of college courses. Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination, Advanced Placement, and the College-Level Examination Program. These are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. In addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education, Army ROTC, and the following activities.
CORRESPONDENCE STUDY
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in correspondence study offered by the University’s Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of correspondence work may count toward the degree.
CREDIT FOR COURSES IN THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AND IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of course work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B.A. (business, engineering and applied science, environmental design, journalism, music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take up to 34 hours in the certification program of the School of Education as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a maximum of 8 hours, will count toward the 120 required for the degree.
CREDIT FOR INDEPENDENT STUDY
Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to exceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration. A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor’s degree.
SUMMARY
Following is a listing of the types of credit and the


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 125
maximum number of hours that may be earned for nonclassroom work.
Types of Credit Maximum Credit Hours Allowed Toward the B.A. Degree
Advanced Placement
Credit (AP) College-Level Examination No limit
Program (CLEP) 30 semester hours
Cooperative education 12 semester hours
Correspondence study 30 semester hours
Credit by examination No limit
Independent study 12 semester hours
Graduation Requirements
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES
The student is ultimately responsible for knowing the requirements for his or her degree and for fulfilling these requirements. Upon completion of the requirements (including those of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree.
THE LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
In order to qualify for a B.A. or B.F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must complete the liberal education program, which consists of area distribution requirements and a foreign language requirement.
To satisfy the area distribution requirements, students choose from a list of available courses in each of three areas:
1. Arts and humanities — 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences — 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences — 12 semester hours.
Lists of courses that will satisfy these area requirements are available in the Schedule of Courses issued each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each divisional office and in the College Advising Office.
To satisfy the foreign language requirement, students must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language. This requirement may be met prior to admission as a student by completion of a Level III high school course in any classical or modern foreign language. Students who have not satisfied the requirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by examination, (b) completion of a third-semester course in the College, or (c) completion of Intensive German, which consists of 12 semester hours in one semester. Students are strongly urged to begin or continue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in courses appropriate to their level of preparation. Careful rules for placement have been prepared and are available from the College Advising Office. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member
regarding foreign language study or the foreign language requirement.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree shall fulfill such requirements as may be stipulated for the major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the adviser) ofC grade or higher, at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper division level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hours in one field may be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. The student is responsible for knowing the requirements for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for determining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College.
For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetical listings under the description of programs.
UPPER DIVISION REQUIREMENT
Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (courses numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor’s degree. Any student may register for upper division courses providing he or she has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the course is offered.
Courses transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require approval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative, who may ask the student to validate upper division credit by taking an advanced standing examination.
TOTAL CREDIT-HOUR AND GRADE-POINT REQUIREMENT
To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hours with an average of at least 2.0(C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT
A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled asadegree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
SENIOR PROGRESS REPORT
Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work, each student should request a Progress Report from the College Advising Office to determine the student's status with respect to degree requirements.
At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards, showing the date they intend to be graduated. Diploma Cards are available in the College Advising Office, Office of Admissions and Records, and at registration.


26 /University of Colorado at Denver
SUMMARY CHECKLIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Liberal Education Program
1. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours.
2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours.
3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours.
4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level III high school foreign language course.
Major Requirements
1. 30 to 48 hours in the major field.
2. At least 30 hours of C grade or better in the major field.
3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work.
4. A minimum of 16 semester hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher.
5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser.
General Requirements
1. A total of 120 semester hours passed.
2. A 2.0 (C) cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado course work.
3. A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division course work.
4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College. Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not
more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Honors
GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION
A student who performs superlatively in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor’s degree accompanied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for graduation with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the University of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of 3.5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester’s work toward the degree. The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere.
COLLEGE HONORS PROGRAM
Independently of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which students can qualify for the following honors awarded by the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude. The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. These awards may be earned either in a specific discipline (Departmental Honors), or in general studies (General Honors) or in both. In either case,
special independent creative work is required to qualify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.0(B) or higher may participate in the program.
In order to qualify for Departmental Honors, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee.
The College-wide General Honors program is designed to encourage and assist academically strong students to achieve a greater degree of breadth in their educational experience than they ordinarily might obtain in their college careers. The program is intended for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend education beyond the usual course requirements. Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honors courses outside of the major field without becoming a candidate for graduation with honors. Grading in honors courses is based on the designations H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors courses carry upper division credit. In cross-listed courses, open to honors students upon consent of the instructor, honors students may expect to do additional or independent work as determined in consultation with the professor.
In order to qualify for General Honors, a student must (a) complete at least four honors courses with grades of H, (b) submit an honors paper, and (c) take oral and written honors examinations administered by the College Honors Council.
Detailed information concerning the Honors Program may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program, orfrom the College Advising Office. Students interested in the program ordinarily should begin participation in their junior year.
PHI BETA KAPPA
Students in the College who excel in their undergraduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation’s oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, interested students should contact the College Advising Office.
Cooperative Education
Based on the precept that “real-life” experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesses, and public agencies in jobs that complement or enhance their academic course work. Many cooperative education students choose to contract with a professor in their major field to receive academic credit for their work experience. An academic cooperative education contract designates a certain number of academic credits for the fulfillment of a certain number of hours of work experience. The credit is contingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 127
academic project the faculty member chooses to assign in conjunction with the job.
The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program with cooperative education courses offered at the 398 level in each discipline. These courses are listed under each discipline heading in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. Students placed by the Cooperative Education Office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible, subject to the guidelines below:
1. The student should have reached the sophomore level of university work and must be enrolled in a degree program.
2. The student should have at least a 2.5 grade-point average. Students with G.P.A.’s in the 2.0 (C) to 2.4 range must obtain the approval of the dean in order to participate in the program.
3. A job in which the learning possibilities and responsibilities of the student remain static will not be approved for more than one semester. In contrast, ajob in which the learning opportunities and responsibilities vary and increase may be eligible for credit over a longer time span.
4. Projects will be granted from 1 to 6 hours of elective credit per semester, 3 being the usual number of credit hours for each project. However, certain projects, such as certain full-time internships, may be granted as much as 6 credits.
5. Twelve semester hours is the maximum number of credits a student can earn in Cooperative Education. In some disciplines, Cooperative Education hours may count toward satisfying requirements for the major with the approval of the major adviser.
Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street, 629-2892.
Study Skills Tutorial Center
The Study Skills Tutorial Center is administered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study. Services are available to help specifically with particular subject areas, as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. The center also keeps a file of students wishing to participate in discussion groups prior to and during examination week.
Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive 1 semester hour of credit graded on a pass/fail basis: developmental composition, developmental reading, and college preparatory mathematics. Detailed course descriptions may be found under Study Skills in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
A noncredit modular course, such as rapid reading, also is offered in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility, and build wordgrouping ability and comprehension. Study skills minicourses (noncredit) are offered in such areas as use of the library, listening and taking notes, taking examina-
tions, writing a term paper, time scheduling, and systematic approaches to study.
The center has available a collection of books, including a number by minority authors and about minorities, which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge.
PREPARATION FOR A PROFESSION SUCH AS LAW OR MEDICINE
Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare students for a number of careers in the professions. Information on preparation for those professions most frequently asked about by students in the College is presented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the College Advising Office.
Law
Students intending to enter a school of law may major in any field while completing their bachelor’s degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Successful prelaw students from the College have had majors in many different fields. However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking, and communication skills, which are often considered more important by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient English should be studied to insure good use of language, as in grammar, spelling, composition, and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for inductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence, and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in this area is desirable. Mathematics is helpful in developing a capacity to think analytically, as are certain courses in philosophy.
The Law School Admission Test (LSAT) is required of all applicants for admission to law school and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year. For additional information, students should review the current Prelaw Handbook, published annually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools. This book includes material on the law and lawyers, prelaw preparation, applying to law schools, and the study of law, as well as individualized information on most American law schools. It may be ordered from Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admissions Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building, Boulder, Colorado 80309.
Journalism
Students interested in preparing for a career in journalism may decide to obtain a bachelor’s degree from


28 /University of Colorado at Denver
the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S. degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Boulder. However, the first two years of the journalism curriculum may be completed at UCD within the College. Students pursuing the journalism B.S. degree normally transfer into the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. To be considered for transfer admission, a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least 2.25. Interested students should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed information concerning requirements for the B.S. degree in journalism.
Health Careers
Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences.
Child health associate Dental hygiene Dentistry
Medical technology Medicine
Nursing
Optometry
Osteopathy
Pharmacy
Physical therapy
Podiatry
Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Careers secretary, UCD Administration Building, Room 232, 629-2646, for current requirements and for advising.
Education
Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching.
1. Students with a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the bachelor’s degree, but take approximately 30 hours of professional education work in the School of Education.
2. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue there to receive the Bachelor of Science degree in education.
Students should contact the School of Education at UCD for detailed information concerning teacher education programs at both elementary and secondary levels, 629-2717.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION WITHIN THE COLLEGE
Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who intend to pursue a major curriculum in one of the disciplines or programs in the College, and who also desire secondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. The requirements for admission are identical
with those under “2a” listed below for the preeducation program. These students also must meet all requirements for a bachelor’s degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels, students are urged to consult the School early and regularly concerning new requirements.
PRE-EDUCATION PROGRAM
Students pursuing elementary education or distributed studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year. The minimum requirements for acceptance are:
1. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of acceptable college work with a grade-point average of 2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses attempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recommended for certification to teach in any field in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5.
2. General education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elementary school level are as follows:
a. General education (with academic counseling early in the program, a major part of general education, urban studies, and teaching field requirements may be combined):
(1) 12 cumulative semester hours to be completed in each of the following three areas; (sequences of course work not required):
Arts and Humanities ...................12
(In order to meet typical certification requirements in other states, students must take at least 6 semester hours of humanities in English language courses, e.g., Engl. 480, Advanced Composition; Engl. 484, English Grammar; Engl. 485, History of the English
Language.)
Social Sciences ......................12
Natural and Physical Sciences .....12-16
(2) For elementary certification, the following work should be included as part of general education requirements: two courses in physical science with laboratory, two courses in biological science with laboratory, two courses in mathematics (Math. 303 and 304), one course in arts methods, one course in music methods, and one course in health and physical education for the elementary child.
b. Urban Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sci-
ences) ..................................9
c. General Psychology ......................3


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 129
COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Most of the individual disciplines represented in the College have numerous links with other disciplines, and many faculty members consequently encourage students to take courses in related disciplines. In the natural and physical sciences new subject-matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines; examples include biochemistry, geophysics, biophysics, and psychobiology. In the social sciences the similarity of method and of subject matter from discipline to discipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose. In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it is tested against differing perspectives; comparative literature, mixed media fine arts, and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of interdisciplinary involvement. Therefore, students will often find opportunities to explore relationships among different disciplines while studying within traditional disciplines. In some instances, such as ethnic studies, much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The following programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in character.
American Studies
Rex Bums, UCD Coordinator
Students interested in the study of American culture and civilization may participate in the University’s major program in American Studies. The first three years of the program may be completed at UCD, following which the student must transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder. Therefore, students should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog as well as conferring early in the program with the codirector of American Studies at UCD.
American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the facts and values of American civilization. Majors are required to complete 6 upper division credits in three of the following “primary” fields: American history, American literature, anthropology, art history, economics, journalism, political science, and sociology. They also are required to complete 6 upper division credits in the history, culture, or language of a non-American civilization; 6 credits in architecture, minority studies, geography, integrated studies, music, or philosophy; and (at the University of Colorado at Boulder) American Studies 495-4%. A list of recommended courses in the primary fields may be obtained from the UCD American Studies codirector or from the College Advising Office.
Distributed Studies
The College’s distributed studies major has been designed for those students who wish to develop a consolidated major program based upon the study of two or three disciplines together rather than to focus their
major program on a single discipline. In pursuing a distributed studies major, students work closely with a faculty adviser to develop a specific program. One discipline is designated as primary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated as secondary subjects. The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines. The disciplines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College, and the program may not include a first-year course in English (101, 102) or foreign language (101, 102). General requirements for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours with grades of C or better, and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of C or better. General requirements for the secondary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines, and (b) at least 12 semester hours in any one discipline. The specific requirements in any case depend upon the program worked out with a faculty adviser, who may stipulate specific course requirements.
Ethnic Studies
Cecil E. Glenn, Director
Ethnic studies is the academic study of the culture of minority groups in the United States. Although the programs in ethnic studies have been designed to meet academic needs of all university students, many students interested in ethnic studies qualify for support from federal and state educational opportunity programs (EOP). Student organizations provide assistance with recruiting, counseling, personal guidance, and tutoring; financial help is available through grants and the Work/Study Program. The program offers three options for students: (a) the major, (b) the combined major and (c) the specialization.
The Major. The major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree in ethnic studies. The major program consists of 42 semester hours, with an average of C or better, 30 of which must be taken from the ethnic studies curriculum. The remaining 12 hours are taken from a list of related courses in other disciplines prepared annually by the ethnic studies faculty.
The Combined Major. The ethnic studies faculty urges students interested in the program to consider combining ethnic studies with a major in one of the many closely allied disciplines in the University. In this option, a student selects a major in an allied discipline such as communication and theatre, English, Spanish, sociology, history, political science, anthropology, psychology, or education, and pursues it simultaneously with ethnic studies as follows:
1. The student must meet all the requirements for the major in each discipline.
2. The student’s program of study must be approved by the chairpersons of both of the disciplines involved.
3. Courses that are cross-listed between two disciplines will apply toward fulfillment of the requirements for either major field but not both.
The Specialization. Rather than majoring in ethnic studies, students pursuing a major in another discipline


30/University of Colorado at Denver
in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may wish to pursue a specialization in ethnic studies. Students earn the specialization by completing the requirements for their particular academic major and, in addition, 12 semester hours in ethnic studies, 6 of which must be at the 300 level or higher.
Individually Structured Major
Some students wish to study in depth, as a major program, a coherent topic area that crosses traditional disciplinary lines and/or requires significant independent study to complete. These students are encouraged to propose a design for an individually structured major program. To pursue an individually structured major program, a student must work out the details of the proposed program, sometime after his or her first year in the College, with a committee of three College faculty members. The major becomes the student’s official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in the College have structured majors in such areas as French and cinematography, oral history, environmental planning, and 18th-century studies.
Population Dynamics
Melvin Albaum, Director
The Population Dynamics Program is a multidisciplinary major designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible educational experience for persons who are interested in population processes, especially within the urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social, economic, and mental health problems complicated by the dynamics of population processes. The major disciplines involved are biology, geography, psychology, and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending careers in the fields of urban and community planning, family planning and counseling, population education, environmental demography, and population-related careers in community action programs, neighborhood health centers, and local, state, and federal agencies. Students completing this major may enter graduate programs in most of the social, behavioral, and natural sciences, demography (population studies), public affairs and administration, urban and regional planning, and in public health, medicine, law, or social services.
All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following course requirements:
1. a. A minimum of 6 hours of P.D.P. 300-2, Work-
shop in Population Dynamics1
b. A minimum of 3 hours of P.D.P. 310-3, Prac-ticum in Population Dynamics
c. N.P.S. 200-3, Human Sexuality
2. Any two of the following three courses:
Geog. 473-3. Population Geography Soc. 421-3. Advanced Population Studies Soc. 424-3. Migration
3. One of the following four courses:
Psych. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology
Soc. 317-3. Statistics
Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics
Geog. 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods
in Geography
4. A minimum of 24 additional hours from the following disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology, communication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography, physical education, political science, population dynamics, psychology, rehabilitation services, social science, and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program.
Note: Those students wishing to receive teacher certification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize themselves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin.
Urban Studies
Cedric D. Page, Director
The Urban Studies Program has a fourfold purpose. First, it provides an in-depth understanding of urban problems to permit the student to pursue advanced degrees in one of several traditional academic disciplines in the College of Environmental Design or in the Graduate School of Public Affairs. Second, the program permits graduates to move directly into a variety of careers with federal, state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs. It also provides a desirable second major or minor for students preparing for public school teaching, human service, legal, or medical careers. Third, an undergraduate degree in urban studies provides a liberating educational experience for those whose career interests have not been fully decided. Fourth, the major will increase an individual’s sensitivity to and awareness of the unique experiences and problems of economic, social, and ethnic groups in cities.
The generalist who is trained in the application of analytical and policy tools of a variety of disciplines will be more immediately employable and will be of significant value to his or her community. Since urban centers are increasing in size and influence, an understanding of the city and its problems is indispensable and essential to the modern urban society. The B.A. major in urban studies is designed to prepare and train such citizens.
REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS
The urban studies major is designed to provide both flexibility and depth in the relevant academic perspectives, as well as versatility in career selections. The major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city and its environs in a more comprehensive manner than any single traditional academic discipline can provide. The
'The Workshop in Population Dynamics has a varied theme each semester. It is the purpose of the workshop to synthesize the multidisciplinary nature of the program through selected themes. The workshop will utilize community persons to conduct various sessions relating the academic aspects of the program to community needs.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 131
requirements of the major in course units therefore are greater. Whereas most academic disciplines require about 30 units of course work, the urban studies major requires 42. All students who intend to major in urban studies will be expected to meet the following requirements:
1. Soc. Sci. 210-3. People in an Urban Society. This course is the foundation and orientation course for further study in the social sciences. One objective of the course is to present to the student the most important theories and perspectives of several disciplinary approaches to urban society. Another objective is to encourage the student to recognize areas of overlap among the disciplines, the interrelationships between disciplines, and the value of interdisciplinary knowledge and research.
2. Four of the following six upper division courses (12 units):
Econ. 425. Urban Economics
Hist. 470. United States Urban History
Pol. Sci. 407. Urban Politics
Geog. 371. Ethnic Groups in American Cities
Anthro. 444. Urban Evolution
Soc. 421. Advanced Population Studies
3. Any two of the following six courses (6 units):
M.Am. 460. The Chicano Community and Community Organization
M. Am. 127. Contemporary Americans Bl.St. 203. Black Behaviorial Analysis Bl.St. 323. Religion and the Black Man Soc.Sci. 329. Asian Americans
N. Am. 436. The American Indian in Contemporary Society
4. Soc. 402-3. Statistics.
5. In addition, each student will successfully complete not less than 3 units (6 units maximum) of cooperative education credit for relevant internship placement selected by the student and approved by the director of the Urban Studies Program. This requirement, usually taken toward the conclusion of the academic program, will include an orientation and seminar for the participating students (Soc.Sci. 450).
6. The above core program of required courses specifies a minimum of 27 of 42 units necessary for graduation with an urban studies major. The program director may authorize changes in the above core program depending upon the individual circumstances of the student. In addition to the minimum (core) 27 units required, the student will be advised to choose 15 units of electives from the following disciplines:
Anthropology History
Communication and Theatre Philosophy Civil Engineering Political Science
Economics Psychology
Geography Sociology
Division of Arts and Humanities
Shirley White Johnston, Assistant Dean
The division includes the disciplines of communication and theatre, communication disorders and speech science, English, fine arts, French, German, phi-
losophy, and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorders and speech science.
This division offers course work in several special programs, including Comparative Literature, American Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of fields such as fine arts, science, engineering, creative writing, business, social sciences, and literature. Two cocurricular programs also are open to students: theatre and forensics.
Students interested in majoring in any of the disciplines or in participating in any of the specialized programs should request additional information from the divisional office.
For information on scheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time, and meeting place of classes.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Faculty: Samuel A. Betty, J. Brad Bowles, Laura Cue-tara, Robley D. Rhine, Jon A. Winterton.
An undergraduate wishing to major in communication and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or communication and theatre education. An emphasis in radiotelevision is available, but part of the work must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Each emphasis has its own requirements for graduation, and specific programs will be developed in consultation with the student's major adviser to insure that each student’s term-by-term schedule, choice of electives, and involvement in cocurricular and extracurricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs, skills, and goals. Lists of required and suggested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office.
Communication Emphasis
The primary goal is to equip the student with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communication skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in interpersonal, small group, institutional, and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip students with flexibility in their communication repertoires so that they may react effectively to their analyses of communication situations.
The program offers two types of courses to the student: (1) courses in communication and rhetorical theory, which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical support for communication theories, and strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the students’ communication skills, which promote confidence in their abilities to perform effectively in many contexts. These courses build into the students’ repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective expression.
The communication emphasis requires that students


32 /University of Colorado at Denver
take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre. Six courses (18 hours) are required. Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives. The remaining 15 hours may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre, allied disciplines, or independent study projects.
Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both communication theory and how to apply it, communication graduates are generally well equipped for employment. Students with an interest in management and administration, training, writing and copy preparation, public relations, information services, and a wide variety of occupations focusing on communication will find in the communication emphasis of the communication and theatre program a curriculum relevant to their expected employment needs.
Theatre Emphasis
This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops, full productions, and field work in the Denver area. Helping the student to answer questions concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program.
Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (1) performance skills—acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skills—dramatic theory and criticism and theatre history; and (3) communication theory—interpersonal, small group, intercultural, social change, etc. In addition to the 42 hours of required courses within the discipline of communication and theatre, 12 additional hours from English, fine arts, and music are required.
As an integral part of the program, each student will have the opportunity to participate as performer, technician, or designer in faculty-directed productions which occur each term. The auditions, rehearsals, and performances involved in these productions provide opportunities for close examination of the process of making and performing theatre from practical, theoretical, critical, historical, and social perspectives. After each performance the audience will be invited to share their responses with the production team in order to provide some indication of impact.
Additional opportunities for similar production experience, including directing, are available through Second Stage, an independent student production organization sponsored by the communication and theatre discipline.
In order to increase the range of practical and critical experience, each student will see and evaluate at least six live theatre productions in the Denver area each term. These experiences test the assumptions and beliefs about theatre discussed and worked with in classes and productions. As majors develop their performance and critical skills, special internships for credit in a variety of capacities may be arranged with local theatre operations through independent study or cooperative education.
Depending on the individual’s actual program of study (cocurricular and extracurricular activities), a degree in communication and theatre with an emphasis in theatre not only can provide a graduate with useful technical and practical skills, but also, and more importantly, it can provide critical insight into theatre as a human enterprise wherever it occurs. Through examining and experiencing theatre’s potential to achieve human value, students should develop personal, aesthetic, and social principles which will guide them to sound career choices (as performers, technicians, designers, producers, or managers).
Communication and Theatre Education Emphasis
The emphasis in communication and theatre education prepares students to meet Colorado certification requirements in communication or in theatre for grades 7-12. Requirements for these professional programs are complex and demanding. Interested students in their freshman or sophomore years should meet with the discipline adviser for the education emphasis to discuss the requirements and to plan a long-range schedule to be followed.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
Faculty: Natalie Hedberg Daves, Patricia Killian, Philip M. Prinz, Lynn S. Snyder.
The B.A. degree in communication disorders and speech science is not available at UCD, but the following courses are open to undergraduates: C.D.S.S. 401 and 435. For information on graduate-level courses see Communication Disorders and Speech Science in the course description section of this bulletin. For information on M.A. and Ph.D. degrees see the Graduate School section.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in comparative literature should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
On the 400 level, students may read all texts in translation; however, reading knowledge in at least one foreign language is highly recommended. On the 500 and 600 levels, students must be able to read in two foreign languages or obtain the consent of the instructor.
ENGLISH
Faculty: Rex S. Burns, Richard T. Dillon, Evelyn Eff-land, Herbert G. Eldridge, Louis B. Hall, Robert D. Johnston, Shirley W. Johnston, Elihu H. Pearlman, Jean Phillips, Joel Salzberg, Doris J. Schwalbe, Mary Rose Sullivan, Peter L. Thorpe, Jeanne B. Webb, William A. West.
The purpose of the English major is to provide a full exposure to the great tradition that constitutes the Anglo-American literary inheritance. In the process of studying individual works and the periods from which


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 133
they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the culture of which they are a part.
Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English, excluding Engl. 101, 102, and 103, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis. Of the 24 hours required at the 300- or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, and at least 3 in a course on American literature. Required courses: Engl. 250, 251 (Survey of English Literature — 6 hours); Engl. 300(Critical Writing — 3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature — 3 hours).
At least 12 hours of the major’s upper or lower division work in English must be done at VCD in order for the student to qualify for the B.A. in English.
English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possible, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year.
Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Education sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education, which supervises the teachertraining program. Since fulfilling requirements for education and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore years.
English for foreign students and courses for prospective teachers of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description section of this bulletin under communication and theatre.
For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies.
Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content.
In addition to the regular major, the English discipline offers a General Writing Program, an alternative to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers, it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports and fiction or poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the sciences.
In order to enroll in the program, students must consult with the director of the General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730.
FINE ARTS
Faculty: John R. Fudge, Gerald C. Johnson, Charles L. Moone, Ernest O. Porps, Ludwik Turzanski.
An education in fine arts is based on discipline, absorption, and knowledge. Discipline is the relationship of the student to his material or form. What comes through the form is the self of the student and his relationship to the world. This constant exposure through discipline leads to absorption which can be seen as a fascination with and appreciation of both himself and
the world. In fine arts, the record of this process is made visible for the world to see and is called art.
The Fine Arts discipline offers both a B.A. degree and a B.F.A. degree in painting, sculpture, printmaking, or design. The B.A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54, but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office.
The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recommended program for the B.F.A. includes at least two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking, design, or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F.A. must take a minimum of 27 hours while in residence.
Studio I and II Courses
For an orientation to studio practice, including drawing and an exploration of two- and three-dimensional media, fine arts majors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses, but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequisite.
FRENCH
Faculty: Simone Christopherson, Blandine M. Rickert; Part-time: Ruth Bleuze, Patricia Brand.
A B.A. degree with a French major prepares students for the following careers:
Foreign Service — Positions abroad with government agencies, private business, foundations, and other organizations having interests in French-speaking countries throughout the world.
Teaching — Teaching at all levels: elementary, secondary, and college.
Translation and Interpretation — Exchanges in the fields of science, culture, politics, and economics have become vital to the nations of the world. Effective international communication requires an increasing number of expert translators and interpreters.
International Trade — Administrative and managerial positions with U.S.-based firms involved in foreign trade.
A strong background in French can be very valuable to such programs as English, black studies, business, political science, interdisciplinary, and cross-cultural studies.
Students who have completed a Level III high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201,211, or 212 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have


34 /University of Colorado at Denver
studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the statement on foreign language available from the Office of the Dean of the college.
Students majoring in French must complete a minimum of 35 semester hours beyond first-year proficiency. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Students majoring in French may choose between the following options:
Option A: Literature. Required courses are: French 211 and212;301 and302;3l 1 and312;401 and402;anda minimum of 6 hours of French literature courses at the 400 level.
Option B: Culture and Civilization. Required courses are French 211 and 212, 301 and 302, 311 and 312, 401 and 402, 320, 420 and 421.
Students planning to acquire certification for teaching French at the secondary level are required to take French 496, Methods of Teaching Modern Languages (required by the School of Education). For those students Option B is preferable for the major.
UCD students who wish to take nonrequired courses at another institution must obtain permission from the French discipline chairman at UCD. Students must see a discipline adviser prior to registration for 300-level courses. Since all courses are not offered every year, it is extremely important for students to plan their schedules in advance to avoid a delay in graduation.
The department strongly recommends that all majors include some study in a French-speaking country in their major programs. Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit.
Students majoring in French must satisfy the requirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. At least 15 hours of upper division work, including all 400-level required courses, must be taken from the UCD French discipline in order to earn the UCD degree.
Literature courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree from the University of Colorado at Boulder and to the M.H. degree at UCD.
GERMAN
Faculty: M. Kent Casper, Carsten Seecamp; Part-time: Friedhelm F. Rickert.
The German program provides a variety of courses for students interested in German language, literature, history, philosophy, music, and art. The curriculum contains essentially three course clusters: basic language skill courses, from beginning through advanced levels; upper division literature courses taught in German; and German area studies courses taught in English with readings in English translation.
Foreign Language Requirement. Students who have
completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Intensive German (12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed.
The German Major. A B.A. degree with a German major can prepare the student for the following career options: teaching positions at the elementary and secondary levels, including the requisite undergraduate training for those wishing to pursue further graduate work; translator and interpreter positions (e.g., with the publishing trade or with various private firms or government agencies); foreign service with the U.S. State Department; or positions in international trade with U.S. firms abroad.
Students majoring in German must complete 35 hours beyond first-year proficiency. Not more than 12 hours may be taken on the second-year level toward the major. Course work successfully completed at other institutions will be evaluated for credit transfer, but a minimum of 12 hours of upper division credits must be taken within the UCD German discipline. Majors must maintain a B average in German. Required courses for the major are German 301-302,401-402, plus a minimum of 9 hours in literature and /or culture courses at the 400 level. German majors are encouraged to take German area studies courses, but these courses may not count toward the major unless some of the readings and written assignments are done in German. Majors should consult with the instructor on this requirement. Students planning to acquire certification for teaching German at the secondary level are required by the School of Education to take German 496 (Methods of Teaching Modern Languages).
It is strongly recommended that all majors attempt to include some study in a German-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned abroad normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit.
PHILOSOPHY
Faculty: Charles Kenevan, Linda S. Leonard, Glenn A. Webster.
The philosophy program is recommended to those students whose goal is a liberal arts education in the finest sense. Philosophy is concerned with the most sustained and deeply reflected thoughts of human civilization, with the transmission and evaluation of basic beliefs and values. It is not an easy field of study, but for more than 25 centuries philosophy has been judged most rewarding by those who seek selfdevelopment, intellectual sophistication, and the happiness of a reflective life.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 135
For career preparation, philosophy should be combined with other fields. It is excellent undergraduate preparation for such professional fields as law and medicine.
A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student.
The following courses are recommended (not required) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy: Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epistemology (Phil. 336); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of philosophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science, Philosophy of History, etc.).
General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level—none; 200-level—3 hours; 300-level—6 hours; 400-level—9 hours; and 500-level—12 hours. The prerequisite may be waived with consent of instructor.
SPANISH
Faculty: James Anthony Black, Ellen S. Haynes, Carlos de Onis, Francisco A. Rios, Edith R. Rogers, Donald L. Schmidt; Part-time: Maria Esformes, Martha Manier.
The Spanish programs emphasize all phases of the study of the language, literature, civilization, and culture of Spain, Hispanic America, and the Spanishspeaking Southwest of the United States. The courses are directed toward three distinct groups: lower division students who are acquiring proficiency in a foreign language; upper division students who are either majoring in Spanish or increasing their competence through study in advanced courses in language and literature; and graduate students in the Spanish M.A. degree program offered in conjunction with the Boulder Campus (refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin), most of whom are preparing for professional careers in teaching.
Courses prepare students in language and literature as part of an enhanced liberal education and as professional training. Study under this discipline offers an opportunity to be better prepared for industry, commerce, government, public services, or further study at the graduate level. Courses also are functionally supportive of such programs as those leading to the teaching certificate, comparative literature, the Master of Humanities degree, and the Master of Arts degree in elementary or secondary education with a bilingual-multicultural emphasis offered at UCD.
Students who have completed a Level III high school Spanish course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. Requirement may also be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by
placement test. Students who have studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he or she is placed. For complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credits, see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences general information section of this bulletin.
A major in Spanish consists of the following requirements:
1. Total of 35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the following minimum distribution; (a) at least 9 hours in upper-division courses in language theory and practice (301-302,401-402,496); (b) at least 8 hours in upper-division literature courses, including at least one course in Spanish Peninsular literature and one in Spanish-American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above. The required 12 hours at or above the 400 level must be completed in residence at UCD. None of the required 35 hours may be taken on a pass/fail basis.
2. Total of 6 hours from one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American studies (e.g., history, political science, etc.); (b) Mexican American Studies; (c) linguistics; (d) upperdivision courses in another foreign language or comparative literature.
Students seeking certification for teaching at the secondary level should note that the School of Education requires Spanish 496 (Methods of Teaching Spanish); the 3 credit hours earned in that course count toward the major and are subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B. A. degree. Hence, students who begin the major program with Spanish 101 and intend to include secondary certification in their B.A. program must include Spanish 496 in their electives in Spanish.
To be admitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Students of Spanish and make satisfactory scores.
Students must see the discipline adviser prior to registration for their final semester. Failure to do so may result in delay of graduation. Students considering entering graduate school, either at UCD or elsewhere, should see an adviser as early as possible since admission depends largely on courses taken in the major.
It is strongly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements, but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Courses taken abroad and designated as Spanish are subject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students interested in study abroad should consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for International Education.
For comparative literature courses, see the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.


36 /University of Colorado at Denver
Division of Natural and Physical Sciences
Richard E. Stevens, Assistant Dean
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences offers study in traditional undergraduate disciplines, interdisciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs. Undergraduate majors are available in biology, chemistry, geography, mathematics, physics, and psychology. Courses are offered in geology and physical education, but completion of a major requires some work at the University of Colorado at Boulder. The description of the program of each discipline includes the requirements for a major within that discipline and probable job opportunities in that field. The College-wide interdisciplinary major program in population dynamics is also administered by faculty within the division.
The health-related preprofessional programs include child health associate, medical technology, physical therapy, dentistry, dental hygiene, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, nursing, pharmacy, and podiatry. Students interested in these programs should consult with the Health Careers Committee of the division at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Program requirements and appointments for advising can be obtained in the division office, Room 232.
Three sets of course options are available, in any combination, from which a nonscience major may satisfy the natural and physical science area requirement of 12 semester hours.
Set I, Topics in Science, consists of modular courses designed for, but not limited to, nonscience majors. Each module carries 1 semester hour of credit and is offered in a ‘/6-semester time block of five weeks, during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures per week. There are no prerequisites. Each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic in science. Normally, a student takes a single module during each five-week period with a maximum of three per semester. The topics change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester lists the current topics offered.
Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. They include both introductory survey courses and special topics courses and are usually designed with the nonscience major in mind.
Set III includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division. Although these courses are generally intended for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites.
BIOLOGY
Faculty: Alan P. Brockway, Daniel D. Chiras, Linda K. Dixon, Emily Lou Hartman, James Joule, Phyllis W. Schultz
The study of biology offers the student an introduction to the vast array of living systems that make up our world. With an understanding of biology, the student can truly learn to appreciate living by extending that
term to other creatures. From the green plant to the fish to the human being, all are biological systems. The study of each system and its interrelationships with other systems can provide fascinating insights into life and the world environment.
A background in biology is vital to a paraprofessional or professional career in the health sciences. Furthermore, most professional schools expect applicants to have completed several biology courses. Students planning to teach should consult the School of Education for information on teacher certification.
The undergraduate biology curriculum is designed to be as flexible as possible and to allow students to select programs which meet their specific needs. All biology majors are required to take the complete list of biology core courses (20-21 credit hours) plus the specific ancillary core courses in chemistry, mathematics, physics, and statistics (29 credit hours). At this point a student must declare a particular direction by selecting one of the options listed below (i.e., ecology, genetics, or-ganismic, or general biology). Course selections above the core level should be made in consultation with a biology faculty adviser. Students should contact their biology faculty advisers early in their academic careers.
Biology Core Courses Credit Hours
General Biology I and II (Biol. 205 and 206) 8
Principles of Ecology (Biol. 341) 3
Cell Biology (Biol. 361) 3
General Genetics (Biol. 383) 3
Plus one physiology or morphology course __ 3-4
Total biology core 20-21
Ancillary Core Courses
General Chemistry, two semesters (Chem. 103 and 106) 10
University Mathematics I and II (Math. Ill and 112) 6
Physics for the Life Sciences (Phys. 251 and 252) 10
Introductory Statistics (Math. 383 or Psych. 210) _____2
Total ancillary core 29
In addition to the above core requirements the student must select at least four other courses in biology to complete his or her major requirements and a minimum of 36 biology credit hours for graduation. At least three of these courses must be taken from the list provided by the particular option which the student elects. Note that each option also carries a set of ancillary courses which are either required or recommended. Independent Study (Biol. 491, variable credit) can be taken under any of the options with the consent of an appropriate biology faculty adviser.
Ecology Option: Biol. 310, 331, 415, 425, 427, 441, 447,470,522. Ancillary ecology courses (recommended only): Calculus I, II and III (Math. 140, 241,242), also Chem. 341, 342, 481, and 482 and approved courses from the Geog./Geol. series.
Genetics Option: Biol. 384, 410, 412, 451,452, 470. Ancillary genetics courses: See genetics adviser.
Organismic Option (select a minimum of one physiology and one morphology course): Biol. 310,322, 407, 413, 427, 461,467, 541, 542. Ancillary organismic courses: Organic Chemistry I and II (Chem. 341 and 342) required. Also recommended: Calculus I and II (Math. 140 and 241) and General Biochemistry (Chem. 481 and 482).
General Biology Option: A student may prefer an


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 137
undergraduate option which may or may not lead to training for an advanced degree and does not specifically lead the student in one of the three directions shown above. Hence, a student may declare a general biology option and choose from an array of courses under the strict guidance of an adviser. At least one biology course recognized by each of the above options must be included under this particular plan.
CHEMISTRY
Faculty: Robert Damrauer, Sandra S. Eaton, John Lanning, Denis R. Williams. Part-time: Martha B. Barrett, Lenore K. Damrauer. Adjoint: Robert M. Speights.
Why study chemistry? A practical reason is that our highly technical society faces many problems which can be solved through a thorough understanding of the science of chemistry and its methods of solving problems. A more intangible reason recognizes that chemistry is central to a variety of other disciplines and that many problems ultimately may have chemical solutions.
What opportunities does the study of chemistry offer? At the undergraduate level students can prepare for (1) careers in chemical and medical laboratories, (2) careers in nursing, medical technology, physical therapy, dental hygiene, and other health oriented fields, (3) postbaccalaureate programs in chemistry, biology, biochemistry, medicine, and dentistry. At the graduate level, the chemistry program offered at UCD culminates in the awarding of an M.S. degree. Students awarded M.S. degrees have job opportunities in research and technical laboratory services. In addition, flexible programs can be designed to combine chemical knowledge and skills with other interests of the M.S.-level student (e.g., business, biology, etc.).
For graduation at the bachelor’s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the following courses or their equivalents: Chem. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 348, 349, 412, 413, 451, 452, 455; Phys.
231, 232, 233, 234; Math. 140, 241, 242. Students interested in the chemistry major should consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty. A copy of the chemistry major’s program may be obtained in Room
232.
Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the independent study program beginning in theirjunior year.
A distributed studies program in chemistry requires at least 30 hours of chemistry including the following or their equivalent: Chem. 103, 106,311,341,342,343 or 348, 344 or 349, and 451.
Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian, one semester of inorganic chemistry (Chem. 401) or one semester of biochemistry (Chem. 481), and two semesters of advanced work; see graduate chemistry offerings. Six hours of Chem. 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement. An option leading to a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society is also offered. UCD maintains an ACS chapter of student affiliates.
Students wishing to graduate with honors in chemistry should plan to do a minimum of two semesters (6 credit hours) of research (Chem. 493), ordinarily starting in the junior year. Additional requirements are listed under Honors in the Special Academic Programs section.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Faculty: Roland A. Sweet, CLAS Adviser. Several computer scientists reside in other colleges: in engineering—Paul F. Hultquist, William D. Murray, and Burton J. Smith; in business—F. Parker Fowler Jr.
Computers have an impact on every aspect of modern life. Knowledge of the basic principles and methods of computer operation can be helpful to students in their personal lives as well as useful in developing job skills. Students interested in pursuing the study of computers in depth may designate computer science as a primary subject in the College’s distributed studies major program. In this program, a student completes 30 semester hours in computer science (and computer-related courses), and 30 semester hours distributed over one or two secondary subjects. For students pursuing a traditional major program in mathematics, or in electrical engineering within the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a special computer science option is available.
GEOGRAPHY
Faculty: Melvin Albaum, James L. Huckabay, Yuk Lee, Cedric D. Page, Charles G. Schmidt, Richard E. Stevens.
Geography is a science that focuses on the spatial analysis of human/physical patterns and processes. Geographers attempt to identify the factors affecting the distribution of people and their activities on the surface of the earth, and provide meaningful solutions to problems faced by societies. This discipline is an ideal major for the liberal arts student, providing exposure to the concepts and techniques utilized in investigating environmental issues, socioeconomic problems, and planning policies.
The program is designed to provide the student interested in economic, physical, or social geography with the background necessary for obtaining a rewarding job in government (federal, state, local) and private industry, as well as preparing students for graduate work. Recent graduates have found employment in forest management, surveying/mapping, land use planning, location analysis, transportation planning, and environmental impact analysis.
Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents: Geog. 100, 101, 199, 306, and 361. In addition, majors must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work in geography (at least 16 hours of which must be at the upper division level) and maintain a 2.0 average in all geography course work completed. Distributed studies majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser.


38 /University of Colorado at Denver
GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Faculty: Wesley E. LeMasurier.
Geology is the study of the earth. The major topics in the field include (1) the origin and distribution of rocks and minerals that make up the planet and serve as raw materials and fuels for technology, (2) the processes that create continents and ocean basins and shape the surface of the earth, and (3) the history and evolution of the planet and its living organisms. Most topics serve as subjects of both basic research and applied technology.
Employment opportunities for well-qualified geologists are generally good at B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. levels. Major employers are the oil, mining, and engineering industries, federal and state surveys, and various teaching and research institutions, all of which are heavily represented in the Denver metropolitan area. Many persons combine a geology degree with a second degree in law, business, planning, engineering, or education, to pursue a variety of other career options.
Students majoring in the geological sciences may choose from among six curriculum options to suit a variety of career or educational objectives. Most options require the following courses within the discipline: physical geology, mineralogy, structural geology, and field geology. Introductory petrology, stratigraphy, and paleontology are recommended. In addition, most career-oriented students must take the following courses in allied Fields: Chem. 103, 106; Math.
140,241, and 242 or 319 (or the equivalent courses at the University of Colorado at Boulder, Math. 130, 230); Phys. Ill, 112, 114.
Physical geology, mineralogy, introductory petrology, paleontology, and stratigraphy are presently offered at UCD, as are the required courses in chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Structural geology and field geology may be taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder in order to complete a career-oriented major in the geological sciences.
MATHEMATICS
Faculty: Nancy S. Angle, Roxanne M. Byrne, R.T. Clement, Vance Faber, Zenas R. Hartvigson, Collin J. Hightower, Sylvia Chin-Pi Lu, William W. McCormick, Paul A. O'Meara, Charles I. Sherrill, Roland A. Sweet; Part-Time: Beryle M. Barkley.
Mathematics is a body of deductive knowledge dealing with such topics as numbers, algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. It permeates modern life and is encountered by the student very early, especially with respect to its applications. At UCD, the mathematics faculty continues to present applications, but broadens the study to include more of the actual mathematical theory itself, as well as its historical development.
The study of mathematics can prepare the student for careers in business, industry, teaching, and government. Mathematics is especially useful in engineering, science, and computer science, and it provides a good background for any of the professional schools.
A major in mathematics can be completed by students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences by satisfying all of the following requirements, completing each with a grade of C or better:
1. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses.
2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered above 300, approved by an adviser, and excluding Math.303,304,383,427,428,429,470,475,495, 496 and 497.
3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315.
4. Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422.
No student may earn more than 9 hoars credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140.
Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline.
Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the following courses, all with grades of C or better.
Math. 140,241,242 Math. 300, 314, 315 Math. 431, 432 Math. 443 Math. 481
C.S. 201 C.S. 311 C.S. 401 C.S. 453
C.S. 465 (Math. 465) C.S. 546
Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser.
At the graduate level, master’s degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and basic science (mathematics option).
The mathematics discipline offers a teaching internship program which consists of three phases as follows:
Phase 1. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the discipline. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his or her performance after each lecture.
It is the interested student’s task to convince afaculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function, nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing.
Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student’s entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be assigned broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear appropriate under individual circumstances.
Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern hopefully would be prepared to accept a graduate teaching assistantship in the discipline or in a related interdisciplinary area as the next step in his or her professional career.


College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 139
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Faculty: Gerald P. Carlson.
Metropolitan State College is responsible for teaching all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the basic activity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education, and recreation.
UCD students may take any activity class MSC offers. Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule of Courses for activities offered, class times, and procedures for enrolling in such classes.
Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours. All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria may be taken on an elective basis. A course may be counted for credit only once. Students are subject to UCD policies regarding adds, drops, withdrawals, and grades.
Students interested in pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in physical education should contact the discipline representative at UCD. Major courses will be available through MSC or the University of Colorado at Boulder.
PHYSICS
Faculty: Willard R. Chappell, Martin M. Maltempo, Robert N. Rogers, John I. Shonle, William R. Simmons, Clyde S. Zaidins; Adjoint: Edward J. Davies, Sidney A. Freudenstein, III, In Kil Hwang, David P. Olsen, Jerry H. Wilson.
Physics as a discipline is the base on which many other areas of science and engineering rest. There are several variations of a major in physics available to suit career goals ranging from fundamental research to general education. Students interested in basic research or teaching in higher education need to prepare for graduate study in physics (Plan I). Careers in applied physics, primarily in industry, are best served by a Plan II or engineering physics major (see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for the latter). Plan II, coupled with appropriate education courses, is also advised for students desiring to teach physical science in primary or secondary schools. A new option (Plan III) which emphasizes conceptual, philosophical, historical, cultural, and social aspects of physics is available for students desiring a technical background for careers in business, law, politics, etc., or for general education. Physics is an important component in many interdisciplinary areas, such as environmental, geophysical, or energy studies. Majors in these areas are arranged individually.
All physics majors, under any option, must consult with an adviser. The basic requirements include Phys. 130 and two semesters of other sciences for all majors. Additional courses are:
Plan I. Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234, 311, 312, 317, 321, 331, 332, 341,481,482, 495, and Math. 140, 241, 242.
Plan II. Phys. 231,232, 233, 234, 311,312, 317, 321,
331,381, six hours of upper division physics electives, and Math. 140, 241, 242.
Plan III. Phys. 105, 106, (201,202) or (251,252), 317, and 15 hours of upper division physics electives, such as 307 or 309, 308, 362, 363, 395, 464, or 466, and Philosophy of Science.
PSYCHOLOGY
Faculty: Janis W. Driscoll, Robert D. Elder, Daniel Fallon, Eben M. Ingram, Carolyn M. Simmons, Gary S. Stern, Graham Sterritt; Emeritus: Nell G. Fahrion.
Psychology is the scientific study of behavior, consisting of the following major areas of study: experimental psychology, biopsychology, developmental psychology, social psychology, and clinical psychology. The requirements for the psychology major are designed to expose the student to the spectrum of psychology, including an early exposure to methodology and statistics. Although some specialization is possible, the faculty believes that this is more appropriate at advanced levels and that the undergraduate should have a broad background upon which to base future specialization.
An undergraduate major in psychology provides a good general concentration for a B.A. degree. Job opportunities are developing for interdisciplinary combinations of psychology with other areas such as business, computer science, or statistical design. Traditionally, job opportunities within the field of psychology itself require graduate study; however, some students find jobs in the mental health or social service fields with a B.A. degree in psychology. The psychology major also prepares the student for graduate work in psychology. Programs leading to the master’s degree in particular applied areas of psychology appear to be one of the directions in which the field is moving.
Requirements for the psychology major are as follows: majors must complete at least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in psychology courses is acceptable toward the major. College algebra and English 101 must be included in the lower division curriculum. Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 and Psych. 207; Psych. 210; at least one biotropic course including Psych. 322, 405, 409, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438, 4%; at least one sociotropic course including Psych. 364,430, 431,440, 441,445, 449, 464, 466,467, 471,485; at least one advanced laboratory course including Psych. 417, 422, 444, 485; and one integrative course, Psych. 451.
Division of Social Sciences
Suzanne Wiggins Helburn, Assistant Dean
In the last two decades, the social sciences have included study of some of the most intractable problems of contemporary society: the population explosion, urban concentration, the impact of rapidly changing


40/University of Colorado at Denver
technology, the strains of race relations, the conflicts arising from competing political ideologies, and the thrust of developing societies. The social science disciplines also provide important bridges between thought and action and between values and problemsolving techniques.
Social science majors provide excellent preparation for further professional training as well as for jobs in public service, secondary school teaching, office administration, journalism, and writing. Students can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the disciplines included in the division. The requirements of each major are explained under the respective disciplines.
The Division of Social Sciences includes the following disciplines: anthropology, economics, history, political science, and sociology. The College-wide interdisciplinary major programs in ethnic studies and urban studies are also administered by faculty in the division. The division offers courses in the disciplines, in interdisciplinary studies, and in preprofessional studies.
Students should be aware of the possibilities for a distributed studies major in the social sciences. The most usual combinations are economics and sociology, and history and political science. See the College-Wide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major.
ANTHROPOLOGY
Faculty: Robert A. Aldrich, Janet R. Moone, Lorna Grindlay Moore, Duane Quiatt, Jack E. Smith.
Anthropology provides a broad overview of man and his ways of living in the world. It considers man as a biological and social being and seeks an understanding of his origins, his biological and cultural evolution, his present condition, and future prospects. Anthropology provides a comprehensive background in the fundamental concepts and theories which seek to explain man's biological and cultural diversity as well as those common features shared by people everywhere. It provides an overview of the prehistory of man and of his contemporary variation.
Anthropological training has a broad application to many fields. A background in anthropology is especially helpful in the areas of city planning, community development, environmental design, the health sciences including the medical and nursing professions and allied health services, law, public affairs, and secondary education.
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in anthropology with grades of C or better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper division. The maximum number of hours in the major is 48. Anthropology majors must take the following courses or demonstrate a competent knowledge of materials and methods covered. Majors are required to complete the three introductory courses (two of these may be taken concurrently, and there is no required sequence:)
Anthro. 100. Cultural Anthropology Anthro. 101. Biological Anthropology Anthro. 102. Prehistory Anthro. 453. History of Anthropology.
And one of the following:
Anthro. 280. Nature of Language
Anthro. 480. Anthropological Linguistics (Boulder campus only) Anthro. 481. Language and Culture
Information for Nonmajors. Nonmajors receive 8 hours of credit toward the College social science requirement for Anthro. 100 and 102, and 4 hours of credit toward the College natural and physical science requirement for Anthro. 101. The full 12 hours of College requirements for each of these two science areas may be fulfilled by combining the above courses with other cultural or archaeological courses (Soc. Sci.) or other biological-physical anthropology courses (Nat. and Phys. Sci.) at the 200, 300, or 400 levels.
ECONOMICS
Faculty: Gary Bickel, Suzanne W. Helburn, Byron L, Johnson, John R. Morris Jr., Alan R. Shelly.
Economics is important to the average citizen as well as to the professional. The economy influences daily life, and every person must make economic decisions. The economics student is trained to do research, to analyze data, and to make forecasts. This background lends itself to careers in teaching, business, and all levels of government.
Economics deals with all aspects of the production and circulation of the worldly goods of humanity. Specific aspects are macroeconomics (inflation, unemployment, etc.) and microeconomics (theory of behavior of individual producers, consumers, and investors). Analytic scope ranges from precise mathematical modeling to general philosophical speculation on the nature of society and people.
Requirements for Majors. Students majoring in economics must meet the following requirements: at least 30, but not more than 48, semester hours in economics, of which 19 must be numbered 300 or higher; Econ. 381,407, and 408, and a data processing course approved by the student’s adviser. Students planning to go to graduate school should also take at least two semesters of calculus (more mathematics is desirable). At least 12 semester hours must be taken for credit on the Denver Campus. Hours outside of economics may be counted for the major at the discretion of the student’s adviser.
Students who do not have an adviser should see the discipline chairperson for assignment to an adviser. Any deficiencies in prerequisites for Econ. 381 should be removed as soon as possible, and the 381 requirement should be fulfilled early in the student’s career.
For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequisite, unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300.
Distributed Studies
Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by tak-


College of Liberal Arts anti Sciences 141
ing 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ. 407-408 and a course in statistics.
HISTORY
Faculty: Frederick S. Allen, Ernest Andrade Jr., Mark
S. Foster, Philip A. Hernandez, James B. Wolf. Adjunct: Mary Conroy, Myra L. Rich.
History constitutes an intellectual challenge not only because of its intrinsic fascination but also because an understanding of history requires one to integrate important facets of many branches of knowledge. Individual history courses cut across lines of the social sciences, humanities, even the “hard” sciences. Perhaps most significantly, history provides a time frame. Far more important to the history student than learning facts is understanding the process of change. By comparing the state of humankind over years, decades, or centuries, the student of history isolates important societal changes and analyzes critical causal factors. This is training not only for learning but for living.
The bachelor’s degree in history provides an education for immediate postgraduate career entry or advanced training in several social sciences. History majors frequently choose careers in teaching or civil service; in addition, a number enter corporate management training programs or develop careers in sales. History is traditionally a valued background for law school applicants. A key attraction of the major in history is its versatility: an excellent choice for those who are still seeking career goals.
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history, 16 of which must be upper division. Not'more than 48 hours in the student’s major area will count toward the 120-hour graduation requirement. A student must have a cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 or better in the major to graduate.
History majors shall fulfill their lower division requirements by taking 12 hours of history at the 100 and 200 levels. All majors must take Hist. 101 and 102; in addition, they may take Hist. 151 and 152 or any two non-European history courses.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Faculty: Michael S. Cummings, Joel Edelstein, Jana Everett, Stephen C. Thomas.
Political science studies people, power, and the public good. Looking at a variety of societies, institutions, and interpersonal situations, the discipline asks who has power, where this power comes from, how it is used, and how it promotes or impairs the public good. It also asks what this public good is; how it differs from China to Rhodesia to Argentina to Colorado; and how the basic human needs for security, love, self-respect, and self-actualization depend upon political conditions such as freedom and equality. Political science draws on insights from other fields, such as psychology, philosophy, economics, sociology, and world literature. Finally, it explores the relationship between idealism
and realism, between theory and practice, between political thought and personal action.
Opportunities for students with a B.A. in political science include careers in business, teaching, journalism, and government service. A political science degree also serves as good preparation for professional training in law and public administration. In all cases, participation in an internship experience as an undergraduate will increase the student’s job opportunities. Students with an M.A. in political science may find careers in such areas as business, government research and administration, and teaching at the community college level.
Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in political science, of which at least 18 must be in upper division courses. Courses can be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American politics, comparative politics, international relations, political theory and public law, and public administration. The major must include the following: P.Sc. 100,
110, 200, 440, 441; Econ. 201 and 202; and either of the following: one upper division course in each of three fields — American politics, comparative politics, international relations — or P.Sc. 465. With faculty approval, students may get course credit for political internships through Cooperative Education, Soc.Sci. 398.
SOCIOLOGY
Faculty: Richard H. Anderson, M. Jay Crowe, Karl H. Flaming, Joyce M. Nielsen, Richard H. Ogles; Part-time: J. Michael Davis, Sally Geis, Roger Lauen, Lee Valas.
Sociology is the study of group life in society. It is the investigation of social actions, values, and procedures that are involved in the development, structure, and operation of group life. Sociology attempts to present a perspective which encourages people to develop what has been called the sociological imagination — the use of reason to achieve lucid summaries of what is going on in the world and of what may be happening within themselves.
Training in sociology, especially at the graduate level, can open up almost any professional field. Knowledge of sociology and sociological method is valuable in management, research, government service, public affairs, and the health services.
The discipline has developed the following rationale for courses offered:
1. Lower Division Courses (100 and 200).
a. One-hundred-level courses are an introduction to the broad sociological perspective as it applies to social life, social systems, and society.
b. Two-hundred-level courses introduce the student to somewhat more specific content areas: population study, human ecology, social psychology, etc.
2. Upper Division Courses (300 and 400).
a. Three-hundred-level courses serve as advanced


421University of Colorado at Denver
surveys of some specific area of concentration. They are designed to acquaint the student with the issues, methods, concepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the content area. Such courses as urban sociology, sociology of the family, and sociology of work are offered at this level. Many of these courses are open courses in that students from other disciplines and colleges are encouraged to enroll in them, b. Four-hundred-level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of specific issues, approaches, and concepts within the previously identified content areas. These are advanced courses and are geared more directly to sociology and social science majors.
Requirements for Majors. Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hours, 16 must be upper division, of which 12 hours must be 400-level courses. Maximum in the major is 48 hours. The following courses must be completed with a grade of C or better:
Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology
Soc. 400. Contemporary Sociological Theory
Soc. 402. Statistics
A maximum of 6 hours of social science credit may be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed sequence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their programs. This is particularly important for those intending to do graduate work in sociology.


College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Gordon G. Barnewall, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
The College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsible administrative and related professional personnel. The College serves students entering this field of study and men and women already in administrative positions. It also promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems.
The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the College of Business attempts to confront these problems as they pertain to the management of business enterprises.
The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunities both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfying living and constructive citizenship.
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepares them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise.
The College was admitted to membership in the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1938.
positions and perform widely var-
Career Opportunities
Graduates occupy ied functions in:
Advertising Banking
Consumer credit and mortgage finance Credit administration Financial management Industrial selling and purchasing Insurance
International business Investments
Management accounting Management consulting Marketing management Marketing research
Media
Minerals land management Office management Operations research Personnel management Production management Public accounting Real estate Retailing
Selling and sales management Statistics
Traffic management
Transportation
Wholesaling
Others hold positions of responsibility in fields as diverse as business journalism, public relations, city planning, chamber of commerce and trade association management, college administration, and government.
Organization
Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy decisions for the College of Business are made by the Educational Policy Committee of the faculty under the chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole.
The college’s activities are administered by the associate dean of UCD, by the heads of its several instructional divisions, and by other faculty directors of particular programs.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied activities intended to stimulate professional interests and to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations:
AIESEC — international business association Beta Alpha Psi — national honorary and professional accounting fraternity
Beta Gamma Sigma — national honorary scholastic fraternity in business
CSPA — Colorado Society for Personnel Administration (student chapter) for students interested in personnel or industrial relations CU AMA — student chapter of the American Marketing Association
Delta Sigma Pi — national professional business fraternity
MBA Association — University of Colorado association of master’s students in business Phi Chi Theta — national professional business and economics fraternity
Rho Epsilon — professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsilon — professional and honorary management fraternity


44 /University of Colorado at Denver
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration.
Adding and Dropping Courses
See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide Drop/Add policies.
Administrative Drop. Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course attendance standards be dropped without discredit during the first 10 weeks of the semester.
Appeal Procedure
Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administration office for appeal and petition procedures pertaining to rules and regulations of the College.
Attendance Regulations
Classroom attendance is at the discretion of the instructor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor’s policy on attendance.
Course Load
The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate student in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum.
Students having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which they completed at least 15 semester hours may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours with the approval of the associate dean. Hours carried concurrently in the Division of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence, are included in the student’s load.
Credit
To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student’s registration in the Office of Admissions and Records.
Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements.
SPECIFIC UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES
Standards of Performance
Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to attendance, active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments, correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations and general quality of scholastic workmanship.
In general, examinations are required in all courses and for all students, including graduating seniors.
To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2.0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall average.
When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension. To be removed from probation, the student must (1) achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the semester, (2) bring his or her cumulative grade-point average on all courses attempted and on all business courses attempted to a
2.0 level or above, and (3) meet other requirements as they might be designated.
Transfer Credit
Credits in business and nonbusiness subjects transferred from other institutions will be limited to the number of credit hours given for equivalent work in the regular offerings of the University. Transfer work is only accepted from institutions accredited by the regional association. In general, the college will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level to such courses as the College offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written approval is given by the appropriate division head. Transfer students must take 30 hours of degree requirements in residency after admission to the College.
A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B.S. degree in business. Remedial or vocational work does not transfer. Business courses from junior colleges will not be applied toward degree requirements if the course work is offered at the junior-senior level at UCD.
Correspondence Credit
Only 30 semester hours of credit, 9 of which may be in business, taken through correspondence study will be counted toward the B.S. degree in business. Required business courses and area of emphasis courses cannot be taken by correspondence. All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability.
Credit by Examination
College Level Examination credits (CLEP subject examinations only) are acceptable toward degree requirements to a maximum of 30 hours. Specific information is available in the College of Business and Administration Office, Room 512.
CLEP credit will be applied in the same manner as transfer credits. For credit, students must rank in the 66.7 percentile based on national available norms. Generally, CLEP credit is only appropriate for (a) nonbusiness requirements and (b) nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area is allowed. CLEP may not be used in course areas where credit has already been allowed. General examinations are not acceptable.


College of Business and Administration 145
Credit for CLEP subject examinations in business course areas must have prior approval in writing by the College of Business and Administration and by the appropriate division head.
Advanced Placement (CEEB) credit will be given where appropriate to students who make scores of 3,4, or 5.
Independent Study Credit
Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take variable credit courses (1 to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project, but the student must have prior approval. A total of 6 semester hours can be applied toward graduation requirements; a maximum of 3 semester hours may be taken in any one semester.
To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the associate dean’s approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office.
There is no credit for work experience.
ROTC Credit
Students who are enrolled in and complete the ROTC program may apply a maximum of 12 semester hours of advanced ROTC credit toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120-semester hour total degree requirement for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward degree requirements is granted for basic (freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses. The ROTC adviser can provide more detailed information.
Study Abroad Credit
Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Students are responsible for checking with the College of Business and Administration for prior approval.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAM
The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objectives:
1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities.
2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. Comprehension of the human relationships involved in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical responsibilities of those in administrative positions.
6. Skill in the arts of learning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus.
Admission of Freshman Students
See the General Information section for admission and application procedures.
Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathematics, the social sciences, and speech.
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College expects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the secondary course work.
Admission of Transfer Students
See the General Information section for admission and application procedures.
Intrauniversity Transfer
Students who wish to transfer to the College of Business and Administration from another college or school of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 512).
Second Undergraduate Degree
Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree, provided the first undergraduate degree is in a field other than business. The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be required to pursue courses in the sequence normally required for a degree plan. For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the required mathematics or general education courses, these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for business courses. Further, the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pursue the major field.
If a student applying for a second undergraduate degree has an academic record that justifies consideration for the graduate program, that student will be encouraged to consider one of the master’s programs.
Academic Advising
Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the academic requirements and regulations established for the College and for classes. Upon admission to the College of Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Business Administration, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student advisers in the College concerning an academic program. Appointments for academic advising can be made by calling 629-2605.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The Bachelor of Science (Business) degree requires:
/. Total Credits. A total of 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper division work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some com-


46 /University of Colorado at Denver
bination of both. This cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed, or activity physical education, recreation and dance courses. Advanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades must be completed and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades.
2. Residence. Completion of at least 30 semester hours, usually in the senior year, after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hours in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the College are acceptable toward this requirement.
3. Grade Average. A minimum scholastic grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptable toward the B.S. (Business) degree, 2.0 for all business courses, and 2.0 in the student’s area of emphasis.
4. Graduation With Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business, students who demonstrate superior scholarship are given special recognition at graduation. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.3 and a grade-point average of 3.5 on all business courses taken at the University of Colorado while completing 30 hours after admission to the College of Business and Administration will be graduated cum laude. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all business courses taken at the University of Colorado of Business and Administration will be graduated magna cum laude.
5. Intent to Graduate Form. Students must file an Intent to Graduate Form with the College of Business and Administration office prior to registering for their last semester. Questions concerning graduation should be directed to the student adviser, Room 512.
6. Courses. Completion of all of the following required courses:
Semester Hours
Area of emphasis .........................................12
College algebra and calculus ..............................6
Communication and composition .............................6
Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law, business statistics, business and society, marketing, finance, organization management, production and operations management and
business policy ............................................30
Electives
Business ....................................................9
Nonbusiness (to include 9 hours of upper division work) ....15
Free electives (either business or nonbusiness electives)...18
General psychology..............................................6
Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology ................3
Natural science (astro-geophysics, biology, chemistry, geography, geological sciences,
and physics; applies as nonbusiness elective)................3
Political science...............................................6
Principles of economics ........................................6
Total 120
Upon reaching senior status, the student must con-
tact the College of Business and Administration student adviser for a complete academic evaluation prior to registering for the last term on campus.
Model Degree Program
The following sequence of courses is a guide to registration.
Freshman Year Semester Hours
Engl. 102 or 103. English Composition ........................3
Comm. 202 or 210. Communication Theory or Public Speaking ..3
Math. 107. College Algebra' ..................................3
Math. 108. College Calculus' .................................3
Pol. Sci. 100. Introduction to Political Science .............3
Pol. Sci. 110. American National Government ..................3
Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology
or Anth. 1002 ............................................3
B.Ad. 100. Introduction to Business or a business elective3 ..3
Nonbusiness electives4 .......................................3
Natural science ..............................................3
Total 30
Sophomore Year
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (macro/micro) .....6
Psych. 203, 204. General Psychology ..........................6
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer..............3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics.................................3
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting ..............3
Nonbusiness electives4 .......................................9
Total 30
Junior Year
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing .............................3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance ......................................3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization .....3
Pr. Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management ............3
B. Law 300. Business Law .....................................3
Business elective ............................................3
Nonbusiness elective .........................................3
Free electives ...............................................9
Total 30
Senior Year
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy ...................................3
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society
or B.Ad. 410. Business and Government ....................3
Area of emphasis ............................................12
Business electives ...........................................3
Free electives ...............................................9
Total 30
Area of Emphasis
Each candidate for the B.S. (Business) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 12 semester hours taken at the University of Colorado. Typically, students select an area of emphasis from those offered after taking several of the “core” courses. Then they take the hours required for their selected area. Available areas of emphasis are:
'Any of the following four options: (1) Math. 107 and 108; (2) Math. 111 and 140; (3) Math. 111 and 108; or (4) Math. 140 and 241. A maximum of 9 hours of mathematics below the level of Math. 140 can be applied to the degree.
JSoc. 100 is recommended to meet the sociology requirement; however, Soc. 104, 119, 300. 301, 302, 303, 305, 384, and Anth. 100 are acceptable.
JApplies as a business elective. This course is recommended but not required.
*For completion of the B.S. (Business) degree requirements, the student's program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper division, nonbusiness courses.


College of Business and Administration 147
Accounting
Business education (Boulder) Computer-based information systems Finance
International business Marketing
Minerals land management Office administration1 Organizational management
Personnel management Production and operations management
Public agency administration Real estate
Small business management Statistics
Transportation and traffic management
Although only one area of emphasis will be listed on the student’s official records, students so desiring may accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of courses.
ACCOUNTING
Accounting courses are offered in several fields of professional accountancy at the intermediate, advanced, and graduate levels. They provide preparation for practice in one or more of the following fields:
Financial accounting Tax accounting
Auditing Data processing and
Managerial accounting control systems
Teaching and research
In all of these fields a thorough knowledge of the social, legal, economic, and political environment is needed. A high degree of analytical ability and communication skill is indispensible.
The undergraduate area of emphasis in accounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 and 202:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Acct. 322. Intermediate Financial Accounting I ..............3
Acct. 323. Intermediate Financial Accounting II .............3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ..................................3
Accounting elective..........................................3
Total 12
Students planning to pursue accounting as a career usually take more than the required 12 hours. Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting, often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years. Students should work closely with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting programs.
Students planning to take the CPA examination should take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in statistics, business law, finance, and economics.
Graduate study in accounting is receiving increasing emphasis by professional organizations and employers. Students meeting admission requirements should consider continuing their education at the graduate level.
tion, organization, accessing, and analysis of information for the planning and control of operations. The automation of data processing is also studied extensively.
Those looking toward professional careers in administrative data processing should plan to pursue the 21-hour degree program. The program is designed to prepare the student for job entry at the information systems analyst level. The undergraduate area of emphasis consists of 12 hours beyond Q.M. 201 and I.S. 215.
Required Core: (12 Hours) Semester Hours
Q.M. 440. Operations Research .............................3
1.5. 345. Information Systems .............................3
1.5. 355. Computerware ....................................3
1.5. 465. Systems Analysis and Design .....................3
Additional Courses for the Professional CBIS Candidate: (9 Hours) In addition to the core above, candidates should select, in consultation with their advisers, at least 9 hours from the following courses. Some substitution of other computer science courses may be allowed where the candidate’s career interests so warrant.
Semester Hours
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting ..........3
Q.M. 300. Intermediate Statistics .........................3
E.E. 531. Telecommunications ..............................3
C.S. 453. Assembly Language and Software Systems...........3
C.S. 559. On-Line Computing Systems .......................3
FINANCE
The principal areas of study in finance are financial management, banking, investments, and insurance. Finance is intended to give an understanding of fundamental theory pertaining to finance and to develop ability to make practical applications of the principles and techniques of sound financial management in business. Every endeavor is made to train students to think logically about financial problems and to formulate sound financial decisions and policies. Numerous opportunities are to be found with financial institutions and in the field of business finance. Emphasis is placed on financial policy, management, control, analysis and decision-making. Acct. 202 is a prerequisite for this area.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Fin. 401. Business Finance I ..............................3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II .............................3
Fin. 433. Investment and Portfolio Management .............3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy ......................3
Recommended Elective Courses
COMPUTER-BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS
The information systems area is designed for those who wish to prepare themselves for careers as professional administrative data processing managers in business and government. The student develops those technical skills and administrative insights required for the analysis of information systems, the design and implementation of systems, and the management of data processing operations. The emphasis is on management information systems — systems for the collec-
Fin. 440. International Financial Management...................3
Fin. 434. Security Analysis....................................3
Fin. 453. Bank Management .....................................3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Finance ................................3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance..............................3
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
In recent years, companies have completely reoriented their thinking, planning, and operations to
'Area courses in office administration must be completed on the Boulder Campus except for O.Ad. 440.


48 /University of Colorado at Denver
capitalize on the opportunities offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is affected by this reorientation, and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training, and orientation are in great demand.
The program reflects the basic principle that effectiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must complete at least 12 semester hours as follows:
Required Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 441. International Trade ...................................3
plus three of the following courses:
B.Ad. 440. International Business Seminar.........................3
Fin. 440. International Financial Management .....................3
Or.Mg. 458. International Transportation .........................3
Mk. 490. International Marketing .................................3
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recommended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology. Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing language and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program.
MARKETING
Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels, pricing the product, and promoting it. Today the administrative policies and practices of any well-managed firm should be marketing-oriented toward the consumer.
The career opportunities in marketing reflect the businessman’s awareness of the importance of this field. Today many individuals are rising to top executive positions by the marketing route. There are more executive and other job opportunities for women in the marketing field than in any other single area outside teaching or secretarial work. One out of every four people gainfully employed in this country is in a marketing position.
Career opportunities abound in personal selling, advertising, sales management, marketing research, retailing, wholesaling, marketing by manufacturers, international marketing, etc.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Mk. 330. Marketing Research ...............................3
Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300) ......................9
MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in minerals land management is designed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with cer-
tain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management.
With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a landman, exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the minerals industry. Colorado is presently the headquarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada. These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program.
The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must include the following:
1. Nonbusiness Courses Semester Hours
Geol. 207. Physical Geology and Geophysics ...............4
Chem. 101. General Chemistry .............................4
Geol. 463. Principles of Geomorphology....................4
Geol. 493. Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting .......4
Econ. 453. Natural Resource Economics or
Econ. 454. Environmental Economics........................3
2. Business Courses
Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting ........3
R.Es. 300. Principles of Real Estate ....................3
Fin. 355. Financial Markets or
Fin. 401. Business Finance I ............................3
3. A minimum of 12 hours for the major area is required as specified below:
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
M.L. Mg. 485. Minerals Landman
Administration ...........................................3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Transactions .....3
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ..........................3
Recommended Elective Courses (Three semester hours minimum)
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal ..........................3
B.Law 412. Business Law ...................................3
B.Ad. 411. Business and Society ...........................3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution ............................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Survey of Transportation Operation and Procedure .........................................3
ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT
Organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations. The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general management careers.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups...........................3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ................3
(At least one of the following:)
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice ..........3
Ps.Mg. 438.Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ......3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and Social Issues .3
Ps.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement ...................3
Ps.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management .....................................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management .......3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management ...........3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation ........3


College of Business and Administration 149
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Personnel management offers opportunities to develop professional competence in the areas of personnel administration and labor relations. Students acquire understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruitment, selection, evaluation, training, and motivation of employees; and union-management relations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice........3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ..3
Ps.Mg. 439. Personnel Management: Legal and
Social Issues ........................................3
Elective ................................................3
Recommended Electives
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups ........................3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ..............3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management .................3
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement .................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ................................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management .....3
B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy, and
Entrepreneurship .....................................3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management ..............3
Econ. 461. Labor Economics ..............................3
Psych. 485. Principles of Psychological Testing .........3
Psych. 487. Personality Assessment ......................3
Soc. 479. Industrial Sociology ..........................3
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager, operations manager, management analyst, or systems analyst in such private sector organizations as manufacturing, banking, insurance, hospitals, and construction, as well as in a variety of municipal, state, and federal organizations.
Production or operations managers may be charged with the design, implementation, operation, and maintenance of the production systems. Managerial activities could include forecasting demand, production planning and inventory control, scheduling labor and equipment, job design and labor standards, quality control, purchasing, and facilities location and layout.
Required Courses
(The following three courses)
Q.M. 440. Operations Research ...............................3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management .....................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ....................................3
(One of the following courses)
Pr.Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement .....................3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management .............3
Recommended Electives
1.5. 215. Information Systems: Introduction to
Data Processing...........................................3
1.5. 345. Information Systems ...............................3
Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups ............................3
Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ..................3
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice ............3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice .......3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management .........3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ...................3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ..................................3
PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION
Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations. The curriculum in public agency administration provides the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon graduation.
Required Courses
Acct. 480. Business and Governmental Budgeting
and Control .................................................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Administration ...........................3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management .....................3
Q.M. 440. Operations Research...................................3
REAL ESTATE
Real estate careers require knowledge of real estate investments, urban land economics, real estate law, appraising, finance, taxes, management, sales, and accounting.
Real estate is one segment of the economy in which it is still possible for a person to be his/her own boss whether as a broker, appraiser, developer, syndicator or property manager.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(After completion of R.Es. 300)
R.Es. 430. Real Estate Appraising ...........................3
R.Es. 454. Real Estate Financing ............................3
R.Es. 401. Urban Land Analysis or
R.Es. 433. Real Estate Investments .......................3
R.Es. 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate .....................3
It is strongly recommended that any student planning to sit for the Colorado broker’s examination take all six of the real estate courses.
Recommended Electives
Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ..........................3
Ins. 484. Principles of Insurance..........................3
Fin. 455. Monetary and Fiscal Policy ......................3
Mk. 310. Salesmanship ......................................3
B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy,
and Entrepreneurship ....................................3
Arch. Eng. 240. Building Materials and Construction ........3
SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Small business management studies provide understanding, knowledge, and skills in organizing and managing small business. The emphasis is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities required of the entrepreneur.
A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended. The course requirements of the second area can be included as part of business or free electives. Additional courses in management, finance, accounting, and marketing should be planned in consultation with the adviser to serve individual career needs.


50/University of Colorado at Denver
Required Courses Semester Hours
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation .........3
(Two of the following four courses)
Fin. 401. Business Finance I ...............................3
Acct. 332. Cost Accounting ..................................3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ......3
Mk. 480. Marketing Policies and Strategies .................3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice............3
Pr.Mg. 440. Planning and Control Systems in
Production and Operations Management .....................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Policy Analysis in Production and
Operations Management ....................................3
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management .........3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management ............3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ..................3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management .................3
Fin. 402. Business Finance II ..............................3
STATISTICS (QUANTITATIVE METHODS)
Statistics prepares students for entry-level positions in statistics, management science, or operations research divisions of companies and as general management trainees to fill line or staff functions. Combining an area of emphasis in statistics with another functional field such as accounting, finance, management, or marketing will substantially enhance employability and prospects for advancement.
Statistics majors work with the design and implementation of business experiments and surveys and use skills relating to analyzing, interpreting, and communicating quantitative business information to management in order to enhance the process of decisionmaking. Students need competence in computer programming and in preparing data for standard computer statistical packages, implementing these programs, and interpreting their results.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Any four of the following five courses)
Q.M. 300. Intermediate Statistics ...........................3
(If Q.M. 300 is taken it should precede the courses below.)
Q.M. 410. Sampling and Inference ............................3
Q.M. 420. Multivariate Analysis .............................3
Q.M. 430. Business Forecasting ..............................3
Q.M. 440. Operations Research................................3
Students with a double area of emphasis may substitute one quantitative course in the other areas of emphasis for one of the courses above, with permission of the management science division.
Recommended Courses Semester Hours
1.5. 215. Introduction to Data Processing .................3
1.5. 345. Information Systems .............................3
1.5. 355. Computerware ....................................3
1.5. 465. Systems Analysis and Design .....................3
Pr.Mg. 440. Control Systems in Operations Management ......3
Pr.Mg. 444. Socio-Technical Work Systems ..................3
Pr.Mg. 447. Operations Management: Policy and Practice.....3
Mk. 330. Marketing Research ...............................3
Mk. 430. Research Design and Experimental
Methods in Marketing ...................................3
TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
The curriculum in transportation management includes the role of transportation in society and the
problems of traffic management within specific industries as well as the management of firms in the transportation industry, such as airlines, trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit firms. International transportation management problems and policies are analyzed.
One of the recommended elective courses may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required courses if there is a schedule conflict, if the course is not available, or if a student demonstrates a career need for such a course.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Any four of the following six courses)
Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management .......3
Tr.Mg. 452. Problems in Traffic Management ................3
Tr.Mg. 456. Air Transportation ............................3
Tr.Mg. 457. Urban Transportation ..........................3
Tr.Mg. 458. International Transportation ..................3
Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Management ..................3
Recommended Electives
Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relations: Policy and Practice ...........3
Ps.Mg. 438. Personnel Management: Policy and Practice ......3
Tr.Mg. 451. Survey of Transportation .......................3
Pr.Mg. 460. Purchasing and Materials Management ............3
B.Ad. 470. Small Business—Management and Operation..........3
O.Ad. 440. Principles of Office Management .................3
COMBINED PROGRAMS
Numerous career opportunities exist for persons trained in both a specialized field and management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree requirements concurrently in two fields. Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and business, pharmacy and business, and environmental design and business. Programs may be arranged for other professional combinations also.
The two programs of study proceed concurrently, terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No substitutions are allowed in this program.
For students in combined programs, the requirements for the degree in business are as follows:
1. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in business and economics, to include Econ. 201 and 202 (6 semester hours), required courses in business (30 semester hours), and a business area of emphasis (12 semester hours).
2. Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business.
3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics, communications, and the social and behavioral sciences in a degree program approved in advance by the College of Business. In addition, for some courses and areas of emphasis, there are prerequisite requirements which must be met.
4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business.
Shown below is the combined engineering-business program. For other combinations, students should con-


College of Business and Administration 151
suit with the associate dean of the College of Business.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Daytime M.B.A. courses are offered in Boulder. Evening M.B.A. courses are offered in Denver and Colorado Springs.
BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS
Econ. 201 and 202. Pinciples of Economics (Should be completed during the student's sophomore
or junior year.) ............................................6
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting.................3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer................3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics ..................................3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing ...............................3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance ........................................3
Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operations Management ...............3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management
and Organization ............................................3
B.Law 300. Business Law ........................................3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society.........................................3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy Cases and Concepts in Business Policy; or B.Ad. 451. Management Games and Cases in Business Policy; or B.Ad. 452. Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship ..........................3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, real estate, small business management, statistics, or transportation management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado, College of Business and
Administration.
Area of emphasis .............................................12
Total 48
GRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS Requirements for Admission—Master’s Programs
Admission to the master’s programs will be determined by the following criteria:
1. Applicant’s academic record.
2. The applicant’s scores on the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the world. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.)
Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required.
In general, students failing to meet minimum standards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor’s degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Administration by special permission of the director of graduate studies.
Completed applications, including GMAT scores, transcripts, and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Colorado at Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309, by March 1 forsummeradmission, by April 1 forfall admission, and by October 1 for spring admission.
Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have an undergraduate degree in business; however, they must acquire an adequate background preparation in:
Accounting Business finance Business law
College algebra and differential calculus Computer programming
Economics, macro and micro Logistics management Management science Marketing
Organization management Statistics
Statistics, management science, and production management are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree.
An undergraduate degree program in business administration usually provides the minimal necessary background in most of these fields. At the University of Colorado, a student who has had the following courses will be considered to have the minimal necessary background:
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting B. Law 300. Business Law
Econ. 201 and 202 or Econ. 300. Principles of Economics Fin. 305. Basic Finance
Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by adviser.
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics (note exception below)
Q.M. 440. Business Operations Research Math. 108. Polynomial Calculus
Capability in Basic Fortran, or similar computer language
For students lacking such preparation, graduate fundamentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: B.Ad. 501 (Acct.), B.Ad. 502 (Stat.), B.Ad. 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (Mg. Org.), B.Ad. 505 (Fin.), B.Ad. 506 (Law), and B.Ad. 507 (Mg.Sc.). These fundamentals courses do not carry graduate business degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor’s degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students. Remedial work is required of all applicants accepted for the M.B.A. and M.S. programs who do not have the mathematics and programming skills. Please confer with a student adviser for suggestions on ways to fulfill these requirements.
In addition, all graduate students are required to take either B.Ad. 500 (Sources of Information and Research Methods) or to pass a qualifying examination covering this subject matter.
General Information — Master’s Programs
The M.B.A. program is a two-year curriculum with the possibility of waiver, for properly prepared students, of all or part of the first year. The student must request course exemption and should be prepared to support the request for waiver. Up to 25 credit hours (First Year Program) of course work may be waived.


52 /University of Colorado at Denver
Advising. All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of interest. The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers.
During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan, with appropriate signatures, should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Qualifying Examination. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Management Admission Test and admission into a master’s program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study.
Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours.
Minimum Hours Required. A candidate for a master’s degree in business must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master’s program.
Comprehensive Examination. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been met. This examination is given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence. Students must be registered when they take this examination. Comprehensive examinations are given in November, April, and July. A comprehensive examination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Administration degree program.
Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student’s admission to the graduate program. If the student’s cumulative grade-point average falls below 3.0, he or she will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the required 3.0 cumulative average. Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C, D, or F. Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average.
To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course. Students will not be permitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester.
An IF grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) following that in which the grade of IF is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned
in a final grade of A, B, C, D, or F. If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time the IF shall be converted to an F.
Time Limit. All 30 semester hours of graduate work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Candidates for the master’s degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity.1
Master of Business Administration
The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts, analytical tools, and communication skills required for competent and responsible administration. The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment.
In addition to the background requirements for a master’s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific requirements of the M.B.A. curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows:
Core Requirements Semester Hours
a. Functional Courses
Two of the following four functional courses are required: Fin. 601, Mk. 600, Pr.Mg. 640 (Logistics), and I.S. 645, at least one of which shall be either Fin. 601 or Mk. 600. Candidates with either marketing or finance undergraduate or graduate majors shall not take the corresponding functional course to fulfill this require-
ment ......................................................6
b. Business and Its Environment
Business, Government, and Society (B.Ad. 610)..............3
c. Analysis and Control
Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad. 615) ................3
Administrative Controls (B.Ad. 620)!.......................3
d. Human Factors
Organizational Behavior (B.Ad. 640) .......................3
e. Planning and Policy
Administrative Policy (B.Ad. 650) .........................3
Area of Emphasis ............................................9
Total 30
Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, management science, marketing3, office administration, organization management, personnel management, production and operations management, and transportation management.
For students taking an area of emphasis in accounting, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are prerequisites for all graduate-level accounting courses. Acct. 533 is substituted for B.Ad. 620. Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are required in the area of emphasis. B.Ad. 630 is a required elective for an accounting area of emphasis.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 601, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are Mk. 600,605 and one additional graduate marketing course.
'Under unusual circumstances, students whose residence is interrupted for legitimate reasons, such as military service, may apply for an extension of time.
-Accounting students should substitute Acct. 533.
Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M.B.A. will consist of 9 hours as follows: Mk. 600 (Marketing Management). Mk. 605 (M.B.A. Seminar in Marketing), and one additional 3-hour marketing course at the 500 level or higher.


College of Business and Administration 153
Students taking other areas of emphasis should consult the division head concerning the requirements.
No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Independent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A. program.
Master of Science
The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field.
MAJOR FIELDS
For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following professors:
Accounting ................................Professor Schattke
Finance .......................................Professor Kolb
Management science ............................Professor Plane
Marketing .................................Professor Goeldner
Management and organization ...................Professor Reed
With the approval of the student’s adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from business subjects or from other graduate departments.
Fields available in the College of Business for selection as a minor are
Accounting
Business education
Finance
Management science
Marketing
Office administration MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed, may be met by Plan I or Plan II. The student’s degree program should be approved in advance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies.
Plan I. The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad. 630 (Business Research), is required of all candidates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field. A minimum of three courses, normally 9
Organization management Personnel management Production and operation management Real estate
Transportation management
semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field.
Plan II. Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required.
Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level.
All M.S. students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields. The candidate’s committee may require an oral final comprehensive examination subsequent to the written examination.
Master of Business Education
Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Master of Business Education program.
Minors Without Majors in Fields of Business
Graduate students majoring in other divisions of the University may elect as a minor some field of study within the College of Business and Administration. Acceptable fields are:
Accounting Business education Finance
Management science Marketing
Office administration Organization management Personnel management Production and operations management
Transportation management
The student must complete two preparatory fundamentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field. These two courses will be selected in consultation with a College of Business and Administration adviser. Validation of background preparation may be required through examination, either written or oral, or both.
To complete a minor at the graduate level in one of the fields within the college, the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses, and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical sequence or unit and should be approved in advance by a representative of the subject field from which the courses are selected.
Doctor of Business Administration
Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.) program.


School of Education
Richard E. Wylie, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recognized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more significant, more far-reaching, or more enduring in its impact on society.
The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education.
Students interested in pursuing a program of studies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate students should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
All application forms for School of Education programs are available in the school office, located at 1156 9th Street, 629-2717.
INITIAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAM
The Initial Certification Program is designed to prepare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work, professional studies, classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences, and urban studies courses.
Undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in secondary education in the fields of communication and theatre, English, German, French, Spanish, mathematics, science, and social studies.
Student Candidates
1. Juniors and seniors who are working on B.A. or B.S. degrees.
2. Persons who already have B.A., B.S., or advanced degrees, but who do not have teaching certificates.
The Program
First Semester (Fall) Semester Hours
T.Ed. 370. The City as a Cultural Laboratory ...............2
T.Ed. 306. Foundations of American Education ...............3
T.Ed. 313. General Educational Psychology ..................3
T.Ed. 336. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools ...............3
Field Experience: A field experience component will be available each semester of the program, with a common experience comprising each of the courses offered during the fall semester. It is expected that all students will complete a portion of their field placement within the city of Denver.
Time Commitment for Field Experiences:
First Semester
T.Ed. 306: Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 313: Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 336: Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools
If the student elects to take these courses out of sequence, such as
T.Ed. 306 the first semester and T.Ed. 313 and 336 the following fall, the time commitment will be a minimum of four hours per week each semester.
City as a Cultural Laboratory: To be offered fall semester in the form of five intensive weekend field experiences in the city of Denver. Students must choose three of the five varied experiences and may choose to attend and participate in all five of them. A seminar will be held at the end of the semester to process the experiences.
K-12: T.Ed. 336 and T.Ed. 313 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on secondary aspects. All other courses will maintain the K-12 perspective.
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (Prior to the end of the first semester, level of specialization to be pursued or involvement in multiple methods courses for purposes of dual certification should be indicated.)
Second Semester (Spring) Semester Hours
Special Methods:
a. For elementary certification:
T.Ed. 415. Basic Elementary Block ......................9
b. For secondary certification:
Discipline-area methods course taught either in School of Education or College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences ......................................3
T.Ed. 314. Communication: Human Relations and
Group Processes .............................................2
T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Secondary) ..........2
T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Elementary) .........4
(Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second semester of program.)


School of Education 155
Second Semester
T.Ed. 375. (Secondary)—6 to 8 hours per week in Denver Public Schools
T.Ed. 375. (Elementary)— 10 to 12 hrs. per week in Denver Public Schools.
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for secondary-level students (as necessary).
Summer Session (Optional Enrollment)
This additional semester may be necessary for some students to complete program requirements during a two-year period.
1. Student teaching by petition only.
2. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
3. Elective courses in the School of Education also may be taken during the summer sessions.
Third Semester (Fall) Semester Hours
Elementary certification: (Involves a 10-to 12-week full-time student
teaching assignment, concurrent seminar.)
T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching-Elementary School ...........8-9
T.Ed. 473. Workshops in Special Methods ...................4
T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching ........1
Special Methods: To be offered as a 3-hour course, which will include work in art, music, and physical education.
Secondary certification:
T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching — Secondary School (8-10
weeks full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment) .....8-9
T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching ...........I
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (as necessary).
Fourth Semester (Spring) Semester Hours
T.Ed. 414. Senior Seminar: Urban Education, Bilingual/
Multicultural Education, and Special Education ..............3
Urban Studies courses in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (if these are not previously completed as a part of academic major or General Education requirements) from such areas as teaching English as a second language, Black Studies, Mexican American Studies, minority literature, and/or urban-oriented work in sociology, anthropology, etc.................................................9
Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for both elementary- and secondary-level students (as necessary).
Students desiring dual certification and whose program permits.
Optional:
T.Ed. 470. Student Teaching—Elementary School (10-12
weeks full-time assignment) ...........................8-9
T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching—Secondary School (8-10 weeks
full-time or 15 weeks half-time assignment) ...........8-9
T.Ed. 439. Seminar in Elementary Student Teaching ........I
T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching .........1
At any time during the two-year program all elementary majors will be required to take 3 semester hours of elective credit in School of Education courses.
Admission Procedures
Advising. Students will initially make an appointment to see a slide film which will introduce the Initial Certification Program to them. After viewing the slide presentation, they will be advised by the academic adviser on specific credits, courses, requirements, etc. Students must obtain transcripts from all institutions they have attended prior to seeing the academic adviser. (The evaluation done by the Admissions Office is not a valid transcript.) An interview will then be conducted by the faculty. Recommendation for admission will be made by the adviser after the interview. For further information contact the academic adviser, School of Education, 1156 9th Street, 629-2717.
Rehabilitation Services Program
The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focusing strongly on the recruitment and training of minorities. Students entering the program must have completed 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and should consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B.S. degree, but not a teaching certificate.
The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling. Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in settings such as drug and alcohol treatment centers, juvenile probation, and rehabilitation service agencies. The program requires 30 hours of core curriculum courses during the junior and senior years.
Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Services Program are accepted each year until July 31.
Graduate Programs
Refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in education.


56 /University of Colorado at Denver
College of Engineering and Applied Science
Paul E. Bartlett, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Engineering is the art and science by which the resources of society are used for the preservation of a wholesome environment. Engineers study the effects of present and prospective technology on man and the environment, communicate their findings to decisionmaking groups, and implement decisions and design which will shape tomorrow’s world. Because so many of the key issues affecting the future of mankind are technological or quantitative in nature, engineers must have a broad social orientation which will enable them to participate fully in the decision-making process.
The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematics and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are necessary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas verbally and in writing is also of primary importance.
A wide variety of career opportunities is available to the engineering graduate. Estimates indicate that the nation is not graduating as many engineers as will be needed in the future. Women and minorities are inadequately represented in engineering and are encouraged to participate in the challenges of this profession.
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete four-year programs leading to the B.S. degree in civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, and applied mathematics. Many courses leading to the B.S. degree in mechanical engineering are offered, and the intent is to expand the offerings to a complete undergraduate degree program at UCD. A number of the courses leading to the B.S. degree in aerospace engineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, engineering design and economic evaluation, and engineering physics also are offered at UCD.
The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specialization begins, however, in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master’s degree is strongly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from
additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering profession.
At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor’s degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms. Any of the engineering degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in science, mathematics, and engineering as undergraduates, they may earn an engineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
At the graduate level, UCD offers complete master’s degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the Master of Engineering, Master of Science, or Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Registered Professional Engineer
Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. Although there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscription to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations, covering the engineering sciences and the applicant’s practical experience, are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered professional engineers.
Undergraduate Research
Research is an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers. Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of research programs formerly restricted to graduate students. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in pollution control, bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including systems analysis and many areas of computerization.


College of Engineering and Applied Science 157
At the same time, instructional laboratories are moving from routine apparatus manipulation to placing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifically valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods.
Summer Courses
Summer term courses are planned for regular students who must clear deficiencies and for transfer students. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For information about courses, students should write to the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses.
For many students there are several advantages in starting their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the summer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual attention. Beginning during the summer term gives students a head start and enables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester or to take additional courses to enrich their programs.
Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds
Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engineering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A list of companies contributing to scholarships and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the associate dean’s office.
Student Organizations
The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science:
Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical fraternity Chi Epsilon, civil and architectural fraternity Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering society Phi Tau Sigma, society of mechanical engineers Sigma Tau, engineering society Tau Beta Pi, engineering society
Student chapters of the following professional societies are well established at UCD:
American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; however, UCD students are eligible for membership:
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Institute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers
Society of Industrial and Applied Mathematics Society of Women Engineers and Architects
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In order to enroll, the student must meet the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the admission requirements described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Students with high class standing and high ACT (or SAT) scores will be considered for admission. Students who have been out of high school for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of sufficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean.
Beginning students in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No credit toward a degree will be given for algebra or trignometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficiencies). Any student who questions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics should see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions.
To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skills of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebraic expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions, simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple systems of equations, complex numbers, the binomial theorem, arithmetic and geometric progressions, logarithms, the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, including some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school.
Freshmen
High School Subjects Required R ecommended
Required for Admission Units' Units
English Mathematics distributed as follows: 3 4
Algebra 2 2
Geometry Trigonometry and higher mathematics Natural sciences Physics Chemistry 1 2 1 I 1 1
Social studies and humanities Foreign languages and additional units of English, history, and literature are included in the humanities 2 3
Electives2 5 3
Totals 15 16
'A unit of work in high school is defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes each per week. (Two periods of manual training, domestic science, drawing, or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work.) This is equivalent to 180 actual periods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one-half unit will not be accepted. Not less than one unit of work will be accepted in a foreign language, elementary algebra, geometry, physics, chemistry, or biology.
2Electives may be chosen from any of the high school subjects (except physical education) which are accepted by an accredited school for its diploma and which meet the standards as defined by the North Central Association. However, not more than two units will be considered from drawing, shop, or other vocational work; courses that have descriptive geometry features may be considered for elective units beyond the recommended units.


58 /University of Colorado at Denver
Transfer Students
Students transferring from other accredited collegiate institutions are considered for admission if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Information section of this bulletin and the freshman requirements for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Transfer from within the University to the College of Engineering and Applied Science will be considered if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled:
1. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado provided the prior academic record fulfills the admission requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
2. A transfer will be considered if the student has attained an overall grade average of C in all work attempted at the University of Colorado.
3. Other transfers may be approved by the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submitted.
Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon approval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the student transferring from another institution does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The grade-point average is computed from the time the student is enrolled at the University of Colorado. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student’s engineering degree requirements. All transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Refer to the General Information section of this bulletin for descriptions of University-wide policies.
The following policies apply specifically to the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Attendance Regulations
Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes. Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean’s office no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Failure to do so will result in an F in the course.
Changing Departments
Students who wish to change to another department within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by petition, and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the associate dean.
Counseling
Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean’s office, and by representatives from each academic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns.
Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the departmental chairman or designated representative for assignment.
Course Load Policy
Full-time Students. Undergraduate students employed less than 10 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental curricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser.
Employed Students. Suggested course loads for undergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows:
Employed 40 or more hours per week—two courses (maximum of 9 semester hours)
Employed 30 to 39 hours per week— three courses (maximum of 12 semester hours)
Employed 20 to 29 hours per week—four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours)
Employed 10 to 19 hours per week—five courses (maximum of 18 semester hours)
Credits
Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examinations, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have had extensive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examination over the course may apply for such an examination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See the General Information section for details.
Freshman Year
Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.)
All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not register for credit in a course in which he or she already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once, all grades are used in determining the


College of Engineering and Applied Science 159
grade-point average. An F grade in a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course.
Scholastic Deficiency
To remain in good standing in the College of Engineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade average of at least C. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject immediately to the authority of the Committee on Academic Progress. When semester grades become available, the committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision.
Sequence of Courses
Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the curriculum shown under their major department in this bulletin. (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any course in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete should, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be registered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay.
Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permission of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course.
Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed curricula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, provided they have at least a 2.0grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program.
PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM
It is the responsibility of students to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of graduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at registration at the beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean’s office informed of any changes in the students’ plans throughout the last year.
In order to become eligible for one of the bachelor’s degrees in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, a student, in addition to being in good standing in the University, must meet the following minimum requirements:
Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescribed and elective work in any curriculum as determined by the appropriate department.
Hours. A minimum of 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four-year curricula; however, many students will need to present more than the minimum hours because of certain de-
partmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the combined business and engineering program vary by departments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are considered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure.
Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of
2.0 (C) for all courses attempted. A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses.
Faculty Recommendation. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
Incompletes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student’s responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student’s final semester in school.
Simultaneous Conferring of Degrees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B.S. in business and the degree B.S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement.
Commencement Exercises. Commencement exercises usually are held in May and August. Students finishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diplomas by mail.
Graduation With Honors
Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indicated on the commencement program.
Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above usually are graduated with special honors and those with an average of 3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned during the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors.
Social-Humanistic Content of the Engineering Curriculum
The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science requires that 24 semester hours be considered the minimum of social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments. (Up to 6 hours of English composition may be used to satisfy this requirement.) quirement.)
A minimum of 6 hours of literature is required. Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be taken in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below.
1. Literature (including foreign literature either in the original or in translation).
2. Economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology.
3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical).
Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign
languages, technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and


60 /University of Colorado at Denver
should be submitted for technical electives where applicable with departmental approval.
Qualified students will be permitted to take appropriate honors courses as substitutes for social-humanistic courses.
English for Engineering
Engineering students are encouraged to choose combinations of courses; the following combinations are recommended: (1) Engl. 258, 259, 260, 261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the following two introductory courses: Engl. 120(Introduction to Fiction), Engl. ^(Introduction to Drama and Poetry). Students who achieve a B average in two of the following English courses (120, 130, 258, and 259) may take immediately thereafter any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social-humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. Students having questions about the English requirement should see their departmental adviser.
COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third, or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled.
It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master’s degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. businessengineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration, and the
M.S. degree program in the student’s own engineering discipline.
Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sciences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineering physics, and mechanical engineering.
Students taking a combined undergraduate program are not required to submit formal application for admission to the College of Business. They are permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by an adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the College of Business.
Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concurrently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all
courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish residency credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of electives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department.
The requirements for all combined business and engineering programs are as follows:
Courses Semester Hours
Econ. 201 and 202. Principles of Economics ...................6
(Should be completed during the student’s sophomore year or junior year.)
Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting ..............3
B.Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer..............3
Q.M. 201. Business Statistics.................................3
Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing .............................3
Fin. 305. Basic Finance ......................................3
Pr. Mg. 300. Operations Analysis .............................3
Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and
Organization ...............................................3
B. Law 300. Business Law .....................................3
B.Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411.
Business and Society........................................3
B.Ad. 450. Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 451 (Management Game and Cases in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy,
Policy and Entrepreneurship) ...............................3
Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields; accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, international business, marketing, office administration, operations management, organizational behavior, or transportation management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of Business and Administration ..............................12
The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; however, most students will require more.
JOINT ENGINEERING DEGREES
A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed.
PREMEDICINE OPTION
A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, although occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A student can prepare for medical school either in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients. Bioengineering,


College of Engineering and Applied Science 161
engineering systems analysis, probability, and communication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An advanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques, along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which engineering can offer.
There are two equally important goals for the student who plans to enter medical school. The first is acquisition of the knowledge and vocabulary necessary to proceed with the courses at medical school. The second is to become an educated and well-balanced man or woman.
Concerning the first goal, it is clear that without some knowledge of the basic sciences and the ability to formulate thoughts, the student will be unable to profit from the courses at medical school. To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge, the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be completed with superior grades. General overall requirements for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful substitution of electives in the engineering curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the engineering department chairman.
General chemistry (103-106) ..............2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343, 344) ...2 sem. (8-10 sem. hrs.)
General biology (205-206)...................2 sem. (8 sem. hrs.)
English composition.........................1 sem. (3 sem. hrs.)
The second goal, becoming a well-educated, well-balanced man or woman, is of particular importance. The student entering medical school is confronted with a mass of new knowledge and techniques. These fully occupy his or her time and give little opportunity for the pursuit of the broader aspects of education.
To prepare for a career in medicine in the College of Engineering and Applied Science, it is strongly recommended that the student follow a full four-year college course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S. degree. It would be possible for students who applied themselves with unusual vigor to prepare for medical school in three years. In such cases, a minimum of 15 semester hours should be devoted to a major field of learning, instead of the 30 hours required for the four-year student. This student, of course, will not receive a degree in the premedical field. The study and practice of medicine require persistent hard effort, and so should the premedical education.
The Admissions Committee of the University of Colorado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profession.
Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department
involved. At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Careers Committee, Room 232.
GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING
The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M.S. degree programs in civil engineering, electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph.D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering also are offered.
For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Master of Science or the Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin.
Education for Employed Professional Engineers
Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore, the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs. This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree.
In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing engineers.
Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering
Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admission to the concurrent degree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hours). Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately: 136 credit hours for the B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S. degree. Social-humanistic requirements must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3.0grade-point average for all work attempted through the first six semesters (at least % credit hours) and written recommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required.
The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study. The student can then reach the degree of proficiency required to begin research at an earlier time, and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alternate years.
Students will be assigned faculty advisers to help them develop the program best suited to their particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to


62 /University of Colorado at Denver
pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student’s grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required to remain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B.S. degree requirements; however, students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admission to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program.
Graduate Work in Business
Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs. Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be permitted to register for any of the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified students with needed background preparation in business.
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES
The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathematics, physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The fourth year is devoted to the professional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics; space environment; and bioengineering.
Planning of graduate study for students having sufficient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443.
The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences curricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M.S. degree in business rather than a combined B.S. degree. Business courses may not be
substituted for technical electives in the aerospace curriculum.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete aerospace engineering sciences program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree requirements and descriptions of courses may be found in the University at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering Sciences)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................3
ED.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design .........................2
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note 1) .......................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2)......................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing .........................3
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Engineering (or C.E. 130)................................................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ................................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ...........................1
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note 1)......................3
Ch.E. 210. Physical and Chemical Properties of
Matter (see note 3)........................................4
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2)......................3
Total 18
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ..............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ..........................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ...........................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note 1) ....................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II ..............................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II .........................1
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations................3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ..........................3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1) .....................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ..................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2).....................3
Approved physics elective...................................3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. Chem. 103 may be substituted.


College of Engineering and Applied Science 163
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Charles I. Sherrill, Coordinator
The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics, both required and elective, for undergraduate and graduate students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to the degree B.S. (A.Math.) are offered. In Option I, the student takes a minor in a specific engineering department, satisfying an adviser from that department. In Option II, the student takes distributed course work in engineering departments, including a solid grounding in mechanics, electronics, and materials. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option III is a joint mathematics-computer science program. Regardless of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics.
Modern industrial and scientific research is so dependent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research.
The undergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerical methods and electronic computers is included.
Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the social sciences are required. Students interested in research should take a foreign language as early as possible. Beginning language courses are considered technical electives and do not count toward the social-humanistic electives. Some 300- and 400-level language courses may be counted. Under all circumstances, a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the sophomore year.
The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the completion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work with an average grade of C or better (a 2.0 grade-point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social-humanistic elective area must be approved by the student’s adviser.
Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..............3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry...............................5
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note 1) ....................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ......................3
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) ....................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ....................2
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note 1)....................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ..............................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I .........................1
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .....................3
Total 16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...............3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note 1) .....................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II ...............................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ..........................1
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .......................6
Total 17
Spring Semester
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1) ......................3
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics .............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...........................3
Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .......................8
Total 17
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 431. Advanced Calculus I ..............................3
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ......................15
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.................3
Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory ...............3
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) .....................12
Total 18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) .....................17
Spring Semester
Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) .....................17
Requirements under each option are as follows:
Option / Semester Hours
Specialty in a specific engineering department ..........18-30
Technical electives .....................................15-22
Other electives .........................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) ..........12
(Electives should include Math. 432)
Option II
Distributed engineering courses in the engineering college ....22-30 (A minimal program would consist of the following courses:
C.E. 212, C.E. 213, E.E. 213, E.E. 313, E.E. 314, M.E. 301, M.E. 383 or C.E. 331 or their equivalents.
Technical electives ..........................................15-22
Other electives ..............................................11-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) .............12
(Electives should include Math. 432.)
Option III
Specific courses required under Option III:
E.E. 257 .......................................................3
E.E. 455 .......................................................3
E.E. 401 (C.S. 401) ..........................................3
E.E. 453 (C.S. 453) ..........................................3
E.E. 459 (C.S. 459) ..........................................3
E.E. 458 and E.E. 460 ..........................................2
Math. 311 ......................................................3
Math. 465.......................................................3
Math. 466 ......................................................3
Technical electives .........................................6-23
Other electives ............................................• 1-30
Required social-humanistic electives (see note 2) .............12


64 /University of Colorado at Denver
Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics)
1. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science.
3. A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140, 241,242, 319 and 320 is required of all students majoring in applied mathematics.
4. Math. 101, 111, 112, and 113 do not count toward the B.S. (A. Math.) degree or any other B.S. degree in engineering.
5. In addition to E.E. 201, E.D.E.E. 101 and Engr. 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours of approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematics, and physics courses; furthermore, the student who does not have a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering is encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING
John R. Mays, Coordinator
The architectural engineering curriculum is administered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate-level research on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge.
This course of study fulfills the academic requirements for registration as a professional engineer.
The architectural engineering curriculum is recommended for those wishing to specialize within the building industry in engineering design, construction and contracting, or sales engineering. The architectural engineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering, environmental engineering, or structural engineering.
Specialization in construction is for students planning a career in contracting and building construction. This program offers courses in construction management, planning and scheduling techniques, cost accounting, estimating and pricing, building materials, and construction methods.
Students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air conditioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses covering these subjects is available.
The third area of specialization is for those interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available include structural analysis; indeterminate structures; and steel, concrete, and timber design.
The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers opportunity to complement the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personal and business management, marketing, and finance.
Transfer to Boulder
Approximately one-half of the architectural engineer-
ing program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I..................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design 1 ......................2
Literature elective (see note 1) ............................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing .........................3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering .................2
Social-humanistic elective ..................................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................3
Literature elective (see note 1) ............................3
E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II .....................2
Phys. 231. General Physics I ................................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ...........................1
Ch.E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of
Materials (see note 3) ...................................4
Total 17
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...........................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II ...............................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ..........................1
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ............................3
Specialty requirement (structures and construction majors) take C.E. 221; environmental majors take Arch.E. 362.) ...........3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ................3
Arch.E. 240. Building Materials and Construction ............3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials ............................3
C.E. 316. Materials Testing Laboratory (not required of
environmental majors) ....................................1
Basic science elective (see note 2) .........................3
Social-humanistic elective ..................................3
Total 16
Notes for B.S. (Architectural Engineering)
1. Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.
2. Departmental approval required.
3. Chem. 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4, in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce—these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer.


College of Engineering and Applied Science 165
Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering—oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others.
The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically sound development of chemical processes. It is also working hard on energy problems and is stressing problems of energy conversion in its instructional program.
Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineering. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self-renewing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem. The chemical engineer efficiently uses and conserves natural resources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values.
Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to prepare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventually to lead future developments in industry and research. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch, understand, and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ...............3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry..............................5
Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note 1) .....................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ....................2
Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (see note 2) ....2
Total 15
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ..............3
Chem. 106. General Chemistry..............................5
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note 1).....................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing .........................3
Social-humanistic elective ..................................3
Total 17
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...............3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ................................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ...........................I
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note 1) .....................3
Chem. 341. Organic Chemistry.................................3
Chem. 343. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I ...................I
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...........................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations.................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II ...............................4
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1) ......................3
Chem. 342. Organic Chemistry ................................3
Chem. 344. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II ..................I
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ..........................1
Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and Energy Balances...........................................3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering)
1. For other English options, see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
2. OrC.E. 130 or E.E. 130.
CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING
Ernest C. Harris, Chairman
Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly challenging career to the student interested in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems including highways, canals, pipe lines, airports, rapid transit lines, railroads, and harbor facilities; in the transmission of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use, industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly expanding problems concerned with man’s physical environment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, students educated in civil engineering frequently find rewarding employment in other fields, for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and law or medicine (after appropriate education in law or medical school). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering undergraduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor.
The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry, mathematics (including differential equations), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics), electrical engineering, and thermodynamics. In addition, it includes a minimum of 24 semester hours in social-humanistic studies.


66 /University of Colorado at Denver
Specialized training is achieved through certain required courses, followed by advanced technical electives. Random selection of these electives is not advisable and in general is not allowed, the objective being to permit a graduate to enter the engineering profession with a firm groundwork in fundamental engineering science and sufficient knowledge in specialized fields to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day civil and urban engineering.
A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees.
A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option.
Curriculum for B.S. (Civil Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ................3
Literature elective (see note 1) ...........................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ........................3
C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering ................2
C.E. 221. Plane Surveying....................................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ......................2
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ...............3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E. 210) ................4-5
Literature elective (see note 1) ............................3
E. Phys. 231. General Physics I .............................4
E. Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ........................1
Total 15-16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ..............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .........................3
E. Phys. 233. General Physics II ............................4
E. Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II .......................1
Social-humanistic elective ..................................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ............................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ................3
Social-humanistic elective ..................................3
Basic science elective ......................................3
C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials ............................3
Technical elective ..........................................3
C.E. 316. Materials testing laboratory ......................1
Total 16
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ...........................3
C.E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics .......................3
C.E. 350. Structural Analysis................................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ...................................3
Engineering science elective (see note 3) .....................3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
C.E. 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics..............................3
Technical elective ............................................3
C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering...........................3
C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures ..........................3
C.E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering ...................3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................3
Total 18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Geol. 207. Physical Geology I .................................4
C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design ..........................3
Civil engineering elective (see note 2)........................3
Social-humanistic elective ....................................3
Engineering science electives (see note 3) ....................5
Total 18
Spring Semester
C.E. 341. Sanitary Engineering ................................4
Civil engineering electives (see note 2) ......................6
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I ..................................4
Social-humanistic elective ....................................3
Total 17
Notes for B.S. (Civil Engineering)
1. Courses from Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin.
2. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program, subject to the approval of the department.
3. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering.
ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING
William D. Murray, Chairman
The professional possibilities in electrical engineering include teaching and research in a university; research and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; production and quality control of electrical products for private industry or government; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government.
What should the student expect in an electrical engineering course of study at UCD? A sound background based on the time-tested principles of physics, chemistry, and mathematics forms the core of the lower division work. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and transformers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Students may also elect courses from a wide variety of subject matter to fit their particular interests. Throughout the entire course of study, they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well-equipped laboratories.


College of Engineering and Applied Science 167
Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering specialty, thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their student professional society, where practicing engineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences.
The curriculum is arranged so that transfer students may join the program without appreciable loss of time or credit.
The areas of specialization that electrical engineering students may enter upon graduation are so numerous it is impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to possible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms or may be acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor’s degree. Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and who have elected courses in their senior year that strengthen particularly their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scholarship to finish a master’s degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation’s major universities.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
In the electrical engineering curriculum the student has considerable freedom in the senior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in several of the seven electrical engineering areas listed: communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineering or in other colleges. Those students primarily interested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree option discussed below.
Combined Business Option
Students wishing to take the combined engineering-business program should not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social-humanistic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtaining a master’s degree in business administration. For both of these programs, students should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introductory section of this bulletin.
Premedical Option
A program has been developed which permits the student to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B.S. in electrical engineering.
Medical schools typically require that applicants
have completed two semesters of general chemistry, two semesters of organic chemistry, and two semesters of general biology, all with laboratories. A course in English composition is recommended.
More specific information on medical school requirements may be obtained at the office of the Health Careers Committee at UCD.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science)
The joint degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardware and software aspects of computer system design. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of applications. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C.S.) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical engineering.
A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the electrical engineering curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of computers, logic structure of computers, and assembly language programming. The student also will obtain actual operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E.E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum.
Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) ...................5
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern
Electrical Engineering.....................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing (or E.E. 201) ...........3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .....................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .................3
Phys. 231. General Physics 1 (see note 2) ...................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics 1 (see note 2) ...............1
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .......................2
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits .....................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................3
Total 16
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ..3


68 /University of Colorado at Denver
Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2)....................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ...........................1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I .................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I ..............................I
Social-humanistic elective (see note I).......................3
Total 16
Sprinn Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equiations ................3
C.E. 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 4) .....................3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ................................4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II .............................1
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................3
Total 17
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I ...........................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I ......................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I ...........................2
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ....................................3
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability Theory .................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................3
Total 17
Sprint; Semester
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ..........................3
E.E. 322. Electronics II .....................................3
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I ................................3
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory ...............................3
E.E. 354. Power Laboratory I .................................2
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory I............................2
Electives (see note 5)........................................2
Total 18
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Electives (see note 5).......................................12
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) .................... 6
Total 18
Spring Semester
Electives (see note 5).......................................15
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) ..................... 3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Electrical Engineering)
Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin.
1. Ofthe24hoursof required social-humanistic electives, a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. New physics sequence beginning spring 1978.
3. Or Ch.E. 210.
4. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C.E. 212 and C.E. 213, or E.Phys. 221 and E.Phys. 332. Students who first take E.E. 313 may, with permission, take only C.E. 213.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300,400, or 500levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are sepa-
rated into the following seven areas: communications (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (1 to 3), and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E. 400(1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements.
A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the technical electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a department graduate adviser is desirable.
Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineering requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval of their adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education.
Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ................3
Chem. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) ..................5
E.E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem
Electrical Engineering ...................................2
E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing .........................3
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) ...................—3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2) ..................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I (see note 2)
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ..
E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ................
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) .
Total
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...............3
Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2)...................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II (see note 2) .............1
E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis l..................................4
E.E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I ..............................1
Social-humanistic electives (see note 1) .....................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see note 4) ....3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ............................3
E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ................................4
E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II .............................1
E.E. 453. Assembly Language Programming ......................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................3
Total 17


College of Engineering and Applied Science 169
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I ..........................3
E.E. 321. Electronics I .....................................3
E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I ..........................2
E.E. 381. Introduction to Probability .......................3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ...................................3
E.E. 458. Logic Laboratory ..................................1
E.E. 401. Survey of Programming Languages ...................3
Total 18
Spring Semseter
E.E. 314. Electromagnetic Fields II .........................3
E.E. 322. Electronics II ....................................3
E.E. 362. Electronics Laboratory II .........................2
E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I ...............................3
E.E. 331. Linear System Theory ..............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)......................3
Total 17
SENIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
E.E. 422. Electronics III ....................................3
E.E. 459. Computer Organization ..............................3
Math. 465. Numerical Analysis (see note 6)....................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................3
Electives (see note 5) .......................................6
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.E. 460. Computer Laboratory ................................1
E.E. 559. Advanced Computer Architecture
(recommended, not required) ...............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1).......................6
Electives (see note 5) .......................................8
Total 18
Notes for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin.
1. Of the 24 hours of social-humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area.
2. New physics sequence beginning spring 1978.
3. OrCh.E. 210.
4. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of adviser.
5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after graduation. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300,400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser.
Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas: communication (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student’s program must include at least 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas. These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400(1 to 3), and E.E. 500(1 to 3), shown in each area, only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E.E.400(1 to3),and E.E. 500(1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements. A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the electives.
The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary consulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable.
6. E.E. 455, Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be substituted.
ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC EVALUATION
Engineers in today’s world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent planners and designers of technical devices and systems, but also significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerful machines, more useful devices, and more effective controlling systems if the total effect is to deplete man’s resources, damage his environment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modern role, the engineer, of course, must have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathematics, the engineering sciences, modern economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities. He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contemporary problems.
The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which furnish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools. It also encourages the expansion of the individual’s concepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsible contributor to the solution of these problems.
Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer), and physical models are used, first to teach known principles and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be applied in reaching an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are non-numerical in character, and the engineer must learn to manage problems having elements of great uncertainty.
Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men, materials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering or manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business as typical. Many other types of opportunities are offered to graduates of this program.
Transfer to Boulder
The complete program in engineering design and economic evaluation is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of


70 /University of Colorado at Denver
courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog.
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical sophomore year of the program:
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...........................3
C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ............................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 2).......................6
E.D.E.E. 221. Product Definition .............................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations..................3
C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ...........................3
E.D.E.E. 222. Introduction to Computer-Aided Design ..........3
E.D.E.E. 331. Engineering Materials ..........................3
Social-humanistic elective (see notes 2 and 4) ...............3
Technical elective (see note 3) ..............................3
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation)
1. Or any 130 course in engineering.
2. Social-humanistic electives must include a minimum of two literature courses.
3. A minimum of three elective courses must be taken from E.D.E.E. offerings.
4. Or any approved social-humanistic elective; Econ. 201, 202 required for E.D.E.E. and business.
5. Or any approved chemistry course of 3 or more hours.
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
William R. Simmons, Coordinator
The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the Department of Physics and Astrophysics on the Boulder Campus is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applications of physics. The courses are broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a student may supplement his general training in physics by work in other Fields.
During the freshman and sophomore years the work in physics is general, yet a thorough training in mathematics and fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an appreciation of related fields and their application to engineering practice.
During the junior and senior years work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist’s profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear
physics, atomic physics, electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Individual initiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial problems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics, where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial research. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research.
It is recommended that students going on to Graduate School prepare for its foreign language requirement in their undergraduate curriculum.
Applied Physics Option
It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a versatile selection of applied science courses is required. This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geophysics, environmental science, oceanography, nuclear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intending to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the electives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be approved by the engineering physics advising committee, which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student’s stated educational and/or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
All of the courses required for the engineering physics program cannot be taken at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program must see the coordinator and plan to complete courses through the University of Colorado at Boulder. Course descriptions may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and listings in this bulletin.
Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. A typical program is:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ..............3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ...................2
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)...................6
E.Phys. 111. Genera] Physics .............................4
Total ]5


College of Engineering and Applied Science 171
Spring Semester
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ..................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
E.Phys. 112. General Physics .................................4
E.Phys. 114. Experimental Physics ............................1
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ...........................3
Elective (see note 2)..........................................3
Total 17
SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ...................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1) .........................3
E.Phys. 213. General Physics ....................................3
E.Phys. 215. Experimental Physics ...............................I
Elective (see note 2) ...........................................3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...............................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ....................3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry (see note 3) .......................4
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)..........................3
E.Phys. 214. Introductory Modern Physics ........................3
Elective (see note 2)............................................5
Total 18
JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester
Upper division mathematics elective ..........................3
E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory ...............................2
E.Phys. 321. Classical Mechanics and Relativity ..............4
E.Phys. 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism .........3
Elective (see note 2).........................................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)....................■••3
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 318. Junior Laboratory................................2
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics, Relativity, and
Quantum Mechanics..........................................3
E. Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ........3
E. Phys. 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics........3
Chem. 453. Physical Chemistry (see note 4) ...................3
Chem. 454. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (see note 4) ........2
Total 16
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Electronics (see note 6).............................2
E.E. 443. Electronics Laboratory (see note 6) .................1
E.Phys. 491. Atomic and Nuclear Physics........................3
E.Phys. 495. Senior Laboratory ................................2
Elective (see note 2)..........................................7
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physics........................3
Phys. 496. Senior Laboratory (see note 5)......................2
Elective (see note 2) ........................................10
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
Total 18
Curriculum for B.S. (E.Physics)—
Applied Physics Option
The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives.
JUNIOR YEAR
Spring Semester Semester Hours
E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics ........3
E.Phys. 332. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ..........3
Upper division thermodynamics elective.........................3
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
Electives (see note 7) ........................................4
Total 16
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
E.E. 403. Elements of Electronics .............................2
E.E. 443. Elements of Electronics Laboratory ..................1
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
Electives (see note 7)........................................12
Total 18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective (see note 1)........................3
Electives (see note 7)........................................15
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Engineering Physics)
1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required. These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics, sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only), philosophy, and psychology.
2. Of the 32 hours of electives listed, at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics.
3. Chem. 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute Chem. 103 and 106 for Chem. 202.
4. Chem. 453 and 454 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. One semester of any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physical chemistry.
5. Or Phys. 455, or approved 3-hour physics elective.
6. E.E. 403 and 453 are offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD students may substitute E.E. 321 and 361.
7. The electives in the applied physics curriculum must satisfy the following four conditions: (a) at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics; (b) 5 hours must be from among Phys. 318,341,451,491,492,495, and 500 offered at UCD, or Phys. 361, 365, 366, 367, 446, 455, 461,462, 501, 503, 504, and 580 offered at the Boulder Campus; (c) 4 hours must be upper division laboratory courses; (d) 24 hours must be pure or applied natural sciences courses. This group of courses must meet the approval of the engineering physics advising committee, which will consider their relevance to the student’s educational and professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student’s proposed program is approved.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Gaylen A. Thurston, Coordinator
Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle,


72 /University of Colorado at Denver
device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively.
In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The objective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learning new science as it appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature.
There can be only one firm foundation for the student preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic ingredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineering sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermodynamics, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes.
The mechanical engineering program may be roughly subdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the fundamentals of those engineering sciences that are essential for an understanding of most branches of professional engineering. For the final two years, the department, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modern technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum leading to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student.
Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechanical engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects.
Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the professional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specific plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved:
Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Solid mechanics Electromechanical systems
Design
Power
Dynamics and controls Materials science
Not all of the courses required for every mechanical engineering program plan are offered at UCD. However, the intent is to expand the mechanical en-
gineering offerings to complete the undergraduate degree program at UCD. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they may have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their study plan and the phasing in of the complete program at UCD.
Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is:
FRESHMAN YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Engl. 258. Great Books (see note 1) ........................3
M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering ...........2
Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.................3
E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ........................3
Social-humanistic electives ................................6
Total 17
Spring Semester
Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note 1) .....................3
Phys. 231. General Physics I ...............................4
Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ..........................1
Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II................3
E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .....................2
Social-humanistic elective..................................3
Total 16
SOPHOMORE YEAR
Fall Semester
M.E. 281. Mechanics I ......................................3
Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note 1).....................3
Phys. 233. General Physics II ..............................4
Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II..........................1
Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ..............3
Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra...........................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
M.E. 282. Mechanics II .....................................3
Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note 1) .....................3
Approved physics elective ..................................3
Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ...............3
Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ..................................3
Total 15
JUNIOR YEAR
Fall Semester
M.E. 312. Thermodynamics II ................................3
M.E. 314. Measurements I....................................2
M.E. 362. Heat Transfer ....................................3
M.E. 371. Systems Analysis I ...............................3
M.E. 383. Mechanics III ....................................3
Chem. 202. General Chemistry ...............................4
Total 18
Spring Semester
M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I ..............3
M.E. 316. Measurements II ..................................2
M.E. 372. Systems Analysis II...............................3
M.E. 384. Mechanics IV .....................................3
M.E. 385. Mechanics V ......................................3
M.E. 441. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering
Laboratory...............................................1
Technical elective .........................................2
Total 17


College of Engineering and Applied Science 173
SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester
M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ....................3
M.E. 414. Mechanical Engineering Design ........................3
M.E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II .................3
Technical elective .............................................6
Free elective ..................................................3
Total 18
Spring Semester
Social-humanistic elective .....................................3
Technical electives ...........................................15
Total 18
Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering)
1. Or other English options; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin.


College of Environmental Design
Dwayne C. Nuzum, Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE
Designers and planners of the physical environment have moved in recent years into expanded roles and responsibilities. Changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and the interior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among these professions are being minimized and interdependence among them is increasing.
These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience, including not only a background for design technique, but also an increased association with an understanding of the physical and social sciences. The social and economic determinants to contemporary life, the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation, growth and population, the effect of business and governmental activity, rapid technological advances — all require of the environmental designer a broad base if he or she is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the future.
Preparation for professional service in these fields is partially through the academic process. Accordingly, in August 1969, by action of the Board of Regents, the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmental Design. The change included phasing out the five-year undergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmental design. A series of graduate programs in architecture, landscape architecture, urban design, and planning have been initiated and are fully operational.
Full professional status in most environmental design fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practical experience followed by state registration or licensing through a professional examination.
Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic
program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermining their personal satisfaction from the creative process.
UCD Program
The College of Environmental Design at UCD offers four graduate programs: the Master of Architecture, the Master of Landscape Architecture, the Master of Architecture in Urban Design, and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development. A fifth program, Master of Interior Design, is anticipated for fall 1978. See information following. Other undergraduate programs are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students should see the catalog for that campus.
Financial Aid
Graduate scholarships and fellowships are available to continuing students only, with the exception of Colorado Grants. A limited number of Colorado Grants are available to new students who are residents of the State of Colorado and who fulfill the University’s criteria for financial need. Forms to apply for State of Colorado Graduate Grants, Federal Work-Study assistance, and Federal National Direct Student Loans (NDSL), are available through the College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Teaching assistantships are awarded on the basis of the general application materials (application, transcripts, recommendations, and portfolio) and anticipated teaching needs.
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE
There are three programs leading to the degree Master of Architecture. The one-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Architecture degree; the two-year program is available to the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architectural Studies; and the three-year program is open to


students who have a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in any field.
The objective of the architectural program and its curriculum is to promote intellectual growth and those professional skills necessary to enhance the architect’s role in contemporary society. The architect must be able to respond to the problems of today both theoretically and practically and must be able to develop new approaches to practice and research for the problems of the future.
The Master of Architecture Program is the first professional degree program in architecture offered by the College of Environmental Design. Its aim is to educate students whose career will be in the design of the built environment. The curriculum is based on a core program in design, technology, architectural history, and professional practice. Design is concerned with the understanding of form and shape consistent with human needs and the technology available, along with the development of graphic communications skills. Technology provides basic knowledge of the physical systems of structure, mechanical equipment, illumination, acoustics, and the interrelationships of these systems. Architectural history reviews the forms of the past and their philosophic significance, as well as current architectural ideas and directions. Professional practice is concerned with the skills and knowledge needed to make design a reality.
The curriculum is implemented by recognizing the uniqueness of the Colorado region and the fact that architecture has its roots in the geology, topography, vegetation, climate, and culture of the area. The program has a close alliance with the profession, and an effort is made to involve the student with actual architectural projects and problems through professionals, the Center for Community Development and Design, and public or nonprofit organizations. The design curriculum is based upon a sequential progression of courses which begin with a small social unit (i.e., family and small group) and progress to a large scale design problem (i.e., a college campus, a new ski village, an urban redevelopment). The technological sequence starts with the basic concerns (i.e., basic structures, materials, waste, water supply) and develops to a course that involves the synthesis of the structural and environmental systems in a building. The professional practice courses lead to an internship program in which the student is placed in a practicing professional’s office and exposed to the range of activities in that office.
Admission Requirements
APPLICATION
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preceding the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or
College of Environmental Design 175
smaller. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Architecture, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science degree from an accredited four-year college or university to be accepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or environmental design from an accredited college or university is required for acceptance into the two-year Master of Architecture program. A five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the one-year master’s program. A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineering program may enter the first year of the three-year program if qualified. Qualification will be based upon the course work taken previously and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program still must apply and be accepted into the Master of Architecture program and have completed all requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in architectural engineering before entry into the second year of the program.
ADMISSION
A faculty admissions committee will review the application materials and select the students to be admitted to the programs. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted. Applicants are to be notified of their status prior to May 1.
The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a four-point scale. If the student’s grade-point average is below 2.75 the Graduate Record Examination is recommended as part of the application materials. The student, however, will be evaluated for admission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone.
One-Year Program
The one-year program is available only to students with a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree. The Master of Architecture degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester hours and special projects previously agreed upon for the particular candidate’s program. The candidate and the adviser mutually develop the course of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented, and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Arch. 710-711. Research/Design ............................14
Cognate courses............................................12
Electives...................................................6
Total 32


76 /University of Colorado at Denver
Arch. 710 and 711 are course designations for the area of concentration as selected by the student. Options are:
1. Facility Design. Research and design work in design programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing, educational facilities, and recreational facilities).
2. Man and Environment. The interactions between people and the man-made and natural environment. Man’s physiological, sociological, and psychological relationships to the design environment will be studied.
3. Architectural Technology. Building technology and its interrelationship with architectural design. Structural and environmental control and constructional systems and materials may be studied.
4. Design Methods. Systematic methods for decision making in architectural design, such as simulation, gaming, decision theory, computer-aided design, and information systems.
5. History and Preservation. Architectural history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, restoration, and the preservation of significant examples of architecture.
6. Urban Design. The architecture of towns and cities.
ORDER OF STUDIES (ONE-YEAR PROGRAM)
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 710. Research/Design ..................................7
Cognate courses .............................................6
Elective ....................................................3
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 711. Research/Design ..................................7
Cognate courses .............................................6
Elective ....................................................3
Total 16
Total semester hours required ..............................32
Two-Year Program
For the student with a four-year Bachelor of Environmental Design or architectural studies degree who desires a professional degree in architecture, a two-year, 64-semester-hour program leading to a Master of Architecture degree is offered.
Students in the third or fourth year of the University of Colorado environmental design program who intend to apply for the Master of Architecture program should take the first two courses in the structural sequence (Arch. 552 and 553). Required courses are Environmental Systems (Arch. 450), Materials and Methods of Construction (Arch. 451), Architectural History (Arch. 470 and 471), Architectural Graphics (Arch 410 and 411), and Design (Arch. 402 and 403.) Students who have not completed these courses prior to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. The graphics course may be waived if the student’s portfolio indicates excellent graphics ability. Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architectural history, two semesters of
basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show, with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two-semester course in architectural graphics. Required courses in the two-year program that have been taken by the student in a previous program may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours and all required courses.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design ............................................24
Environmental technology.........................................15
Professional practice, construction drawings, and
internship (optional course) .................................10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture)..........6
Design theory and practice .......................................3
Electives ......................................................6-8
Total 64
ORDER OF STUDIES (TWO-YEAR PROGRAM)
FIRST YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 600. Design ...............................................5
Arch. 680. Theory and practice ..................................3
Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems ...................................3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures ....................................2
Arch. 653. Steel Structures .....................................2
‘Electives ......................................................2
Total 17
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design ...............................................5
Arch. 651. Illumination and Acoustics ...........................3
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures ..................................2
Arch. 660. Professional Practice and Construction Documents.....4
‘Electives ......................................................3
Total 17
SECOND YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design ...............................................5
Arch. 702. Thesis Preparation....................................2
Arch. 760. Internship (optional) ................................3
‘Electives ......................................................6
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Design Thesis ........................................7
Arch. 761. Internship (optional) ................................3
Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ....................................3
‘Electives ......................................................3
Total 16
Total Semester Hours Required ..................................64
Three-Year Program
The three-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, one year of high school or college physics, one semester of college algebra and trigonometry, and one semester of calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement
* Elective courses may be taken from additional architecture course offerings (consult each semester's Schedule of Courses) or from other departments at the University of Colorado. The student must take a minimum of three semester hours from each of the Landscape Architecture and the Urban and Regional Planning curriculum.


College of Environmental Design 177
can be fulfilled while the student is in the program but must be completed prior to the second year. However, it is recommended that the student complete these requirements prior to entry. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory completion of % semester hours and all required courses.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Architectural design ...........................................34
Technologies....................................................27
History/philosophy/theory .......................................9
Graphic communications ..........................................6
Professional practice, construction documents, and
internship (optional)........................................10
Allied professions (planning and landscape architecture).........6
Electives .....................................................4-8
Total 96
ORDER OF STUDIES (THREE-YEAR PROGRAM)
FIRST YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
Arch. 500. Design .............................................5
Arch. 510. Graphic Communications I ...........................3
Arch. 550. Environmental Systems I ............................3
Arch. 552. Basic Structures ...................................3
Arch. 570. History / Philosophy I .............................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
Arch. 501. Design..............................................5
Arch: 511. Graphic Communications II...........................3
Arch. 551. Materials and Methods of Construction...............3
Arch. 553. Basic Structures....................................3
Arch. 571. History/Philosophy II ..............................3
Total 17
SECOND YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 600. Design .............................................5
Arch. 680. Theory and Practice.................................3
Arch. 650. Mechanical and Electrical Systems ..................3
Arch. 652. Timber Structures ..................................2
Arch. 653. Steel Structures ...................................2
•Electives ....................................................2
Total 17
Spring Semester
Arch. 601. Design .............................................5
Arch. 651. Illumination and Acoustics .........................3
Arch. 654. Concrete Structures.................................2
Arch. 660. Professional Practice and Construction
Documents...................................................4
•Electives ....................................................3
Total 17
THIRD YEAR Fall Semester
Arch. 700. Design .............................................5
Arch. 702. Thesis Preparation..................................2
Arch. 760. Internship (optional) ..............................3
•Electives ....................................................6
Total 16
Spring Semester
Arch. 701. Design Thesis ......................................7
Arch. 761. Internship (optional) ..............................3
Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis.......................................3
•Electives ........................................................3
Total 16
MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
There are two programs leading to a Master of Landscape Architecture degree at the University of Colorado at Denver.
The two-year program is open to students holding Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degrees or bachelor degrees from some environmental design and architecture programs. The three-year program is open to students with a bachelor’s degree in any other field.
The objective of the landscape architecture program, as with the other design and planning programs, is to promote balanced growth in both intellectual and professional skills. The problems of today require new approaches, and it is with this in mind that both a three-year as well as a two-year program are being developed at UCD, with balanced emphasis in theory, design, and technology.
The programs are based on a core curriculum involving design, technology, history, professional practice, and exploration of several related disciplines.
The first major course sequence is design. It consists of courses in art and landscape architecture principles; typical site planning procedures; typical large-, medium-, and small-scale projects; and finally, an individual design project.
The technology sequence involves two courses in site engineering and two courses in construction topics.
The plant-related sequence involves two courses in plant materials, one course in planting design, and a course in planting technology.
Recognizing that good landscape design is based on detailed knowledge of local climate, vegetation, sociology, geography, etc., every effort will be made to involve the uniqueness of the Rocky Mountain region in course work.
Specific efforts also will be made to help students take advantage of the UCD Community Design Center, plus federal and state agencies and the wide range of private firms offering numerous internships and employment opportunities in this area.
Admission Requirements
These are identical to those for architecture and urban design. Applications for admission must be received by April 15 preceding the fall semester the student wishes to enter. For more specific questions and application forms write Director of Landscape Architecture, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
•Elective courses may be taken from additional architecture course offerings (consult each semester's Schedule of Courses) or from other departments at the University of Colorado. The student must take a minimum of three semester hours from each of the Landscape Architecture and the Urban and Regional Planning curriculums.


781 University of Colorado at Denver
ORDER OF STUDIES (THREE- AND TWO-YEAR PROGRAMS)
FIRST YEAR
Fall Semester Semester Hours
L.A. 500. Landscape Arch. Design I (Principles of Site Planning
and Art) .....................................................5
L.A. 410. Graphic Communication I ............................3
L.A. 480. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials I ..................3
L.A. 470. Landscape Architectural History ....................3
L.A. 560. Landscape Architecture Seminar .....................1
Total 15
Sprint; Semester
L.A. 501. Landscape Architecture Design II (Site
Design Principles) ........................................5
L.A. 411. Graphic Communication II ...........................3
L.A. 481. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials II ..................3
Cognate—Principles of Ecology (or equivalent) ................3
L.A. 561. Landscape Architecture Seminar .....................1
Total 15
SECOND YEAR Fall Semester
L.A. 600. Landscape Architecture Design III
(Large Scale Design) ..........................................5
L.A. 660. Landscape Architecture Seminar ......................1
L.A. 680. Rocky Mountain Planting Design Principles............3
L.A. 650. Landscape Architectural Engineering I ...............3
Cognate—History of Environmental Form (U.P.C.D. 614 or equivalent) ..................................5
Total 17
Sprint; Semester
L.A. 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV
(Medium Scale Design) ......................................5
L.A. 661. Landscape Architecture Seminar ......................1
L.A. 681. Rocky Mountain Planting Technology ..................3
L.A. 651. Landscape Architectural Engineering II ..............5
Cognate—Introduction to Planning (U.P.C.D. 500 or equivalent) 3
Total 17
THIRD YEAR Fall Semester
L.A. 700. Landscape Architecture Design V
(Small Scale Design) .......................................5
L.A. 760. Landscape Architecture Seminar ......................I
L.A. 750. Landscape Architectural Construction I ..............5
L.A. 790. Independent Study ...................................3
Open elective..................................................3
Total 17
Spring Semester
L.A. 701. Landscape Architecture Design VI
(Individual Project) .......................................5
L.A. 761. Landscape Architecture Seminar ......................I
L.A. 751. Landscape Architectural Construction II .............5
L.A. 721. Professional Practice ...............................3
Open elective .................................................3
Total 17
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN Program Description
Urban design is another of the graduate environmental design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projects in the core of the
metropolitan area. The curriculum focuses upon the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to participatory community and publicly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of information available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen inputs into the design processes. Direct daily contact with students and instructors in the planning, landscape, architecture, and interior divisions is very important and beneficial.
A specific effort is made in professional practice, internship, and directed elective courses to expose urban design students to broader group-oriented factors in the problem-solving process. Placement of students in combination architecture, urban design, and planning firms is a primary consideration in meeting the internship requirements.
The master’s year is a synthesis of the special civic-scale factors influencing urban design in one of four options: recreational facilities, community development, rehabilitation or renewal, transportation and health care. In this phase, students are carefully advised throughout the period of their independent research and design studies. Opportunities to do state and city outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the College’s design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and/or case studies from the community which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development also are considered. Whenever possible, individual and/or team projects in cooperation with allied disciplines and institutions are encouraged.
Admission Requirements
In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit application forms, college transcripts, three letters of recommendation, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio material submitted with the application must be in 8V2" by 14” format or smaller. If slides are included, they must be in a looseleaf slide holder. It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work experience they have had since receiving a degree. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
ONE-YEAR PROGRAM (MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN)
A one-year program leading to the Master of Architecture in Urban Design degree is available to students holding a Bachelor or Master of Architecture de-


College of Environmental Design 179
gree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of 32 semester credit hours. The program is for students who wish to pursue advanced studies in compound, complex community design problems.
Course Requirements Semester Hours
Urban Design Studio ...............................14
Urban Design Seminar .............................3-6
Planning ...........................................6
Electives (professional) .........................3-6
Independent study ..................................3
Total 32
The design studio is the focal point for the specialization selected by the student. The project chosen is developed on an independent study basis with meetings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the student and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University.
MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
The MURP-CD program prepares planners to research, design, and evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development, social services, natural resources, ecology, planning consultation, environmental assessment, urban renewal, and regional planning. Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain region’s central location for managing these fields of action, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principles of academic learning with practical experience in nearby operating agencies and organizations.
Curriculum
The curriculum requires 60 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Forty-eight of these semester hours are required “core” courses aimed at training the student in basic planning principles, content, research methods, and plan/policymaking skills. Of these required credits, 3 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organizations.
Another 12 credit hours of the curriculum are elective. They are chosen in consultation with the student’s faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the lines of the individual’s major interests. The courses may be chosen from the MURP-CD’s own “core electives,” from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specialization have been ecology, transportation, planning administration, community development, urban design, and health planning.
The final curriculum requirement is the satisfactory completion, in the student’s last semester, of an in-depth planning study or project. The aim is to illustrate the individual’s ability to integrate and apply the
knowledge and experience gained in the program. This is the major thrust of the core requirement entitled Planning Studio 3.
Admission Requirements
In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program, application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted. Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty-student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience, interest, and motivation for study.
Candidates for admission should note that a 1-semester-hour course in statistics is part of the 60-hour core curriculum. Students who have taken an acceptable course in statistics may have this requirement waived.
Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development Program, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN
It is anticipated that a program in interior design will begin in the fall of 1978 and that a full program leading to a master’s degree in interior design will be developed during the following years at UCD. For information about this program write Coordinator, Master of Interior Design Program, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN
The Center for Community Development and Design coordinates outreach public service activities of the College of Environmental Design by providing design, community development, and community planning services to urban neighborhoods and small communities which cannot afford or do not have access to these services; by sponsoring professional and community education, workshops, and conferences; and by coordinating community and applied research in the fields of design, community development, and community planning. A central goal of the center is to combine academic and practical experience of students working with community members on problem solving through supervised short- and long-term projects in the field.
The faculty and staff of the center coordinate community projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula. Students who register for these projects assume an added responsibility of satisfying client needs that goes beyond academic credit. One objective of these projects is to give students professional experience that will enhance their education while in one of the College programs.
The types of projects students may select to work on


80 /University of Colorado at Denver
include development of a physical design program for a child care center in an inner-city neighborhood; assisting a neighborhood organize, design, and implement a self-help housing program; coordinating a community development program in a small mountain town, and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plains town.


Graduate School
Robert N. Rogers, Associate Dean
INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL
The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent colleges and schools. At UCD, Business and Administration (except the M.B.A. program), Education, Engineering, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are offered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice, most master’s-level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admitted, insofar as particular options and advisers are concerned.
Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University community of that discipline. At the present time all Ph.D. programs are coordinated through the corresponding Boulder department. However, in a number of disciplines most or all course work for the Ph.D. can be completed at Denver and the research adviser may be a member of the UCD faculty. Some departments in which this is the case are communication disorders and speech sciences, communication and theatre, electrical engineering, and civil engineering. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral-level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser.
Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact Associate Dean of the Graduate School, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.
Degrees Offered
The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year.
The Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Anthropology Geography
Biology History
Communication and theatre Mathematics
Communication disorders and Political science
speech science Psychology
Economics Sociology
English
The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Early childhood education Educational psychology Elementary education Foundations of education
The Master of Science
Accounting Applied mathematics Chemistry Civil engineering Electrical engineering
The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The Master of Humanities (M.H.)
The Master of Social Sciences (M.S.S.)
Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD
Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing.
The Graduate Student at UCD
Approximately 1,800 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional 1,400 special students take graduate courses. Of these, approximately 45 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although resources of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used.
Financial Aid for Graduate Study
SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS
The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellowships, scholarships, and a number of awards from outside agencies.
The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate students approximately 50 doctoral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition.
Special fellowships and scholarships are also available for study in certain departments. Colorado Grad-
Guidance and counseling Library media Reading
Secondary education
(M.S.) in:
Environmental science Finance
Management and organization Marketing


82 /University of Colorado at Denver
uate Grants are also available to students who can show “demonstrated need.” For details contact the Graduate School Office.
Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the announced department deadline. Fellowship awards are announced about March 15; Colorado Graduate Grant awards are announced each semester for the following semester.
GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS
Many departments employ graduate students as part-time F-89 instructors or F-99 teaching assistants. The F-89 instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments will be: one-half time F-89 instructor; $5,446 for the academic year; one-half time F-99 teaching assistant, $4,356 for the academic year.
A half-time appointment for an F-89 instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a halftime teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for at least one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their actual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and F-89 instructors must be enrolled students in good standing for the full period of their appointment.
RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS
Research activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these positions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students.
LOAN FUNDS
Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Program and for part-time jobs through the college work-study program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short-term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid.
EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-study program.
Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad programs. Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required. There are also occasional summer programs offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education.
For additional information contact the Office for Student Relations, 629-2861.
Institute for Advanced Urban Studies
Since UCD is an urban university situated in a major metropolitan area, the primary thrust of its organized research activity is directed toward problem-related research with an urban focus. The major center for these activities is the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies.
The Institute for Advanced Urban Studies was established in 1975 to foster research and public service activites related to urban problems and policy issues. Groups of faculty, student, and community participants address problem areas, such as land use, urban growth, municipal finance management, regional housing, transportation, and community recreation.
UCD’s previous centers have been incorporated into the institute structure as constituent parts. They include the Center for Urban Transportation Studies, the Center for Public and Urban Affairs, and the Applied Sociological Research Unit.
Through its various research components, the institute provides research assistance to state and local government agencies. Additionally, the institute makes available a variety of topical seminars, conferences, and in-service training programs.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements
Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below.
Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought.
A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background acceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its lawful


Graduate School 183
missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution.
REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS
Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his or her previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average on all work taken.
5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments.
Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. Students who fail to maintain this standard of performance will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Pass/Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant’s scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to the intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass/fail grades nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic records contain a larger percentage of pass/fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the applicant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he or she can be admitted only as a provisional student.
PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS
Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree students upon the recommendation of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Graduate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provisional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University.
Provisional degree students are required to maintain a 3.0 grade-point or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a standard of performance, they will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School.
Application Procedures
Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning the procedures for forwarding completed applications.
An applicant for admission must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and II), which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office, and two official transcripts from each university attended. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination, and most departments require three or four letters of recommendation.
When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairman of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Records, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below).
A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department.
Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1978-79, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid).
All credentials presented for admission to the University of Colorado become the property of the University.
SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor’s degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean.
GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS
At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships or of any student before his or her status is determined.
Students who are applying for the fall of 1979 should take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for GRE scores to be received by an institution.
Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Student Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educa-


84 /University of Colorado at Denver
tional Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Office of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted.
Special students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the requirements of a master’s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University, or any combination thereof. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter, or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, provided that the student’s application was on file with the department before the beginning of the semester, quarter, or term in question.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration procedures.
Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester.
Master’s Thesis or Report
Graduate students working toward master’s degrees, if they expect to present a thesis or M.Ed. report in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours, or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence, but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or report is completed. If the thesis or report is not completed at the end of the term in which the student is so registered, an in progress (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of
thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
FULL LOAD
A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis.
For the purpose of determining a student’s status with respect to eligibility for the G.I. Bill, full-time graduate study is defined as registration for at least 8 hours of graduate work during a regular semester, or full-time research and writing.
MAXIMUM LOAD
No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester.
The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 10-week summer term.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES
Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours, an advanced degree will not be conferred merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree. They should work on their own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values, perspective, and proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status.
A student is expected to maintain at least a B average in all work attempted in Graduate School.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.
A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.


Graduate School 185
Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee’s decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student’s major department and the dean. In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee.
Grading System
The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A, B, and C.
A —Superior, 4 credit points for each credit hour.
B — Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour.
C — Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour.
Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree.
An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to the discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of IP (in progress) will be given for continuing thesis work and will be valid until the thesis is completed.
A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she obtained a grade of C or D, upon written recommendation to the dean by the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman of the department, provided the course has not previously applied toward a degree. Courses in which the grade F is received may not be repeated.
Graduate students may register for courses on a Pass/Fail basis; however, graduate credit will not be awarded, and such courses cannot be applied toward a graduate degree.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal tests, although these may be demanded, as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examinations, and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate’s proficiency.
MASTER’S DEGREE
A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the degree Master of Arts, Master of Science, or other master’s degree will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary additional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are minimum requirements; additional conditions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the general rules.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan !: By presenting 24 semester hours ot graduate work, including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master’s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned.
Graduate Credit
Graduate credit is given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by those colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School, or which have otherwise been approved by the dean of the Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department.
Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years.
Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories;
1. Courses within the major department at the 500 level or above.
2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided they are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree-granting program.
This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result, most students who include 400-level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a master’s degree may be divided


86 /University of Colorado at Denver
between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program.
Status
After a student has made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make application for admission to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree all prerequisites required by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special examination.
The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University is 8 semester hours.
Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence requirement at this University, but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated.
Work already applied toward a master’s degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master's degree at the University of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may, however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University.
2. Comes within the five-year limit.
3. Has not been applied toward another degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School.
Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School office.
Residency
In general, the residency requirements can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration, Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified.
Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters.
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master's degree must file application in the dean’s office not later than 10 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status.
This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean’s office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student’s work is satisfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case.
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical, or creative type, is required of every master’s degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fullfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study and investigation.


Graduate School 187
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time the comprehensive-final examination is given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with specifications obtainable from the Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Business Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will not be accepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master’s degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered credit for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the thesis.
Comprehensive-Final Examinations
Each candidate for a master’s degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been completed. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate’s last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, provided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed:
1. A student must be registered when he or she takes the examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean’s office at least three days in advance of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the department concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be essentially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by rep-
resentatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University.
7. If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final examination, three months must elapse before the candidate may again attempt it.
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be simply an extension of the original examination and given immediately. If the student fails the supplemental examination, three months must elapse before it may be attempted again.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, which come after the comprehensive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor.
Time Limit
All work, including the comprehensive-final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable continuity.
Deadlines for Master’s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1978-79
Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7401.
1. Last day for requesting transfer of credit.
2. Applications for admission to candidacy. Applications must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to submit this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.)
3. Last day for thesis to be approved by department.
4. Last day for scheduling of comprehensive-final examination.
5. Last day for taking comprehensive-final examination.
6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing, the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.


88 /University of Colorado at Denver
Graduate Programs
ANTHROPOLOGY
The master’s program in anthropology offers general, flexible training in anthropology along with topical specialization and the opportunity to specialize in interdisciplinary, applied areas: medical anthropology and community and urban anthropology. The medical anthropology track is intended to serve students preparing for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related fields. Similarly, the community and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ anthropological concepts and methods of community analysis in public adminstration, development, planning, and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee, each student will tailor an individual program of studies around courses and seminars in anthropology and allied disciplines. These programs will culminate in a master’s thesis. A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at resolving, in cooperation with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently, a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruction and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings.
More detailed descriptions of the options available within the M.A. program may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology.
Admission
Admission to the master’s program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree, not necessarily in anthropology, provided he or she meets the following requirements; (1) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2.75 or better grade-point average for all undergraduate studies); and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropology. Applicants will be expected to have had a general introductory course in anthropology and secondary courses in ethnology, archaeology, linguistics, and physical anthropology, or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence. A simpler alternative, when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special student prior to applying for admission to the graduate program.
In order to be considered for admission into the master’s program, an applicant must submit (1) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation. Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered, as will
that of special skills relevant to anthropological research. Departmental deadline for receipt of applications for admission to the Graduate School, including accompanying materials, is April 15 for fall entrance.
Further information concerning specialization within the program, departmental admission and advising policies, etc., may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology. For general Graduate School requirements and application information, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin.
Residency
A minimum of two full semesters devoted to advanced study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master’s degree in anthropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program.
Course Hours and Distribution
A minimum of 36 semester hours of course work (including 6 hours of M.A. thesis) is required for the M.A. degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of nonthesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Hours are to be distributed as follows for students pursuing an interdisciplinary speciality within the general anthropology track, the medical anthropology track, or the community and urban anthropology track:
Courses in anthropology ....15 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields ..15 semester hours minimum
Thesis .............................6 semester hours
For students pursuing a subdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track, hours are to be distributed as follows:
Courses in anthropology ....18 semester hours minimum
Courses in related fields ..12 semester hours minimum
Thesis .............................6 semester hours
Examination
Each student must pass a comprehensive M.A. examination demonstrating mastery of the fundamental principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence.
Thesis
Each student will be expected to carry out an original research project and report the results in a thesis of professional quality.
There is no language requirement for the M.A. program. Students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D., however, are urged to begin work on at least one language early in their graduate careers.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
See Mathematics Program.


Graduate School 189
BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF
Collin Hightower, Coordinator for UCD
The program leading to the Master of Basic Science degree is interdisciplinary. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective mathematics and science professionals and others to extend and/or broaden their training in computer science, mathematics, museology, and the natural and physical sciences at advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. These professionals include public school teachers, industrial scientists, engineers, business persons, and others. The student may elect the mathematics, science, or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow courses of study most pertinent to their interests. The degree plan will be designed in conjunction with the student’s adviser and must be approved by the executive committee.
All courses credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder, Colorado Springs, or Denver, over a period of five years or six successive summers.
The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advisory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office, Ketchum 306, University of Colorado, Boulder, regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend.
Requirements for Admission
1. General regulations for admission to the Graduate School apply (see Requirements for Admission).
2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 semester hours in the natural sciences and mathematics, including one year of calculus, upon admission. Students may be admitted to the program with a deficiency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math. 140-241 with a grade of C or better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval by the advisory committee with a grade of C or better).
Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree
1. General regulations of the Graduate School governing the award of the master’s degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as modified below.
2. Thirty semester hours of courses at the 300 level and above, taught by members of the graduate faculty, in two or more of the following departments: biology; chemistry; geology; mathematics; molecular, cellular, and developmental biology; physics; and computer science. See mathematics and science options. At least 12 hours of these must be numbered 500 or higher.
3. Paper I Project. Completion of a paper or project on a scientific or pedagogical topic selected in consultation with the student’s adviser and to be approved
by the executive committee. (This is in lieu of the comprehensive examination.)
4. Minimum Grade-Point Average. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A or B; 500- and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A, B, or C. The student must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to admission to the program, including courses not actually offered for the degree.
Mathematics Option
1. A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry. A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis, 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry.
2. One upper division sequence of at least 6 semester hours in any of the physical or biological sciences enumerated above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year sequence.
3. Upper division electives in science and/or mathematics, including computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science, or philosophy of mathematics or science.
Science Option
1. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in each of two of the physical or biological sciences named above. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for one of the one-year sequences.
2. Upper division electives in science, mathematics, and/or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses numbered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of upper division courses or seminars in secondary school science teaching, history of science, or philosophy of science.
Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only)
1. At least 8 but not more than 12 semester hours of courses offered by the museum. Alternatives are the sequence Musm. 401-402-403 or Musm. 401 and a selection of additional courses in museum. Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration are recommended. The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15.
2. An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 semester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program.
3. Upper division electives in science, mathema-


90 /University of Colorado at Denver
tics, or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours, at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above.
BIOLOGY
Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biology should be familiar with the University of Colorado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty adviser prior to making application. The general portion of the GRE is required, and the specialty area is recommended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD.
The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in environmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M.A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program, the student in consultation with an adviser will design a study program suited to the student’s specific needs. There is no core of required courses structured into the master’s degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master’s degree in biology include, in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any appropriate 400-, 500-, and 600-level courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University.
It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Medical Center campuses.
In conjunction with the College of Engineering and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental science. The program offers several subject concentrations within both basic and applied environmental science. Included within the basic approach are concentrations in ecology, earth science, population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of natural resources, systems analysis, and environmental quality control.
Students interested in this program should contact the Graduate School Office.
CHEMISTRY
The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry.
The master’s degree is the highest that can be earned in chemistry at UCD. The emphasis in the program is toward the specialized needs of both full-and part-time students. The department at UCD is small and strives to give students excellent supervision of work and advising toward the graduate degree. Students enrolled in the program may be employed as part-time teaching assistants. In addition, research activities in the department provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants.
Degree Requirements
Two types of degrees are offered:
Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research courses, the completion of a research investigation, and the presentation of a thesis.
Plan II requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hours of research without a thesis.
Prerequisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students are required to pass examinations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required. Advanced chemistry GREs are recommended.
Students who plan to enroll in the graduate program must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry.
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined departments of Civil, Environmental, and Architectural Engineering (Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. All requirements for the M.S. and a large part of those for the Ph.D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering is available from the departmental office at UCD.
No qualifying examination is required for the M.S. degree; however, in competition for all University fellowships, the Graduate Record Examination, consisting of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in engineering, is used to evaluate candidates. Therefore, students are advised to take this examination prior to their arrival on campus.
Programs are available in the fields of transportation, water resources, hydraulics, soil mechanics, structural mechanics, and structural design.
In each program, courses are selected by the student (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student’s interests and the requirements of the Graduate School.
See also Master of Engineering degree.
The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. tool foreign language requirement other than those communication requirements established by the Graduate School.
Center for Urban Transportation Studies
The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established: (1) to assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in developing research, research facilities, and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation; and (2) to


Graduate School 191
provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Mountain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University.
Through CUTS, the departments offer interdisciplinary graduate programs and research opportunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban transportation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach significant levels of competence not only in urban transportation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, such as architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business management, geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing science, and systems analysis.
The Center for Urban Transportation Studies operates within the framework of the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies at UCD.
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
Applicants are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basis of their academic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequisites beyond those required by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specialization or allied fields must expect that a significant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies.
Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours.
For every student who declares intention to qualify for an advanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student’s second semester (or second summer term) in residence. It is the duty of this adviser and committee to assume the responsibility for (1) approving the student’s graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student’s qualifying examination, thesis, and comprehensive-final examination.
All master’s degree candidates are required to complete C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the department or outside the departmental area(s) of concentration.
Plan I, With Thesis. After any undergraduate deficiencies have been removed, students under Plan I must normally earn 27 semester hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to 6 thesis credit hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement.
The Plan II Option without thesis is available at UCD only upon application.
Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some courses are available only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made.
The graduate courses in communication and theatre are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD.
COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE
The graduate curriculum in communication disorders and speech science leads to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is language and learning disabilities. Requirements for certification in the state of Colorado and by the American Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA) can be met. The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA. At present, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses.
Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional information from the Graduate School Office.
Master’s Degree
The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology, language pathology, learning disabilities, audiology, and education. Clinical and educational practicums with the communicatively disordered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic communication processes.
Students may fulfill the Graduate School requirements for the master’s degree by following Plan I or Plan II.
Doctor’s Degree
The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the student’s advisory committee to meet the individual interests and needs of each student. In addition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in language and learning disabilities, the student must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statistics also is required.
Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as 8 hours among the following courses:
C.D.S.S. 795-4. Practicum III: Clinical Supervision C.D.S.S. 796-2. Practicum IV: Clinical Administration C.D.S.S. 797-2. Practicum V: Research Coordination C.D.S.S. 798-2. Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Under the auspices of the Computer Science Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder, the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and the mathematics discipline at UCD are offering a program leading to the M.S. in computer science. The program consists of a core of five courses required of all students and the selection of a specialty field (numerical computation, programming


92 /University of Colorado at Denver
languages, computer systems, management science, or signal processing) in which additional courses are taken.
Students may choose the thesis option (Plan I) or the nonthesis option (Plan II). Those selecting Plan I may register for 4 to 6 semester hours of credit for thesis research, working with a faculty adviser from the Boulder or Denver campus. Those selecting Plan
11 must take C.S. 701, the master’s reading option, offered on the Boulder Campus. In both cases the student’s advisory committee usually will consist of faculty from both campuses.
Admission to the program is granted by the Computer Science Department (Boulder). Information on the program can be obtained from the department, 492-7514, the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department at UCD, or Professor Roland Sweet, UCD mathematics discipline.
ECONOMICS
The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly, but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students concerned with urban problems or seeking to teach below university level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser, Professor John Morris.
Requirements for Admission
(Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally.)
1. General requirements of the Graduate School.
2. Three letters of recommendation.
3. Sixteen semester hours of economics.
4. Acceptable GRE scores.
Degree Requirements
1. Economic Theory: Econ. 507.
2. Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480) and Econ. 581.
3. Plan I: Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours, but the structure is highly flexible; e.g., one field can be an internship. Plan II: An M.A. thesis.
4. Plan I: Thirty semester hours, of which 16 must be at the 600 level (500 level if taken prior to fall 1975). Plan II: Twenty-four semester hours, of which
12 must be at the 600 level (500 if taken prior to fall 1975).
EDUCATION
Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered on three campuses (Denver, Boulder, and Colorado Springs) and through 14 program areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean’s Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Associate
Dean of the Graduate School at UCD.
A wide range of professional and academic interest is served by these programs. Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas:
Early childhood education Educational psychology Elementary education* Foundations of education Guidance and counseling (elementary, secondary, and agency settings)
Library media Reading
Secondary education* Mathematics education Science education
Graduate studies in education are offered at the M.A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances, doctoral work can be taken at UCD, but only with the prior approval of a student’s adviser, and the dean’s office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses.
Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Education Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate degree plans are flexible and can be designed around individual student needs, it is highly desirable that prospective candidates discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications.
Application for Admission
A prospective candidate should request application forms from the Associate Dean, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the Associate Dean, School of Education, UCD, with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the University of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the associate dean. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, should be furnished. At least two of these should be from college or university professors who can write with assurance about the applicant’s academic and professional achievement promise. One or two recommendations from supervisors or employers are acceptable with reference to an applicant’s ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated. Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the associate dean’s office on March 1 for summer, July 1 for fall, and October 1 for spring semester admission.
Applicants should request the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (verbal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), or scores from the Miller’s Analogy Test, to the dean’s office. If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller’s Analogy Test, he should arrange to do so. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office, the Student Relations Office at UCD, the Educational Testing Service, 20 Nassau Street, Princeton, New


Full Text

PAGE 1

UNI\IERSITY OF II fiT COLORfiDO DEN\IER 1978-79 UNI\JERSITY OF COLORADO BULLETIN

PAGE 2

l lli l iiliiil '" U187D1 9581746 CONTENTS G e n e r a l Inform a tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 UCD An Urba n Campu s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I A dmission P olic ies a nd Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 T u itio n , Fees, Fina n c i a l A i d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7 Regi stra tion . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... .. ... ...... ...... .. ......... .. ... .... .. . .. . . . . ..... ... .. .. 12 Acad e mic P olic i es . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . 1 2 S tud e nt Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Academi c Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 A dmini strative Office r s ............................... .... ................ . .......... 1 8 College o f L ib e r a l Art s a nd S c i e nces . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 2 1 Div i sio n o f A rt s a n d Humaniti es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Div i sio n of Natura l a nd Ph ys ical Sci e nces . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 36 Divi s i o n of Soc i a l Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 College of Bu s iness a n d A dministratio n a n d Gra du a t e School of Bu si ness Ad m i nistratio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 School o f E ducatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . 55 College of E ngineerin g a nd A p p l ied Sci e nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . 56 College o f E n v ir o nm e nt a l Desi g n .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 G ra du a t e School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1 College o f Mu sic . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Gradu a t e S c hool of P u blic Aff a ir s . .... .. ........... ........ ......... . . . . . . . .. . . ...... 102 Course Descripti o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Facult y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Index ............................. . . . ................................................. .. ....... 191 Alt h o u g h thi s bull e tin was pre p a r e d o n th e b as i s o f th e best informati o n availa bl e a t th e time, all inform atio n ( inclu ding th e acad emic cal e nd a r , a dmi s s i o n a nd g radu a tion r e quirem e nt s, course o fferin gs a nd course descripti o n s, a nd s t a t ements o f tuition a nd fees) i s s ubject t o c h a nge w ith o ut notice o r o bli gation. STUDENTS WILL B E H ELD RESP O NSIBLE FOR COMPLY ING WI T H ALL REQUIR E M E NTS AND D EADLINES P U BLI S H E D IN T HI S BULLETIN. University of Colorado Bulletin. 364 W i llard Administrative Center, Boulder, Colorado 80309 . Vol. LXXVII , No . 60 , December 25 , 1977 , General Series No . 1944 . Published five t i mes monthly by the University of Colorado. Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.

PAGE 3

THE AURARIA HIGHER EDUCATION CENTER PARKING DENVER C ENTER FOR THE PERfORMING ARTS . . lOth Street Speer

PAGE 4

UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DE:N\JE:R 1100 FOURTE:E:NTH-STRE:E:T DE:N\JE:R, COLORADO 80202 TE:LE:PHON 629-2800 COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS AND GRADUATE OF DUCAT ION E:NGINEERING AND APPLIED E:NliiRONMENTAL GRADUATE LIBERAL AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS PIIID Ill THE: OFFICE: POULDE:R. COLOR/I DO 8030Q

PAGE 6

Summer 1978 April I April I May I June 6, 7 June 12 June 12, 13, 14 June 20 July 4 August 18 Fall1978 April I June I July I August 29, 30, 31 September 5 ACADEMIC CALENDAR • Financial aid application dead line. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remain ing after all on-time applications have been processed.) International student application deadline. New student application dead line. (The deadline may be ex tended if space is available . ) Registration. First day of cla s ses. Late registration. Last day to add or drop a cours e without approval. Holiday (no classes). End of semester. Financial aid application dead line. (Late applications may be considered for any funds remain ing after all on-time applications have been processed.) International student application deadline . New student application dead line. (The deadline may be ex tended if space is available.) Registration . First day of classes . September 5-8 September 20 October 1 November 23-25 December 22 Spring 1979 January 23, 24 January 29 Januar y 29-February 2 February 13 M a rch 18-25 May 25 May 26 Summer 1979 June 5 , 6 June 11 June 11-13 July 4 August 17 Late regi s tration . Las t day to add or drop a cours e without a pproval. Financi a l aid application dead line for s pring semester 1979. (Late applications may be con s idered for any funds remaining after all on-time applications have been processed.) Thanksg i ving classe s) . End of e mester. Regi s tration. holidays Fir s t day of classe s. Late regi s tration . (no Las t day to add or drop a course without a pproval. Spring v a c a tion ( no cla s ses) . End of s eme ster. Commencement. Regi s tration. Fir t day of classe s. Late regi s tration. Independence Day holiday. End of s emester . ' The Unive r sity r eserves the right to a h er the Academic Cal e n dar at any tim e .

PAGE 7

HUMANITIES BUSINESS EDUCATION ENGINEERING ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN MUSI C NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES PUBLIC AFFAIRS SOCIAL SCIENCES DEGREE PROGRAMS AT A GL ANC E1 B a cca laureate P r ograms communication and theatre, English, fine arts, French, German, philo ophy, Spanish (areas of emphasis) accounting, computer-ba ed information systems, finance, international business, mar keting , minerals land management , or ganizational management , personnel management, public agency adminis tration, real estate, small business management, statistics, tran portation management elementary education , secondary edu cation, rehabilitation service civil engineering, civil engineering and business, electrical engineering , elec trical engineering and business, elec trical engineering and computer science, electrical engineering and computer science and business , applied mathematics, appl ied mathematics and business, mechanical engineering , mechanical engi n eering and business offered only at Boulder mu ic and media biology, chemistry, geography, geol ogy, mathematics, physics , popu l ation dynamic , p ychology anthropology , economics, ethnic studies , history , political science, sociology, urban studies Master's Programs communication and theatre, com munication di orders and speech cience, English , humanitie M .B.A. areas of emphasis: accounting, finance , management science , marketing , organizational manage ment, personnel management , produc tion and operations management , transportation management. M.S. : accounting , finance , manage ment science , marketing , m a nagement and organization. early childhood education , educa tional p ychology , elementary educa tion , foundations of education , guidance and counseling , library media, reading , econdary education applied mathematic , civil engineer ing, electrical engineering , electrical engineering and computer science architecture, architecture in urban de sign , interior design (anticipated for fall 1978), landscape architecture, urban and regional planning basic cience , biology , chemi try , e n vironmental cience , geography , mathematics , psychology public administration , urban affa ir (also, doctorate in public admini stra tion) anthropology , economics, his tor y, political science, social science s, sociology •cour s e s i n ma n y othe r undergra du a t e and gra du a t e are as a r e offe r ed at U C D . b u t degrees m u st be comp leted at t h e Univers ity of Co l orado a t B oulde r . U C D a lso o ffer s prepro fessi onal pro gr a m s in l aw, j ourna lism . a n d t h e health ca r eers (c hil d h ealth as oci a t e . d e n ta l h y gien e. dentistry . m ed ical techno l o gy. m edici n e . nur sing. o pt o m etry . osteopat hy, ph armacy , and ph ysical therapy) .

PAGE 8

UNDERGRADUATE AND SPECIAL STU D ENT ADM I SSI O N IN F ORMA TION' Type of Applicant Criteria lor Admission• Required Credentials When to Apply Notes FRESHMAN In general: Complete application Not later than: F o r specific requirements refer to the (Students seeking a bach-Rank in upper third of high school $1 0 application lee July 1 for fall college sections of this bulletin. elor' s degree who have graduating class. Official high school transcript Dec. 1 lor spring never attended a colHave 15 units of acceptable high school showing rank-ill-class, date of May 1 for summer legiate institution) work. graduation, 7th semester Minimum test scores: grades, 8th semester courses Seniors who meet or exceed Resident Nonresident Official ACT or SAT score report. all admission criteria ACT comp: 23 25 may apply as early as or Oct. 11or following fall. SAT comb: 1000 1050 TRANSFER' Must be in good standing and eligible to Complete application Not later than: Transfers to the School of Education (Students seeking a return to all institutions previously $10 application fee July 1 for fall that section lor addnionat bachelor' s degree who attended. Cne official transcript from each Dec. 1 for spring requirements. have attended a colResidents m ust have a minimum 2.0 college attended May 1 for summer Transfers with less than 12 semester legiate institution other (C) GPA on all work attempted. hours of Universny acceptable than CU) Nonresidents must have a transfer credit must also submn minimum 2 . 5 (C+) GPA on all work all required freshman crede11attempted. tials. SPECIAL Must be atleast21 years old (except in Complete application Not later than: Graduate special students, see July 1 for fall (Students who are not seek-summer). Dec. 1 for spring Graduate School Section for ad-ing a degree at this in-Must be high school graduate. May 1 for summer ditional information. stitution) Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institutions previously Application will also be ac-attended. cepted at registration if space allows. RETURNING CU Must be in good standing Former student application Same as for special students Students under academi c suspension STUDENT in certain schools or colleges at (Returning special students, the University of Colorado may returning degree stu-enroll during the summer term as dents who have not ata means of improving their tended another institu-grade-point averages. lion s ince CU) RETURNING CU Same as for t ransfers Complete application Same as for transfers STUDENT $10 application fee (Returning degree students One official transcript from each illwho have attempted 12 tervening college or mor e hours at another institution since attending CU) CHANGE OF STATUS: Same as for transfers Same as for transfers Same as for transfers SPECIAL TO DEGREE Plus CU transcript and Courses in (Former CU special students who wish to enter a de-Progress form gree program) CHANGE OF STATUS: Must have completed degree. Special student application Same as for special students Only students who have completed DEGREE TO SPECIAL Must be i n good standing and eligible to and received degree are eligible (Former CU degree students return to all instnutions attended. to change to special status. who have graduated and wish to take additional work) INTERCAMPUS Must be in good standing Former student application Transfer to Denver; Transfers from Denver to another TRANSFER same as for specials campus of CU should refer to ap-(Students who have been en-Transfer from Denver: propriate bulletin for additional rolled on one CU cam-requirements. pus and wish to take refer to appropriate but-courses on another) letin. INTRAUNIVERSITY Same as for transfers Intra-university transfer application Same as for transfers TRANSFER CU transcript (Students who wish to change from one CU cotlege to another, e . g., from the College of lib-eral Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) • Applications will be accepted only as long as openings remain. 'Requirements for indiv idual schools or colleges may vary.

PAGE 9

General Informatio n THE UNIVERSITY O F COLORADO A T D E NVER : AN URBAN UNIVERS I TY CAMP U S The Univer ity of Colorado at Denver (UCD) is an u rba n nonre idential campus located in dow n town De n ver. The campus is easily acce ible to commuters from a four-county area and is close to major businesses and government offices in downtown Denver , as well as to civic and cultural centers . UCD i one of the large t state-supported in titution of higher education in Col orado in term of enrollment , with an average of 8 , 000 students enrolled during a semester. The UCD Administration Building is located at 1100 Fourteenth Street. UCD shares library , laboratory , cia sroom , and recreation facilities with two other met ro p ol ita n institutions on a single campu , the Auraria H i g her Education Center. Academic Programs UCD is committed to meeting the need s of the met ropo l itan Denver community . Academic , public ser vice , and research activities are geared to the needs of the urban population and environment , encompassing both traditional and nontraditional field s of study. Stu de n ts e n rolled at UCD can earn undergraduate degrees in 45 fields and grad u ate degrees in nearly 50 fields. The c oll eges and schoo l s at UCD a re: College of Liberal Arts and Science College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Bu ines Administration Sc h ool of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Mus ic Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affair s T h e u ndergraduate colleges admit freshmen a n d offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts, sc i ence , humanitie , bu ine s , engineering , and mu s i c. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also provide preprofe sional training in the fields of educa tion, law, journalism and the health ciences . The School of Education offer s program leading to the bacca l a u reate degree in education and teacher certifica tion to students with two years of college work. The G r ad u ate School offers master's programs in the art s, sc i e n ces humanities , engineering , bu iness , educa tion , a n d mu ic to tudents with baccalaureate degrees . The College of Environmental De s ign , the Graduate School of Business Administration , and the Graduate Sc h ool of Public Affairs provide program l eadi n g to the master ' s degree in the i r specialized areas . T h e Graduate Sc hool of Public Affairs also offers a doct o rate in public admini tration. Students Highly motivated people from all walks of life make up UCD's student body . The diversity of backgrounds, interests , occupation s , and age stimulates a uniq u e learning experience for the men and women enrolled at UCD. Students range in age from 16 to 70 . Approxi mately two-t h irds of the stude n ts hold full-time jobs a nd 60 percent are e n rolled at the upper division or graduate l evel. In order to give tudents maximum flexibi l ity in p l anning both educational and employment goa l s , more than half of the courses are offered during t h e eveni n g hour s . Students may begin studies in most areas at th e beginning of t h e 16-week fall or pring semester, or t h e 10-week ummer term . Faculty and Accred i tation More than 200 highly qualified faculty me m bers teac h full time at UCD: 70 percent have doctora l degrees . T h e faculty is a lert to t h e challenges of the urban envir on ment and responsive to the needs of the comm uter student. UC D is accredited by or hold me m ber hip i n the following organization ACCREDITATION North Central Association of Colleges and Seco n dary Sc h ools National Council for the Accreditation of Teac her Education National Arc h itecture Acc r editing Board National Associatio n of Schools of Mus i c MEMBERS HIP Association of Urban Universitie American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Busi ness Association of Collegiate School of Architect ur e and Collegiate Schoo l s of Planning National Association of Schools of Public Affa ir s and Administratio n

PAGE 10

2 /University of Colorado at Denv e r The Engineers' Council for Professional Develop ment has accredited the programs in civil engineering and in electrical engineering in the College of Engineer ing and Applied Science. University of Colorado System UCD is one of four campuses of the University of Colorado. The University was founded in Boulder in 1876, and the University of Colorado at Boulder now serves over 20,000 students enrolled in undergraduate , graduate, and professional programs . The Medical Center in Denver provides education and training to medical, dental, nursing , and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves over 3,000 students in the Pikes Peak region, offering undergraduate, graduate , and professional programs . UCD ' s special role within the University system is to provide urban-oriented educational programs for stu dents in the Denver metropolitan area. Qualified students may begin programs of study in some undergraduate, preprofessional, and graduate areas that they must complete at other University cam puses. Under certain circumstance s, UCD students may enroll for courses offered by the other campuses . Students also have access to the library resources of all campuses and cultural events sponsored within the University system. The official transcript of any student who first en rolled in the spring semester 1978 or afterwards and who graduates from an undergraduate program oper ated solely by UCD will indicate that the degree was conferred at Denver. At presen t the only undergrad uate program operated solely by UCD is the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Auraria Higher Education Center The Auraria Higher Education Center is a coopera tive effort by the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College, and the Auraria campus of the Community College of Denver to meet the higher education needs of metropolitan Denver. The three in stitutions share library , classroom , and related facilities on the Auraria campus , a 168-acre site in downtown Denver. The Auraria Higher Education Center combines the educational strengths of the three participating institu tions. Each institution offers distinctive educational opportunities to students seeking a higher education . The Community College of Denver provides vocational programs and two-year associate degree programs ; Metropolitan State College has four-year programs leading to the baccalaureate degree . The Univer s ity of at Denver is the university component , offermg undergraduate, preprofessional , professional , and graduate programs. Interinstitutional enrollment agreements among the three institutions provide stu dents with a broader range of courses than could be offered by a single institution . The Auraria campus includes three administration buildings, five classroom building s, the Learning Re sources Center, the student center , child care and development center s, t he physical education building , and two service buildings. The Auraria Libr a ry is hou s ed in the Learning Re sources Center , with a branch in the Community Col lege/Auraria Administration Building. The library col lection include s books, reserve and reference mate rials , journals , microforms , records, tapes , and other media in various formats. Microform equipment and listening and viewing facilitie s are provided. General reference service , interlibrary loans , and assistance with individual library problems are available at the reference counter . UCD students may u e the inter library loan service to obtain materials not held by the Auraria Libraries . The new buildings share the campus with reminders of Denver's past-19th-century houses , churches, and the famous Tivoli brewery built in 1882. Equal Op ortunity The University of Colorado at Denver follows a pol icy of equal opportunity in education and in employ ment. In pursuance of this policy no UCD department , unit , discipline , or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the ba sis of race , sex , creed , color , age, national origin, or handicap . This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees. The institution ' s educational programs, activities , and services offered to student and/or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the provisions of Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Title IX of the Education Amend ments of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. A UCD Equal Opportunity /Affirmative Action Pro gram has been established to implement this policy. For information about these provisions on equity , discrimi nation , or fairne s s , consult the following persons who will advise individuals of existing complaint procedures within and out s ide the Univer s ity: Affirmative Action Director Nereyda Bottoms , Room 803, 1100 Four teeenth Street (telephone: 629-2621); Title IX Coor dinator Alice Owen , Room 212, 1100 Fourteenth Street (telephone: 620-2726) ; or Paul Kopecky, Rehabilitation Act Coordinator , Room 207, 1100 Fourteenth Street ( telephone: 6292861) . I. ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES General Policies UCD seeks to identify applicants who are likely to complete an a cademic program successfully . Admis sion decisions are based on many factors, the most important being : I. Level of previous academic performance. 2. Evidence of scholarly ability and accomplishment , as indicated by scores on national aptitude tests. 3. Ability to work in the academic environment of an urban , nonresidential campu s .

PAGE 11

4. Maturity , motivation , and potential for academic growth. UCD reserves the right to deny admi ion to new applica n ts or readmission to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essen tial by the University in order to carry out its lawful missions, processes, and functions as an educational in titution. Admiss i o n o f Und ergr a duat e De gr e e Stud e nts All questions and correspondence regarding undergraduate admi ion to UCD should be directed to: Office of Admissions and Record Univer ity of Colorado at Denver 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660 A PPLICATION DEADLINES Undergraduate Fall Spr i n g Students 1978 1979 July I December I Transfer Students July I December I International Students June I November I Former University of Colorado Students July I December I Intrauniversity Summer 1979 May I May I April I May I Tran fer Student 60 day s prior to the beginning of the term The University reserve the right to change application deadlines in accordance with enrollment demands , a nd applicant should apply as early as pos s ible . Updated information is available from the Office of Admissions and Records , (303) 629-2660 . All documents required for admission must be received by the Office of Admissions and Records by the deadline for an applicant to be considered for admission for the term desired . Applicants who are unable to meet the deadline may elect to have admission consideration made for a later term . Transfer students are reminded that sufficient time should be al lowed to have tran cripts sent from institutions attended previ ously, and foreign students are advised that it usually takes 120 days for credentials to reach the Office of Admissions and Records from international locations . ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN New freshmen may apply for admission to the Col lege of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, Liberal Arts and Sciences, and Music. I. General Requirement s . The applicant must be a high school graduate or have been awarded a High Schoo l Equivalency Certificate by completing the Gen eral Education Development (GED) Test. Applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate must have scored at or above the 60th percentile on each section of the GED test to be considered for admis ion. Appli cant who have completed the Spani h Language Gen eral Educational Development Test must also submit Genera/Information /3 scoresfromTestVI, " Engli ha aSecondLanguage." Applicants should have completed 15 units of acce p t able secondary school (grades 9-12) credit. A unit of credit is one yearofhigh school course work. While the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences does not specify particular units, the other undergraduate colleges have the following requirements : Colle ge o f Bu s iness and Admini s tration Engli s h . . ........................................................ .. . ............ . 3 Mathematic (college preparatory) . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . ... 3 Natural cience s (laboratory type ) . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. ... . . . . . ........ .. . . 2 Social sciences (including his tory ) . . ... . ... ... . . . . ... .. . . .. . . . . . ... ..... 2 Elective s ... . ....... .. ........ ..... .. ............ .. . ....... ...... . .. . . . . . ....... . S ( Su c h as foreign language a nd additional academic courses. May i nclude up to 2 units in busine ss areas. ) Total IS Colle g e o f En g ineering and Applied S ci ence' Engli s h .......................................................................... 3 Algebra............... . .. . . .. .................................................... 2 Geometry .................................. .. . ... ......... . ..................... 1 (Trigonometry and higher mathematics recommended.) Natural sciences .. . . . . . ..... .. .............. ...... ... . . . . . .. . .. ... . . .. .. . . .. .. 2 (Phy s ics and chemistry recommended .) Social studie and humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 (Foreign languages and additional unit of English , history , and literature are included in the humanitie .) Elective s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S Total IS C ollege o f Musi c English ... ....................................................................... 3 Theoretical music . ... . . ...... . ................................. ... .. Phy ic a l science .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . } Social s cience ....................................................... . Foreign language . . ............................. . ................... . Mathematics ......................................................... . Additional high school academic units ................ .. .............. . Total 8 4 IS It is expected that all students will have had previous experience in an applied music area. Two year s of piano training are recommended. The College of Music require an audition of all entering freshmen and undergraduate transfer s tudents . In lieu of the personal audition , applicant s m a y s ubstitute tape recording s (about 10 minutes in length on 71-i ips monaural) or a statement of excellence by a qualified teacher. Interested students should write to the College of Music , UCD , for audition or interview applications . 2. Colorado Reside nts. 2 Colorado residents who meet the above requirements are classified in two ways for admission purpose . a. Preferred considerat i on -applicants who rank in the upper third of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of23 or hig her on the American College Te t (ACT) or a com bined score of 1000 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Engineering applicants are expected to have a strong mathematics and science background and somewhat higher scores on the mathematics portion of the ACT or SAT. Bu iness students are required to ' See the Co llege of Engineering and Applied Science ection for the level of m a themat i cal c ompeten c e de irable for eng i neering s tudent s. ' See R esi den cy Classification fo r T uition Purpo e s for a definition of resident and nonres ident.

PAGE 12

4 /University of Colorado at D enver have strong mathematics background and higher class rank and test scores. b . Considered on an individual basis-applicants who rank in the lower half of their high school graduating class , and /or have combined SAT scores below 1000 or a composite ACT score below 23, and/or do not h ave 15 units of accept able high schoo l credit. 3. N on.residents. Nonresidents must meet the gen eral reqmrements g1ven above and must rank at least in the upper 40 percent of their high school class and have an ACT composite score of 25 or above or a combined SAT score of l 050 or above to be considered for admis sion. Nonresidents are advised that UCD does not maintain housing facilities for students. How to Apply l. Students should obtain an Application for Admis sion from their high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD , 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 629-2660. 2. The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions and Records. A $10 non refundable application fee must accompany the applica tion. An applicant who is granted admission but w ho is unable to enroll for the term applied for will have the $10 fee valid for 12 months , provided the applicant informs Admissions and Records that he or she intends to enroll for a later term. 3. Students must have their high school send a transcript of their high school grades, including class rank, to the Office of Admissions and Records . 4. The student must take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that test scores be sent to UCD (ACT code 0533 or SAT code R-4875) . High sc hool stud ents may obtain information from their counselors regarding when and where tests are given. Applicants who took one of these tests earlier and did not designate UCD to re ceive scores must request that scores be sent to UCD. This is done by completing a Request for Addi tional Score Report available at test centers or from the offices listed below. Regi stration Department American College Testing Program (ACT) P. 0. Box 414 Iowa City , Iow a 52240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P. 0. Box 592 Princeton , New Jersey 08540 College Entrance Exami nation Board (SAT) P. 0. Box 1025 Berkeley , California 94704 5. Student must have GED test scores sent to UCD if they have High School Equivalency Certificates. Checklist of Application Mater ials I . Completed application form. 2. $10 application fee. 3. High school transcr ipt of grades including class rank. 4 . SAT or ACT test scores. 5. GED scores (for applicants with a High School Equivalency Certificate) and copy of G ED Certificate . All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must re main on file . ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science , Liberal Arts and Sciences , and Music. Student interested in the field of education sho uld contact the School of Education office for in formation, 629-2717. I. Colorado Residen ts. 1 Colorado residents who want to be considered for transfer admission to UCD must have at least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average calculated on all work attempted a nd be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Appli cants to the Colleges of Busine sand Administration or Engineering and Applied Science must have a higher grade-point average to be considered for admission. Music applicants must successfully complete a music aud ition . The student must have completed at least 12 semester credit ( 18 quarter credits) of work acceptable to the University. Students who have completed fewer than 12 semester credits must meet the admissison re quirements for freshmen. Students are grouped as fol lows for admission purposes: a. Preferred consideration-applicants who meet the above academic standards and have com pleted more than 12 semester credit ( 18 quarter credits) from an institution of university rank, and applicants who have completed at least 45 semester credits (68 quarter credits) from an institution of non-university rank (i.e., com munity college state college). b. Considered on an individual basis-app licant s who meet the academic standards listed above and who have completed fewer than 45 semes ter credits (68 quarter credits) from an institu tion of non-university rank (i.e., commu nit y college, state college) or those whose previou s academic work does not meet the above stan dards. Primary factor s considered are: (I) the college or school to which admission is desired; (2) quality of prior academic work; (3) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed since last attendance . 2. Nonresidents. 1 Nonresident applicants to the College of Business and Administration must have a 'See R esidency Classification for TuiLion Purpo ses for a definition of resident and nonrcs idcnt.

PAGE 13

transferable grade-point average of at lea t 2.75 to be considered for admission. Nonresidents applying to he College of Engineering and Applied Science must have a grade-point average of at least 2.6 to be considered. How to Apply I. The student should obtain a tran fer application from the UCD Office of Admissions and Records, 1100 Fourteenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 6292660. 2. The application form mu t be completed and returned to the Office of Admi ions and Records with the $10 nonrefundable application fee. 3. The student must have an official tran cript sent to the Office of Admissions and Records from each col legiate institution attended. If a student is currently enrolled, a transcript listing all courses except those taken in the final term should be sent. Another transcript must be ubmitted after completion of the final term. 4 . Applicant to the College of Liberal Arts and Sci ences should be aware that they may be able to receive credit for foreign language taken during the high chool years providing they furnish an official high chool tran cript. Further information may be obtained from the College of Liberal Arts and Science . A II credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must re main on file . Transfer of College-Level Credit The Office of Admissions and Records and the appropriate dean' office will determine whch courses taken at another institution can be applied to a degree program at UCD after all tran cript have been received and the applicant has been admitted. In general, transfer credit will be accepted insofar as it meet the degree, grade, and residence requirements at UCD. College-level credit may be tran ferred to the Uni ver ity if it was earned at a college or university of recognized tanding, by advanced placement examinations, or in military service or schooling a recommended by the Commis ion on Accreditation of Service Experience of the American Council on Education; if a grade ofC or higher was attained; and if the credit is for cour es appropriate to the degree sought at this institu tion. The University will accept up to 72 semester credits (108 quarter credits) of junior college work toward the baccalaureate degree requirements. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious/doctrinal work. A maximum of 60 semester credits of extension and correspondence work (not to include more than 30 semester credits of correspondence) may be allowed if the above conditions are met. For more detailed information by school and college regarding the tran fer of college-level credit, see Academic Policie and Regulations. Readmission Requirements for Former Students General/ nformation /5 I. Stude nts Who Have Not Attended Anothe r In stitution. Former students of the University of Colorado who have not attended another collegiate in s titu tion since their last enrollment at the University must submit a Former Student Application, available from the Office of Admissions and Records, by the deadline for the term desired. No application fee and no upplementary credential are required. 2. Students Who Ha ve Attended Anothe r Instituti on. Former tudents of the Univer ity of Colorado who have attended another collegiate in titution since their last enrollment at the Univer ity mu t ubmit a Former Student Application and official tran cripts from any institutions attended in the interim. Applicants who have completed 12 semester hours or 18 quarter hours at another institution since last attending the University also must submit a $10 nonrefundable evaluation fee. Requirements for lntrauniversity Transfer UCD students or former U niver ity of Colorado tu dents may change college or chool within the Uni versity of Colorado provided they are admissible to the college or school to which they wi h to transfer. Tra n fer forms may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Records. Students hould observe applica tion deadlines indicated in the current S c hedul e of Courses. Decision on intrauniver ity transfers are made by the college or chool to which the student wishe to transfer. High School Concurrent Enrollment High school juniors and eniors with proved academic abilities may be admitted to UCD. Credit for courses taken may ub equently be applied toward a University degree program. For more information and application instructions, contact the Office of Admis ions and Records, (303) 629-2660. Admission of Graduate Degree Students All corre pondence and que tion reg a rding admission to the graduate program at UCD hould b e di rected to the following : Programs in Bu sine ss Office of Graduate Studie Graduate School of Bus ine s Administration 629-2605 Pr og rams in En viro nm e ntal D es i g n College of Environmenta l Des ign 629-2877 Pro g rams in Publi c Affair s Graduate School of Public Affa ir s 629-2825 All Other Pr og ram s Graduate School 629-2663

PAGE 14

6 /University of Colorado at Denver The above offices are located at II 00 Fourteenth Street , Denver, Colorado 80202. GRADUATE PROGRAMS As a principal part of it s miSSion, UCD offers graduateand professional-level programs for the con venience of Denver residents. During the 1977-78 academic year, approximately 37 percent of the st udent body was enrolled at the graduate level. Graduate degree programs are offered through the Graduate School by its member schools and colleges and through the Graduate School of Business Administration, the College of Environmental Design, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs. The particu lar admission and graduation requirements established by each of these academic units are detailed in the following sections. Students holding baccalaureate degrees but who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for graduate course work as graduate spec ial students. Several types of students make use of the special stu dent category. Among these are stude nts who have attained whatever degree or credential status they feel is de irable , but who wish to take add itional course work for professional or personal improvement; s tu dent who, for whatever reason (weak undergraduate background, change of discipline, or length of time since previous formal course work), feel the need to make up deficiencies before entering a degree program; and tudent who have not decided abo ut entering a specific degree program. Such tudents should be aware that , generally, only limited course credits taken as a pecial student may be applied toward a degree program. Also, a 2.0 minimum grade-point average must be maintained to permit continuing registration as a graduate special student. Students interested in apply ing as graduate special stude nt s should contact the Of fice of Admissions and Records for applications. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES Admi sion requirements and application deadlines vary according to the individual graduate program . The Graduate School has general admission requirement s which are supplemented by s pecific requirements of the major departments of graduate study (i.e., electrical engineering, education, Englis h , etc.). Applicants in the fields of education, engineering, a nd the arts, sci ence , and humanities should consult the general in formation ection of the Graduate Schoui portion of this bulletin as well as the following sections dealing with requirements and deadlines for spec ific programs. Applicants in the fields of business, public affairs , and environmental design should refer to the sec tion s ofthi bulletin on the Graduate School of Business Adminis tration, the Graduate School of Public Affairs, and the College of Environmental Design. Admission of Nondegree Special Students All correspondence and questions regarding admis sion as a special student should be directed to: Office of Admissions and Records 1100 Fourteenth Street Denver , Colorado 80202 (303) 629-2660 Persons desiring admission as special students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the School of Education, 629-2717. APPLICATION DEADLINES Special Students Fall 1978 Spring 1979 Summer 1979 Those who want to take undergraduate July I December I May I or graduate courses Those who want to change from special July I December I May I to degree stat u s Those who want teacher certification February I N.A. February I REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Persons who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a University of Colorado de gree are admitted as s pecial students. Courses taken as a special student are fully credited and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for professional im provement. Persons who do not have an undergraduate degree are encouraged to apply to an undergraduate degree program rather than apply as special students. UCD will admit adults (over 21 years of age) without an undergraduate degree as special students for one semester or s ummer term only; after that the student must apply to a regular degree program . Persons with a baccalaureate degree who seek teacher certification or renewal of certification may be admitted as special stu dents if they meet the requirements of the School of Education. Special s tudents must maintain a grade point average of 2.0. HOW TO APPLY To apply for admission as a special student, obtain a Special Student Application Form from the Office of Admissions and Records. Return the completed appli cation by the deadline for the term desired. There is no applicatio n fee, and no additional credentials are re quired. Applicants who seek teacher certification or renewal of teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submit the required credentials . Special students are advised that registration for courses is on a space available basis. CHANGING STATUS FROM SPECIAL TO DEGREE STUDENT Special students may apply for admission to an un dergraduate degree program by completing the Special to Degree Application available from the Office of Ad missions and Records. Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and /or test scores) and a $10 nonrefundable

PAGE 15

application fee also must be submitted with the applica tion. Special students who are accepted as under graduate degree students may transfer a maximum of 12 semester credits for courses taken as a special student to an undergraduate degree program, with approval by the dean . (Students enrolled as special students prior to the fall semester of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and Augu s t of 1970.) Special students may apply for admission to a graduate degree program by completing the application required by the particular program . The graduate dean , upon recommendation by the department , may accept up to 8 semester hours of credit toward the require ments for a master ' s degree for courses taken as a special student at the University or at another recog nized graduate school , or some combination thereof. The department may recommend acceptance of addi tional credit for courses taken as a special student dur ing the semester for which the student has applied for admission to the desired degree program. Official Notification of Admission Official notification of admission to UCD as an un dergraduate , graduate, or special student is provided by the Office of Admissions and Records on a Statement of Admission Eligibility Form . Letters from the various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a par ticular program are subject to official admission to the institution . Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission within a reasonable period of time after submitting application materials should con tact the Office of Admission s and Record s, (303) 6292660. II. TUITION AND FEES, EXPENSES, AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Tuition and Fees All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the Univer s ity of Colorado , in accordance with legislation enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly . The regents reserve the right to change tui tion and fee rates at any time . A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term , and s tu dents should contact the Office of Admissions and Records for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particular term. The rates below are ten tative for the 1978-79 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost. TENTATIVE TUITION RATES FOR 1978-79 Cr e dit H o ur s o f Enr ollmen t 0 3 3 . 1 -4 4 . 1 -5 5. 1 -6 6 . 1 -7 7 . 1 -8 8 . 1 9 9 . 1 -18 For each hour over 18 R esi d e nt $ 69 9 2 115 138 161 184 2 C ' 232 a dditional $15 Non res id e nt $159 212 265 318 926 926 9 2 6 926 additional $6 2 General Information /7 OTHER FEES 1. Stude nt activity f ee (mandatory for all students): Fall semester 1978 ................................ $13 Spring semester 1979 ....... .. ................... . $13 Summer term 1979 ............................ .. . . $ 9 2 . Matri c ulation fe e (mandatory for all new stu dents): Degree students ............................. ..... .. $15 Special students ................................... $ 5 Thi s is a one-time nonrefundable fee charged at the time of initial registration. No further charges will be made for adding or dropping courses or for ordering transcripts. A special student who becomes a degree student will be charged $10 at the initial registration as a degree s tudent. 3 . Health insurance fee (automatic for all students unless waived) : Fall or spring semester . . . ................... $33.75 Summer term ....... . .............. .. .......... . $25.75 Health insurance coverage is automatic unless waived by the student by signing a waiver card and turning it in at the time of registration . Dependent coverage (spouse and/or children) is also available at an additional charge . Further information on health insur ance is available from the Office for Student Affairs, 629-2861. 4 . Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all stu dent s certified by the Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral dissertation) : Dis sertation fee ...... .. . . ... . ........... . ........... $93 5. CoPIRG fee (automatic for all students unless waived) : ......... .... ............................... . ....... $2.25 6. Comprehensive examination fee (mandatory for graduate student enrolled for a comprehensive exami nation only): Exa mination fee ............... .. ............... .. . $45 Graduate students enrolled for a comprehensive examination will be assessed regular tuition and fees if they need hours toward graduation. 7 . Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course): Breakage deposit ... ................ . . . ............ $10 This fee will be refunded at the end of the term if appropriate . 8. Music facilities fee (mandatory for College of Music students and others enrolled in certain music courses) : Mu s ic fee ............................................ $18 College of Music students and others enrolled in piano, sound recording and reinforcement, and elec tronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $18 fee .

PAGE 16

8/University of Colorado at Denver PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable w hen the student registers for the term. Arrangements may be made through the Finance Office at the time of registra tion to defer payment of part of the charges . A minimum down payment consisting of the resident tuition for 0-3 hours or one-third of the total tuition and fees, whichever is greater, must be made at the time ofregi tration. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedul e of Courses published before each emester or summer term. Students who register for courses are liable for pay ment of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policie s for students who withdraw from the University are included in the Sch e dule of Courses. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated, or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit. The only except ion to this regulation involves students with loans and other types of indebtedness which are payable after gradua tion. Personal checks are accepted for any Univer ity ob ligation. Any stude nt who pays with a c heck which is not acceptable to the bank may be immediately dropped from the rolls of the University . Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes General Policies . A student is initially classified a a resident or nonresident student for tuition purposes at the time of application to the University . The classifica tion is based on information furnished by the student and other relevant sources. To be eligible for in-state, or resident, status the following requirements (as defined in the Colorado Revised Statutes, Chapter 124, Article 18) must be met by students who are 21 years of age or older (or emancipated minors as defined by law): (l) the student must have been domiciled in Colorado for 12 consecutive months preceding the date of regi stration for the term in which in-state status is desired; (2) the student must demonstrate significant intent to make Colorado a fixed and permanent residence . Intent is demonstrated by compliance with other mandatory laws of the state (i.e., valid driver's license , valid motor vehicle registration , payment of state income tax , etc.). An unemancipated minor assumes the domicile of his or her parents. Once the student's status is established , it remain unchanged unless satisfactory information to the con trary is presented. A student who , due to subsequent events , becomes eligible for a change in classification from resident to nonresident or vice versa mu t inform the Office of Admissions and Record s within 15 days after such a change occurs. An unemancipated minor whose parents move their residence outside of the state is considered a nonresident student from the date of the move and will be charged nonresident tuition at the next registration. The student or his or her parent is required to notify the Office of Admi sions and Record in writ ing within 15 days after such a change occurs. Similarly, an adult student or emancipated minor who moves outside of Colorado must send written notification to the Office of Admissions and Records within 15 days of the change . Petitioning for a Change in Residenc y Classifica tion. Any st udent who is 21 years of age or older, or an emancipated minor as defined by law , may change his or her residence and tuition classification status. De tailed information on the procedures which must be followed, including necessary petition forms , is avail able from the Office of Admissions and Records. Peti tions will not be co nsidered until an application for admission and s upporting credentials have been re ceived by the University. Change in classification are effective at the time of the student's next regi tration . A student who willfully gives wrong information in order to avoid paying out-of-state tuition is subject to legal and disciplinary action . Estimated Expenses Educational expenses at UCD include tuition, fees , a nd the cost of book and related instructional mate rials. Students who do not live with their parents must also include the cost of housing and food expenses. All students should consider transportation and personal expenditures (i.e., clothing, entertainment , etc.) in de termining their expenses. The following table gives an estimate of how much it will cost to attend UCO. The figures given are only estimates and may vary consider ably according to the individual student's life style. The financial aid program at the University is de s igned to assist those students who would be unable to attend the University without aid. While the primary responsibility for meeting the costs of education rests with individual students and their families, financial aid funds are offered to supplement whatever funds stu dents and their families can provide . Since requests generally exceed the availability of funds , students and their families should be aware of procedures and dead lines in order to receive maximum consideration. Ques tions and requests for forms should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment at UCD. Determination of Financial Need and Award Financial need is defined as the difference between the cost of attendance as defined by the institution (tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, transportation and essential incidental expenses) and total resources available to the student. These re sources include expected summer earnings , awards from agencies outside the University, student and spouse assets and earnings, and expected parental con tributions. Financial need is determined by a national uniform needs analysis system administered by agencies such as the American College Testing Program. This system ana lyze s income and assets, family size, number of children in po st-seco ndary education, student indepen dence, etc., to determine a reasonable student and /or family contribution.

PAGE 17

General/nformation/9 PER ACADEMIC SUMMER SUMMER ACADEMIC Monthly Living FINANCIAL AID BUDGET SEMESTER Common Auraria Campus Budgets 4Y2 months UCD Tentative Tuition Rates , April, 1977 12 hours credit Single Resident At Home (Dependent ) I Tuition , fees and medical 258 Room and board ($61 per month) 275 Books 88 Personal ($50) 225 Tran sportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $ 996 Single Nonresident At Home (Dependent) Tuition , fees and medical 889 Room a nd board ($61) 275 Book s 88 Personal ($50) 225 Transportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $1 627 Single Resident Not At Home Tuition, fees and medical 258 Room ($120) and board ($80) 900 Books 88 Personal ($50) 225 Transportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $1 621 Single Nonresident Not At Home 889 Tuition, fees and medical Room ($120 and board $80) 900 Books 88 Per onal ($50) 225 Transportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $2,252 Married Resident Couple or Single Parent Not at Home, One Spouse Attending Tuition, fees and medical 258 Room ($180) and board ($109) 1 , 300 Books 88 Per onal ($1 00) 450 Transportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $2 246 Married Nonresident Couple or Single Parent Not at Home , One Spouse Attending Tuition, fees and medical 889 Room ($180) and board ($109) 1 , 300 Books 88 Personal ($100) 450 Transportation ($33) 150 TOTAL $2 877 Child Allowance $ 300 After the financial need is determined, students are ranked in order of financial need and are aided accord ingly until all funds are committed. The financial aid package normally consists of a self-help component (loans and /or employment) and a gift aid component (grants and scholarships) proportionate to the available funds and to the number of needy students applying . How to Apply Application forms may be obtained by contacting the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment. Stu dents are asked to complete an institutional application and a needs analysis form. Students will be contacted if YEAR 15 weeks 15 weeks YEAR Allowances 9 months 4 hours 6 hours PLUS SUMMER 12 hours 12 hours+ credit 6 hours 9 months+ 15 weeks 515 119 161 676 $144 550 229 229 779 175 29 44 219 450 187 187 637 300 124 124 424 $1 990 $ 688 $ 745 $2 735 1 ,778 227 323 2,101 $144 550 229 229 779 175 29 44 219 450 187 187 637 300 124 124 424 $3 253 $ 796 $ 907 $4160 515 119 161 676 $283 1,800 750 750 2,550 175 29 44 219 450 187 187 637 300 124 124 424 $3 240 $1 209 $1 266 $4 506 1,778 227 323 2,101 $283 1 , 800 750 750 2,550 175 29 44 219 450 187 187 637 300 124 124 424 $4,503 $1 317 $1 428 $5,931 515 119 161 676 $422 2 , 600 1 ,084 1,084 3,684 175 29 44 219 900 375 375 1 ,275 300 124 124 424 $4490 $1 731 $1 788 $6 278 1,778 227 323 2,101 $422 2,600 1,084 1 ,084 3 , 684 175 29 44 219 900 375 375 1,275 300 124 124 424 $5 753 $1 839 $1 950 $7 703 $ 600 $ 250 $ 250 $ 850 $66.67 additional information is necessary to complete the ap plication. Parents are expected to contribute toward a student's educational costs. However, in certain cases students may be considered financially independent of their par ents. To be eligible for financial aid as a self-supporting student, a student (1) cannot be claimed as a tax exemp tion, (2) receive $600 or more, or (3) live at home for more than two consecutive weeks for the year aid is received and for the entire preceding calendar year. For example, for a student to receive aid as a self supporting student during the 1978-79 academic year, the above three criteria must be met for 1977, 1978, and 1979.

PAGE 18

10 /University of Colorado at Denver Note : Requirement s/or r ece i ving a id as an ind e p end e nt student are subje c t t o c han ge b y th e f e d e r a l g o v ernment. Independent students must document their indepen dent tatu by providing income tax forms or other supporting documents to show ufficient income to be self-supporting during this time period . In some cases , additional documentation from parent s is required to complete a student ' application . The information pro vided on the institutional application for financial aid is analyzed according to the uniform needs analy is for mula to determine the tudent ' s ability to contribute to his or her educational costs during the academic year. To be eligible for financial aid, students must be U.S. citizen or permanent residents or have a refugee visa. Eligible foreign students are ad vi ed to include a photo copy of their visa cards with their applications to facili tate proces ing. Available Funds Undergraduate Students . Undergraduate students are eligible to submit the following three applications: I. The University application plus l.he Family Finan cial Statement (FFS). Under this two-part application the student will be con idered for : Feder a l Ba sic Educ a tional Opportunity Gra nt ( BEOG) Federal Supplemental Educ a tion a l Opportunity Gra nt ( SEOG ) Federal Work-Study A s sistance Federal National Direct Student Lo a n (NDSL ) State Colorado Student Grant ( CSG ) State Colorado Work Study A s i t a nce State a nd Federal Color a do Student Inc entive G ra nt (CSIG) Ins titution a l Grant A ss i s t a n ce (Student classified as nonresident for tuition pur poses are not eligible for state financial aid fund .) 2. Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. Thi s is a eparate federal grant program which students can apply for if they do not apply for financial aid under number one above. 3 . Federally Insured Student Loan /Guaranteed Stu dent Loan. See the Type of Aid Available section for detail . Graduate Students : Graduate students are eligible to submit the following two application : I . The University application plus the Family Finan cial Statement (FFS) . Under this two-part application , the student will be considered for : Federal Work Study A ss ist a nce Federal National Direct Student Lo a n (NDSL ) State of Colorado Graduate Grant 2 . Federally Insured Student Loan /Guaranteed Stu dent Loan. See the Types of Aid Available section for detail . Deadlines Mar c h 1-Summer and academic year for entering freshmen and transfers. April 1-Summer and academic year for continu ing students. October /-Spring only for all applicants. Spe cial Note: An application for financial aid does not con titute an application for admission to the Uni versity. Please contact the Admissions and Records Office of the University for application forms and pro cedures. Applicant will not receive financial aid until they are enrolled in a degree program at the University. Special students are not eligible for financial aid. Types of Aid Available SCHOLARSHIPS UCD Scholarships . UCD scholarships provide up to $300 for entering Colorado residents of the Denver metropolitan area who are freshman or transfer applicants. These awards are funded by the State of Colorado. Students should contact the Office of Ad missions and Records for application information. Colorado Scholarships. Colorado Scholars Awards provide up to $300 for Colorado residents who have at least a 3.0 grade-point average and have attended the Univer ity for at least thirty hours. These scholarships are funded by the State of Colorado. Information and application materials are available in the Office of Fi nancial Aid. GRANTS Basic Educational Opportunity Grant. The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant is a source of federal grant aid for which all students pursuing their first un dergraduate degree are eligible to apply. Application can be made by submitting the Family Financial State ment or the separate Basic Grant application. Applica tions can be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid. Grant amounts vary depending on financial need, costs a t the institution , and Congressional allocation. This program is the base of all financial aid, and all under graduate students should apply. Colorado Stude nt Grant. The Colorado Student Grant is an undergraduate grant for Colorado residents. This grant is based on financial need and funds are allotted to the University by the State of Colorado. Amounts vary from approximately $100 to $1 ,000 per year. Application for this grant is made by ubmitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement. Suppl e m e ntal Educational Opportunity Grant . Sup plemental Educational Opportunity Grants are under graduate federal grants varying in amounts from $200 to $1,500 per year . The total that may be awarded to one student is $4, 000 for a four-year course of study. These grants are based on student need and availability of funds. This aid cannot exceed 50 percent of financial need for a student and must be matched with some other form of financial aid. Application for this grant is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement. Graduat e Grant. Grants for graduate students are available on a limited basis and will be awarded to students as eligibility and funds allow. Application is made by submitting the University application and the Family Financial Statement to the individual graduate departments.

PAGE 19

LOANS National Direct Student Loans. National Direct Stu dent Loans are federal loans available to undergraduate and graduate students with financial need . A student may borrow up to (a) $2,500 during the freshman and sophomore years; (b) $5,000 total for undergraduate study; (c) $10,000 for total graduate and undergraduate study. Application for the loan is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement. Federally Insured Student Loan /Guaranteed Stu dent Loan Programs. These two programs enable un dergraduate and graduate students to borrow directly from a bank , credit union, savings and loan association, or other participating lenders who are willing to make the educational loan. The loan is guaranteed by a state or private nonprofit agency and insured by the federal government. Information and applications may be ob tained from the lender. EMPLOYMENT College Work-Stud y Program. The College Work Study Program is designed to provide jobs to under graduate and graduate students who have financial need. The program is funded by the federal government and the State of Colorado. Employment is arranged whenever possible in the student ' s major area of in terest, with job opportunities both onand off-campus. Awards average up to $1,500 a year. For details contact the Office of Student Employment. Application for this aid is made by submitting the University Application for Financial Aid and the Family Financial Statement. Part-time Student Employment. The Office of Finan cial Aid and Student Employment assists students in obtaining part-time employment other than that based on financial need. Further information and application may be obtained from the office. Other Sources of Aid See the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employ ment for details of these programs: Bureau of Indian Affairs. Grants are available to Native American students. LEEP Grants and Loans. Grants and loans for tui tion, fees, and books are available to personnel working full time in law enforcement. Short-Term Loans. Small, temporary loans are made to students facing financial emergencies. These loans are to be repaid during the semester. Academic Requirements Students receiving financial aid must demonstrate that they are maintaining normal progress and are in good standing at the University . Normal academic progress is defined as completing the minimum number of hours stipulated on the notification of financial aid by obtaining a grade of D or better for that number of hours. Less than normal progress can result in the loss of future financial aid. Students registering for less than the minimum number of hour required are usually Genera/Information /II considered for aid for the cost of tuition , fees, and books . Duration of Aid Financial aid is offered for one year (two academic semesters). Students must reapply for summer and for each academic year, prior to the established deadlines. Use of Funds All financial aid awards are to be used only for im mediate educational expenses. These expenses include tuition, fees, books, supplies, room and board, trans portation and essential miscellaneous expenses, such as clothing, medical, etc. Refunds The University tuition refund policy is published in the Schedule of Courses for each term. Students receiv ing financial aid will be required to return any refund to the University's financial aid accounts . Student Rights Students have certain rights and responsibilities re garding financial aid and student employment. The rights are as follows: I. Information must be available to students regarding the following: a. Application procedures and deadlines. b. Available programs. c. Method of determining financial need. d. Determination of aid awards. e. Disbursements of awards. f. A ward changes and their reasons. g. Reasons for aid refusal. 2 . The financial aid officer must be available at specific times to talk to students regarding their prob lems and needs . 3. Students have the right to appeal to the Financial Aid /Student Employment Committee regarding deci sions or situations they regard as unfavorable . 4. Students borrowing under the National Direct Student Loan program have the right to the following information: a. A copy of the promissory note indicating the specifics of the loan. b. Specifics of the repayment plan. c. Truth-in-lending requirements. Student Responsibilities l. Students must abide by application procedures and deadlines. 2. Students must notify the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment of any changes which affect their financial status (e.g., marriage, employment, birth of a child , etc.) 3. Students must maintain satisfactory academic progress as specifically outlined by the Office of Finan cial Aid and Student Employment.

PAGE 20

12/University of Colorado at Denver 4. Students must notify the Office of Financial Aid and Student Employment of all changes in their enroll ment. 5. Students with National Direct Student Loans must follow the procedures below when they terminate en rollment: a. Exit interview at the Finance Office . b. Notification to the University of current address and phone. c. Notification of cancellation or deferment (when applicable). d. Actual repayments of the loan. For further information concerning financial aid and student employment, plea se contact the Office of Fi nancial Aid and Student Employment, Room 3, East Classroom Building, 1100 14th Street, Denver , Col orado 80202, (303) 629-2886. Specific application pro cedures and policies are subject to change . Ill. REGISTRATION: SELECTING A PROGRAM AND COURSES Selecting a Program and Courses New and continuing UCD students are urged to re view Section VI and th e following sections of this bulle tin. Section VI describes the traditional and non traditional instructional programs available at UCD, and the sections which follow it give information by school or college on the various majors available, course requirements by major, graduation require ments, course load policies, and other information and specific policies. Courses available during a particular semester or summer term are listed in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration and available from the Office of Admissions and Rec ords and the various deans' offices. Undergraduate student who need assistance in planning a program or selecting courses should contact the college or school in which they are enrolled to arrange for a counseling appointment. The appointment should be made prior to registration. Graduate stude nts should contact their graduate department for assis tance. Orientation An orientation program for all new stude nts is held at the beginning of the fall semester, usually on the first day of registration. The program is conducted by the Office of Admissions and Records and introduces the programs, activities, and services available at UCD, in addition to providing information on degree require ments, how to register, and similar matters. Registration GENERAL PROCEDURES Registration for new students is held the week be fore classes begin on the dates indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Registration in formation is given in the Schedule of Courses, published several weeks before registration. Only stu dents who have been accepted for enrollment for a particular term may register for courses. LATE REGISTRATION Late registration dates are indicated in the Academic Calendar in this bulletin. Students who register late may be charged a fee and may have difficulty enrolling in the courses they want because of limited space. PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES All tuition and fees are assessed and payable at regis tration . Arrangements may be made with the Finance Office at the time of registration to defer payment of a portion of the charges with a minimum down payment or one-third of the tuition , whichever is greater. Specific information on deferred payment is included in the Schedule of Courses. INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION UCD students may register for courses offered by Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver-Auraria with approval of their dean. Refer to the Schedule of Courses for more information. IV . ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower level courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower divi sion requirements and may be eligible to enroll in higher level courses than indicated by the student's formal academic experience. Credit granted for courses by examination is treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation a nd other require ments for which it is appropriate. There are three types of examinations as described below. ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB), allows students to take advanced work while in high school and then be examined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently re ceive scores of 3, 4, or 5t on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are given college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated proficiency and are granted advanced standing in those areas. Students with scores below 3t are con idered for advanced placement by the discipline concerned. For more information, contact your high school counselor or the Office of Admissions and Records. 'Students in the College of Engineering and Applied Science must receive cores of 4 or 5 for credit to be granted ; students with scores of 3 may be considered b y the depanment concerned. All credit must be validated by subsequent academic performance.

PAGE 21

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students may receive credit by examination for work completed by private study or through employment experience. To qualify for an examination , the student must be formally working toward a degree at UCD and have a grade-point average of at least 2.0. Examinations are arranged through the Office of Admissions and Records , and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students s hould contact the office of the dean of the college or chool in which they are enrolled. COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM An exciting challenge is available to incoming UCD st udents who may earn University credit by examina tion in subject areas in which they have excelled at college-level proficiency. Interested students are en couraged to take appropriate subject examinations pro vided in the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service . The cost for a single examination is $20. Students who are interested in CLEP examinations must contact the office of their school or college. Credit for Courses Taken at Other Institutions Undergraduate transfer credit for courses taken at other collegiate institutions will be accepted upon ap proval by the Office of Admissions and Records , the sc hool or college concerned, and/or the major depart ment. In general, UCD will accept transfer credits in sofa r as they meet the degree , residence, and other requirements of the student ' s program at UCD. For transfer credit to be considered , the course work must have been taken at a college or university of recognized standing , and a grade of C or higher must have been earned. A maximum of72 semester credit hours (or 108 quarter credit hours) of junior college work may be applied toward the requirements for the baccalaureate degree. No credit is allowed for vocational/technical, remedial, or religious /doctrinal courses. A maximum of 60 semester hours of extension and correspo ndence work (not to inc lude more than 30 seme ter hours of correspondence) may be allowed if the above condi tions are met. Transfer credit is not included in a student's grade-point average but does count toward graduation and other requirement s for which it is ap propriate . The College of Business and Administration gener ally limit s transfer credit for business cour es to those taken at the lower division level. All course in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Col orado unle ss written approval is obtained from the divi sion he a d . A maximum of 60 semester hours of junior college work and 9 semester hours of business courses taken through correspondence study may be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. All corres pondence courses are evaluated to determine their ac ceptability, and required business courses and those in the area of emphasis may not be taken through corre spondence. G e nera/ Information I 13 Credit for Independent Study Undergraduate st udents may register for indepe n dent study projects with written approva l by the dean of the college or school and the appropriate faculty membe r. A maximum of3 seme ter hours of credit may be given for independent study per semester. Policies on the application of independent study credit toward baccalaureate degree requirement s are: College of Libera l Art s and Sciences .............. .... Maximum of 12 s eme s ter hours College of Bu si ne ss and Admini st ration .......... ...... Maximum of 6 se mester hours , i ncluding courses in experimental studies School of Educatio n ........................................ maximum of 12 semester hours College of E n g ineering and Applied Science .................. Vari a ble College of Music ....................................................... Variable Credit for Military Service, Schooling, and ROTC MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING Applic a nts with military experience should submit the following with their application in order to have credit for ervice and education evaluated: {I) copies of disc harge and separation papers , and (2) DO Form 295, "Application for the Evaluation of Educatio nal Experi ence During Military Service" (USAF personnel will furnish an official transcript from the community col lege at the appropriate Air Force facility). Credit will be awarded as recommended by the Commission on the Accreditation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education to the extent that such credit is applicable to the degree sought at UCD. Credit for course s completed through the U.S. Armed Forces In stitute will b e evaluated on the arne basis as transfer credit from collegiate institutions (see above) . RESERVE OFFICERS ' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Student enrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC pro grams should consult with their college or school re garding the application of ROTC course credit toward graduation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Science allows a maximum of 12 emester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements. The College of Busine ss and Administra tion stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshmen and soph o more ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 seme ter hours may be a pplied toward baccalaureate degree requirements and only if the ROTC program is completed . Grading System and Policies The following grading sys tem and procedures for pass/fail regi tration , dropping and adding courses, and withdrawal from the University have been standardize d for all schools and colleges of the University effective with the 1974-75 academic year.

PAGE 22

14/U niversity of Colorado at Denver GRADE SYMBOLS The instructor is responsible for whatever grade symbol {A, B, C, D, F, IF, IW, or IP) is to be assigned . Special symbols (NC, W, and Y) are indications of regi stration or grade status and are not assigned by the instructor. Pa ss /fail designations are not assigned by the instructor but are automa tically converted by the grade application system, explained under Pass/Fail Procedure. A -superior /exce/lent-4 credit points per credit hour. B-good /better than average-3 credit point s per credit hour. C-competent /average-2 credit points per credit hour . D-minimum passing-! credit point per credit hour. F-failing-no credit points per credit hour. IF -incomplete-automatic conversion after one academic year to F. IW-incomplete-automatic conversion after one academic year to W . /P-in progress-thesis or project at the graduate level only . P IF Lfail-P grade is not included in the grade point average; the F grade is included ; up to 16 hours of pass/fail course work may be credited toward a bachelor ' s degree. H /P IF-honors /pass [fail-intended for honors courses; credit hours count toward the degree but are not included in the grade-point average . SPECIAL SYMBOLS NC-indicates registration on a no-credit basis . W-indicates withdrawal without credit (retroac tive) . Y -indicates the final grade roster was not received by the time grades were proce ssed. PASS/FAIL PROCEDURE I. Any student who wishes to register for a course on a pass/fail basis should do so during regular registration procedures. (Up to 16 semester hours of regular course work may be taken on a pass /fail basis and credited toward the bachelor ' s degree). Changes to or from a pass/fail basis may be effected only during the regular drop/add period . 2. The record of pass/fail regi stra tion is maintained by the Office of Admissions and Records. 3 . Academic deans and faculty will not be informed of special pass /fail registration . All students who regis ter on a pass/fail basis appear on the regular class roster, and a normal letter grade is assigned by the professor. When grades are received in the Records Office , those registrations which require a pass/fail designation are automatically converted by the grade application system . Grades of D and above convert to grades of P. 4. Only 6 hours of course work may be P IF in any given semester. 5. Exception to the pass/fail regulations is permitted for certain specified courses offered by the School of Education, the Division of Continuing Education, and Study Abroad Programs. 6 . Graduate degree students can exercise the P IF option for undergraduate courses only. However , a grade of P will not be acceptable for graduate credit to satisfy any Graduate School requirement. . PASS/FAIL OPTION RESTRICI'IONS College Liberal Arts and Sciences Bu s iness and Adm inistration Education Engineering and Applied Science Graduate School Music General May be restricted in certain majors ; not included in 30 hours of C or better work re quired for major May not be used for " core " courses required for gradua tion and courses in area of em phasis No restrictions Courses must be designated by major department; studen ts without major not eligible ; rec ommended maximum -one course/semester Not applicable toward degree Same as business /6 Hours Maximum Does not include courses taken in honors , physical education, cooperative education, and certain teacher certification courses Includes credit received through CLEP and advanced standing examinations Includes courses taken in the honors program Includes courses taken in the honors program Transfer Students May not be used by students graduating with only 30 semes ter hours taken at the Univer sity Maximum of I se mester hour of pass /fail for every 8 semester hours attempted at the Uni versity Maximum of I semester hour of pass /fail may be applied to ward graduation for every 9 semester hour s taken in the col lege

PAGE 23

Adding and Dropping Courses I. Students will be allowed to drop and add during the first 12 days of the semester with no signatures required on the Drop/Add form . 2. After the 12th day , the instructor must indicate either a drop without discredit or failing. The dean's signature is not required. 3. After the lOth week, courses may not be dropped unless there are circumstances clearly beyond the stu dent's control (accident, illness, etc.) In addition to the instructor ' s certification (as in 2 above) , the student must petition his or her dean ' s office for approval to drop the course. Withdrawal From the University To withdraw from the University, the student obtains approval of the dean's office and the Office of Admis sions and Records. The withdrawal date is recorded on the student's permanent record page. Students who are receiving veterans' benefits or financial aid also must obtain the required signature of the appropriate office(s). A student who ceases to attend classes without offi cially withdrawing from the University will receive a grade ofF for all course work enrolled for during that term. A graduate student who desires to withdraw from the University must apply to the associate dean of the Graduate School for permission to withdraw in good standing . Students who withdraw without commu nicating with the associate dean and filing the approp riate Withdrawal Form, will be marked as having failed their courses for the term . For specific signatures and refunds the student must refer to the Schedule of Courses published prior to the beginning of each term. Inspection of Education Records Periodically, but not less than annually, the Univer sity of Colorado informs students of the Family Educa tional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. This act, with which the institution intends to comply fully, was des ignated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the right of students to inspect and review their education records , and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings . Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the act. Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the provi sions of the act. Copie of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the Univer sity of Colorado . A directory of records which lists all education rec ords maintained on students by this institution may be found in the offices of the chancellor on each campus. The following items of student information have been designated by the University of Colorado as public or General/nformation/15 "directory information. " Such information may be dis closed by the institution for any purpose, at its discre tion . These items are : name , address, telephone number , dates of attendance, registration status , class, major field of study, awards, honors , degree(s) confer red, past and present participation in officially recog nized sports and activities , physical factors (heig ht , weight) of athletes, date and place of birth. Currently enrolled students may withhold disclosure of any category of information under the Family Educa t ional Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received in the Office of Admissions and Record s on the appropriate campus prior to the II th day of classes in any given term. Forms requesting the withholding of directory information are available in the Offices of Admissions and Records. The University of Colorado assumes that failure on the part of any student to request specifically the with holding of categories of directory information indicates individual approval for disclo s ure. Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the Office of Admis sions and Records. Good Standing To remain in good standing within a particular discipline, a student must maintain a minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all course work at tempted. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 must also be maintained to qualify for an undergraduate degree. Policies on academic probation, suspension, and dismissal vary by college or school, and students should refer to the sections of this bulletin dealing with the colleges and schools for information. Student Classification Students who have passed fewer than 30 semester hours are classified as freshmen. To be classified as a sophomore , a student must have passed 30 semester hours ; to be classified as ajunior, 60 hours; and to be classified as a senior, 90 hours of credit. All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado. Student Indebtedness A student with financial obligation s to the University will not be permitted to register for any subsequent term, to be graduated , or to be listed among those receiving a degree or credit from the University. The only exception to this policy involves students who have loans or other types of indebtednes s which mature after graduation. V. SERVICES FOR STUDENTS The University of Colorado at Denver follows a pol icy of equal opportunity in education and employment. In pursuance of this policy, no UCD department , unit, discipline, or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis of race , sex, creed,

PAGE 24

/6 /Univ ersity of Colorado at Den ve r color, age , national origin , or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees. The Division of Student Affairs offers educational and personal support services and programs designed to assist students in meeting their educational and per sonal growth objectives. The division office telephone number is 629-2861. Academic Honorary Societies Academic honorary societies are affiliated with each of the schools and colleges. Further information may be obtained from the deans ' offices. Alumni and Friends Program The UCD Alumni and Friends organization was es tablished in 1975 to support the University of Colorado at Denver. Membership is open to all University of Colorado graduates , former students, and friends of the University . The organization publishes a bimonthly newsletter of alumni and University activities, coordinates the UCD Teacher Recognition Awards Program, assists with student recruitment and registration , and advises on special media projects. Members work with UCD stu dents, faculty, and staff in sponsoring a reception for each graduating class, and functions are planned which bring alumni and friends back to the campus. The office is located in Room 706 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-2665. Counseling Center The services of the Counseling Center are open to all students and prospective students. Personal and voca tional counseling , group experiences, and testing are provided by trained counselors. Interviews are confi dential and there is no fee for counseling . The office telephone number i 629-2861. Disabled Student Services Disabled Student Services handle s the special needs of physically handicapped students , helping them to obtain a university education. Service s include orienta tion programs, registration assistance, and the assign ment of reserved parking spaces to stude nts with seri ous physical impairments. The office telephone number is 629-2861. Educational Opportunity Programs The Educational Opportunity Programs assist all educationally disadvantaged students at UCD. Support programs include specialized recruiting , inten s ive counseling , tutorial services, and community outreach programs. Departments include the Asian American Education Program, Black Education Program , Mexi can American Education Program , and the Native American Education Program . Telephone, 629-2700. Health Insurance Program The student medical-hospital-surgical plan is automatic for all students unless waived . Dependent coverage is avai l able at an additional charge . Students may waive this coverage by signing a waiver card and returning the card at the time of registration. International Student Services The Office for Student Relations provides assistance to the more than 300 international students who attend UCD. The office helps foreign students with such re quirements as immigration certifications and passport assistance, and supplies information on study abroad programs, international student I.D. cards , and over seas travel. Student Conduct, Policies, and Standards The Office for Student Relations , which protects stu dent rights and responsibilities , administers the Code of Student Conduct. When a student enrolls in the Univer sity, he or s h e agrees to participate meaningfully in the life of the University and to share in the obligation to preserve and promote its educational endeavors . Each student preserves his or her rights as a citizen and has a basic obligation not to commit or to tolerate any im pingement on the rights of others. Copies of the code and information regarding all student grievance proce dures may be obtained in the Office for Student Rela tions . Telephone, 629-2861. Student Employment Opportunities The Office of Financial Aid offers job listings to all enrolled UCD st udents. Both on-campus and off campus job openings are listed. Students receiving financial aid may use this service only if the Office of Financial Aid has determined that earning from the job in question will not exceed the amount of their unmet need . Telepho ne, 629-2886. For information on career-related job opportunities, refer to Cooperative Education under Academic Pro grams. Career Services This office coordinates career planning, career coun seling , vocational interest exploration , and career placement for UCD students and alumni. Counseling programs are available to help students plan their future and attain skills necessary for the achievement of career goals . Assistance is provided in developing skills essential for resume preparation and interviewing techniques. Local and national employers list available career vacancies and visit the campus to recruit qualified per sonne l . Students are advised to register for this service early in their senior year. Telephone , 629-2861. Tutorial Center The Tutorial Center is administered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences on behalf of UCD. The pur pose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study . Services are avai lable to

PAGE 25

help specifically with particular subject areas , as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. The center also keep s a file of s tudents wishing to partici pate in dis cus s ion groups prior to and during examina tion week. Telephone , 629-2802 . Veterans Affairs The Office of Veterans Affairs offers all student veterans counseling regarding school attendance re quirements , benefits, personal and vocational assis tance , and other program information. Consult the veterans representative , 629 2630. Women's Center The Women ' s Center provide s counseling regarding vocational c hoice s and personal and school-related problems. The center is also a place to meet other women students or join a discussion group . Telephone , 629-2815. VI. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Degree Programs For complete bachelor ' s and master's degree pro grams offered by UCD , see the Degree Programs at a Glance chart at the beginning of this bulletin. UCD also offers preprofessional programs in law , journalism , and the health sciences (child health as sociate , dent a l hygiene, dentistry , medical technology , medicine , nur sing, optometry , osteopathy , pharmacy , and phy sica l therap y). Courses in many other under graduate and graduate areas are offered at UCD , but degrees mus t be completed at the University of Colora do at Boulder. All academic programs are adminis tered by eight separate colleges and schools : College of Liber a l Arts and Sciences College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science College of Environmental Design College of Music Graduate School Graduate School of Public Affairs The remaining sections of this bulletin discuss in detail each school and college and provide information on their specific policies on requirements for gradua tion, course requirements for various majors , course load policie , and similar information. Course offerings appear in a separate ection of this bulletin. Cooperative Education Program 1047 Ninth Street 629-2892 The Cooperative Education Program provides stu dents with an opportunity to find work experience rel evant to their academic program s. The program is open to all students who have completed their freshman year G e n e r a l Info rmation I 17 and have maintained a grade-poin t a verage of at l e ast 2.5. The cooperative internship program consists of jobs developed by the program staff i n a wide variety of federal , state , and pri vate agencies and busines s es . Positions are specifically ge a r e d to students' academic and career goals. Cooperative education students can either work full time by alternating semesters of work with s emesters of full time school or they can work part time year around. Students en rolled in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are eligible to receive credit for pre-profes s ional or pro fessional work experien ce ( see the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences section of thi s bulletin). Educational Opportunity Program Room 212, 1100 Fourteenth Street 629-2701 The Educational Opportunity Pro g ram is designed to provide assistance to minority students and to acquaint students with the history and culture of Asian Ameri cans , Blacks, Mexican American s , and Native Ameri cans . Student organization s provide as sistance with re cruitment , counseling , and tutoring ; financial a s sis tance i s available through gran ts and the Work/ Study Program. Cour s e s are offer e d in A s ian Ameri can Black , Mexican American , and Native American Studies. These course s a re open to all students and are described in the Course Description section of this bul letin. Reserve Officer Training Programs U.S. Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC): Folsom Stadium , Gate 3 , U nivers i ty of Colorado at Boulder , Boulder , C olorado 80309 , 492-8351 U . S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC): Department of Military Science , University of Col orado at Boulder , Boulder , Color a do 80309 , 492-6495 University of Colorado at Denver students may par ticipate in the Air Force ROTC program offered by the University of Colorado at Boulder and the Army ROTC program offered at UCD . The programs enable students to earn a commission in the Air F orce or Army while earning a University degree . Both the Army and Air Force ROTC offer four-year programs designed for freshman students and two-year programs for junior students . Graduate students may also enroll in the Air Force two-year program. Both programs provide finan cial assistance to students in the junior and senior years , and the Air Force ROTC includes a scholarship pro gram. Students should apply for the four-year pro gram prior to or during their freshman year , and for the two-year program no later than early in the spring semester of their sophomore year. Senior Citizen Program UCD ' s Office of Academic Affair s coordinates tuition-free classes for per s ons 60 ye a rs of age and over .

PAGE 26

/8 /University of Colorado at Denver Senior citizens may register for any class on a non credit/audit basis as long as space is available. Senior citizens should register and pick up class registration forms in Room 809, UCD Administration Building , and should take the completed forms to the first session of class for the instructor's approval. The form then should be returned to Room 809, and a student I. D. card will be issued which entitles senior citizens to the same privilege s a regular degree students. For further in formation call 629-2611. Study Abroad Programs An important educational and cultural experience in the form of study in other countries is available to all qualified UCD students. Richard Flood in the Office for Student Relations, 629-2861, is the UCD represen tative of the Office of International Education located at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Specific information regarding the details of each program may be obtained from the Office of Interna tional Education at Boulder, 492-7741. Opportunities for study abroad are available in Costa Rica, England, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, J apail, and Mexico . These programs carry resident credit from the Uni versity of Colorado. Interested students should contact their academic advisers and the Office for Student Rela tions early in their freshman or sophomore year in order to prepare for study abroad. Inform ation also is availa ble regarding study abroad programs sponsored by other universities and agencies. Students interested in obtaining the international student I.D. card, information on charter flights, and special vacation study programs should contact UCD Student Relations. Division of Continuing Education The Division of Continuing Education at UCD pro vides lifelong learning experiences for people of all ages seeking to attain career and personal development goals and serves a society trying to cope with the problems and realities of rapidly changing patterns of living. The division offers a large noncredit program ranging from one-day workshops to certificate programs requiring severa l years to complete . Classes meet throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Off-campus credit cia es are offered in the public sc hool s, Lowry Air Force Base , and Fitzsimons Army Medical Center. Noncredit programs are open to all adults regardless of previous education or training. Some advanced courses require a background in a specific subject mat ter area. Examples of these courses include licensing and profe sional designation refresher courses for en gineers, accountant s, and life insurance agents. Except in some certificate programs, no grade is awarded upon completion of a course. Off-campus credit clas es supplement the regular academic programs offered at UCD. These special pur po se programs include recertification classes for public school teachers, vacation college, and certificate pro grams for government professionals. Admission requirements and refund policies for off-campus instruc tion are identical with requirements for enrollment in UCD . Individu a ls who have never been enrolled on any campus of the University of Colorado usually are ad mitted to off-campu instruction as special students. Individuals interested in obtaining a copy of the Divi s ion a/Continuin g Education Bulletin or other informa tion may write or call the division office at UCD, 1100 14th Street, 629-2735 . BOARD OF REGENTS JACK KENT ANDERSON, Golden , term expires 1979 GERALDINE BEAN, Boulder, term expires 1979 RACHEL B. NOEL, Denver , term expires 1979 ERIC W. SCHMIDT, Boulder , term expires 1979 LOUIS F. BEIN, Berthoud , term expire 1981 RICHARD M. BERNICK, Denver, term expires 1981 FRED M. BETZ, JR., L a mar, term expires 1983 BYRON L. JOHNSON, Denver , term expi res 1983 SANDY F. KRAEMER, Colorado Springs , term expires 1983 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS University-Wide ROLAND C. RAUTENSTRAUS, Pre sident of the U niver ity; Profes sor of Civil Engineering . B.S. (C . E.), M.S ., Univer ity of Colorado . University of Colorado at Denver HAROLD H. HAAK, Chancellor; Professor of Public Affairs . B.A., M.A ., University of Wi consin; Ph.D ., Princeton University . MARTIN L. MOODY, Vice Chancellor for Administration ; Professor of Civil Engineering . B . S . (C.E .), University of Missouri ; M.S . ( C . E .), University of Colorado; Ph .D. (C. E.), Stanford University . Professional Engineer: Co lorado . RICHARDT. DILLON, Acting Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs ; Associate Profes so r of English , B .A., Yale University ; M.A. , Ph .D., Univer ity of California , Berkeley. PAUL J. KOPECKY, Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs; Assistant Profes or of Education . B . A ., University of Northern Colorado; M . A., Ed . D ., Univer s ity of Colorado . KENNETH E . HERMAN , Director , Budget and Finance . B.S . (Bus.), University of Colorado . GEORGE L. BURNHAM , Director , Admissions and Record s. B.A., Willi am Jewell College; M . A ., University of Kansas City. ELLEN CARUSO, Director , Alumni and Friends. B . A ., University of Montana . FLOYD C. MANN, Director , Institute for Advanced Urban Studies; Profes or of Public Affair . B.A. , M . A., University of Iowa; Ph. D., University of Michig a n . DONALD E . RIGGS, Director , Auraria Libraries; Associate Profes sor. B . A ., Glenville State College; M . A ., West Virginia University; M . L.S ., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic In ti tute and State University . TOMS. STEIN, Director , Community Relations. B . A., Carleton Col lege ; M.A ., Univer s it y of Colorado . GORDON G. BARNEWALL, Associate Dean, College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Busine ss Ad mini tration ; Professor of Marketing . B . S ., University of Colorado; M . B.A., Ph.D ., Ohio State University. PAUL E. BARTLETT, A soc iate Dean , College of Engineering and Applied Science ; Profes sor of Civil Engineering. B . S . (C. E.), B.S . (Bus.), M.S . (C. E .), University of Colorado . Professional Engineer : Colorado . WILLIAM D. BOUB, Dea n , Summer Ses ion; Director , Divi ion of Continuing Education . B . S ., K a n sas State Teachers College; M.S . , University of lllinoi .

PAGE 27

DANIEL FAL L ON , Dean, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ; Professor of Psychology, B .A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., Uni versity of Virginia . DWAYNE C . N UZUM , Dean, College of Environmental Design ; A s sociate Professor of Architecture , B . Arch ., University of Colorado; M.(Arch.), Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Doctora l (Town Planning), Delft Technical University, The Netherlands . Registered Arc h i t ect: Colorado, Virginia . FRANZ L ROEHMANN , Acting A ociate Dean , College of Music; Associate Profe sor of Music. B . S . , State University of New York; M. Mus ., Ed.D., University of Illinois . ROBERT N . ROGER S, Associate Dean , Graduate School; Professor of Physics . B . S . , Ph . D., Stanford Univer ity . ROBER T F. W I LCOX, Dean , Graduate School of Public Affairs; Professor of Public Affairs . M.A . , Columbia University; A . B ., M . A . , Ph . D., S t anford University. RICHARD E . WYLI E , Associate Dean, School of Education; Profe s sor of Education . B . Ed., Plymouth State College; M . Ed., Ed. D . , Boston University . G ene ral/nformation/19

PAGE 29

College of L i bera l Arts and Sciences Daniel Fallon , Dean INFO R MATIO N A B OUT T H E CO L L EGE Study of the liberal arts and sciences aims to de velop human potential. It brings the best of human intellect and emotion to bear on the experiences and challenges of life . By providing a broad educational foundation , the arts and science s prepare students to initiate careers , to change careers in midlife , to pursue a?vanced study in a discipline , to study for a profes SIOnal career such as law or medicine , and, in general , to lead a rewarding and productive life . The curriculum helps to increase substantive knowledge, to such l?gical argument and clear expres SIOn, to.gam new ms1ghts about relationships in nature .society, to develop critical thought and interpretive to solve complex problems rationally, and to he1ghten aesthetic appreciation . To these aims , the College of Liberal Arts and Sc1ences supports a vigorous interaction between and students . A young and dedicated faculty strong academic credentials is committed to highly motivated urban who represent a broad range of age and expenence. Thus , the curriculum of the College . maintains traditionally high university standards while providing numerous flexible opportunities to meet the varied objectives of umvers1ty students from the Denver metropolitan area . At level , the College offers a high qualtty ltberal education program that also prepares students for subsequent professional and graduate study . At the graduate level , the College offers students disciplinary and broad interdisciplinary master ' s de gree programs which may serve as a means of beginning study toward doctoral degrees. Because students are consulted and involved in the d e sign of both undergraduate and graduate program s the c u rriculum of the College reflects the concerns of Denver area students. There are many opportunities to study .urban . problems, confront contemporary issues , part1c1pate m off-campus working internships , and in general make use of the resources of the city . To ac the many students who are employed full t1me dunng the day, more than half of all courses of fered by the College are scheduled after 5 p .m. Many students enroll in the College of Liberal Art s and Science s to study the liberal arts and participate in the general education associated with the B.A. or B . F . A. degree as an end in itself . Upon receiving a degree , some students decide to continue study a t the level. Others set aside further formal s tud y tn1t1ate careers. a liberal education pro VIdes a foundation m problem -s olving skill s and substantive knowledge that can be widely applied , graduates of the College have begun career s in a variety of position s in industry , commerce , and government. Many s tudents also enroll in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences s pecifically to prepare themsel v es for admission to one of the profe ss ional schools of the University , which include the School of Denti t ry School of Education , School of Journalism , School of Law, School of Med i cine, School of Nursing , School of Pharmacy , and Graduate School of Public Affairs. The admission requirements for each of the s e pro fessional schools can be met in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The faculty of the College provide instruction at the undergraduate level through three academic divisions : Arts and Humanities, Natural and Phy s ical Sciences and Social Sciences . Each division offers a wide variet; of curricula including traditional undergraduate major P.rograms , interdisciplinary studies , and preprofes SIOnal programs. The degrees offered by the College at the under graduate level are the Bachelor of Arts (B.A . ) and Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.). A number of degrees are offered at the graduate level. MAJOR PROGRAMS Students can earn the Bachelor of Arts (B. A.) degree in the following areas: Anthropology Biology Chemi s tr y Communic a tion and theatre Economic s English (student s ma y also take a s pecial writing program opt i on ) E t hnic s tud i e s Fine a r ts ( students ma y s tudy for either a B . A . or B . F . A . degree ) French Geograph y Geology German History Mathema tics ( students m ay al s o take a s pe cial computer sci enc e option) Philo s oph y Phys i cs Politi ca l sci e n c e Population dy n a mic s P s ycholog y Sociolog y Spanish Urban s tudie s

PAGE 30

22 IV niversity of Colorado at Denver Special options are available for those students who would like to distribute their major program studies among two or three acade mic disciplines (distributed studies) or .who would like to propose a unique major program tailored to meet a specific objec tive (individu ally structured major). The College also provides the necessary course work to prepare students for careers in elementary or secon dary teaching, journalism, and Ia w, as well a the fol lowing he a lth careers: child health assoc iate dental dentistry, medical technology, nur smg, optometry, osteopathy, pharmacy, physical therapy, and podiatry. Double Majors and Second Degrees Students may graduate with more than one major mathematics and French) by completing all re qUirement s for both majors. Students who have been awarded a bachelor's degree (either from the College or elsewhere) may be granted a second bachelor's degree provided that (a) all general requirements for the degree have been met; (b) the major for the second bachelor's degree is different from the major for the first; and (c) at least 30 hour s are completed in this College after admissio n to the seco nd degree program. Students may earn two degrees from the University of Colorado (e.g., a B.A. from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and a B.S. from the College of Busi ne ss and Administration) by fulfilling all requirements for both degrees. It i s recommended that students planning one of e multiple programs consult with the College Advis mg Office at the earliest possible date. Note: Graduate degree programs offered by the fac ulty of the College through the Graduate School are described in the Graduate School section of this bulle tin. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Entering First-Year Students Students planning to enter the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must meet the requirements described in the General Information section of thi bulletin under Admission Policies and Procedures. Applicant to the College are considered for admission according to the following schedule.' If: And: Then: Your Rank in Or Your High School Your ACT Combined Your Status for Class Is Composite SAT Score Admission I s Upper I /2 23 or higher I ,000 or higher Assured admission Upper 2/3 18-23 800 or higher Considered on an individual basis Lower 1/2 Below 18 Below 800 Considered by Admissions Committee Transfer Students Students who have attended another college or uni versity are expected to meet the general requirements for admission of transfer stude nt s as described in the General Information section of this bulletin. Applicants who h ave been away from a college environment for more than three years will be considered on the basis of all. available: high school record, te t scores, ongmal college admission qualifications , college per formance, and interim experiences that might suggest potential success in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. A maximum of 72 semester hour s taken at a community college may be applied toward a degree in the College. ACADEMIC POLICIES Students are referred to the General Information sec tion of this bulletin for a description of academic policies that apply to all undergraduate students at UCD. The policie s which follow apply specifically to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Academic Ethics Students are expected to conduct themselves in ac cordance with the highest standa rds of honesty and integrity. Therefore, the faculty assumes that term pa per s, reports, studio work, results of laboratory exper iments, and examinations submitted by the student rep resent the student's own work. Students are referred to the Statement on Academic Honesty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, available from the Office of the Dean, for guidance on generally acceptable limits on cooperation in the preparation of academic work and for a discussion of what constitutes academic dishon esty. Academic dishonesty, such as plagiarism or cheat ing, is. a serious charge which, if s ubstantiated, may result m course failure, probation, suspension, or ex pulsion from the University. The Committee on Academic Ethics, composed principally of faculty and students, is charged by the faculty of the College with con idering evidence in contested cases, determining guilt or innocence, and assessing penalties. Special rule of the committee, available from the Office of the Dean, have been designed to insure due process. Academic Advice and Information Students in the College are expected to assume the responsibility for planning their academic programs in accordance with College rules and policies and major requirements. To assist students, the College maintains an advising staff located in Room 204 of the UCD Ad ministration Building. Students are urged to consult with the staff of this office concerning individual academic problems. As soon as the student has determined a major, he or s he must declare the major to a discipline adviser. The 1This schedule corresponds to the general requirements described in the General Information section, but more detail is provided here for prospective College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students .

PAGE 31

discipline adviser will be responsible not only for the student's advising but also for the certification of the completion of the major program for graduation. Students planning to earn a degree from one of the professional schools should see an adviser in that school. Each professional school has certain specific requirements. Preprofessional health science student should ee a member of the Health Careers Committee early in their careers. Appointments should be made through the sciences ecretary in Room 232, 629-2646. UCD also ha a counseling service availab le through the Office for Student Affairs to which a student may go for assi tance with problem . Career counseling is available to all students with majors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Assistance in kill analysis, resume preparation, and job placement i available through Ila Warner in Room 309 of the UCD Administration Building, telephone 629-3396. Academic Warning and Scholastic Suspension Good academic standing in the College requires a grade-point average of2.0 (C) on all University of Col orado course work. Grades earned in another college or chool within the University of Colorado are used in determining the student's scholastic standing and prog ress toward the degree. However, grades earned at another institut ion are not used in calculating the grade-point average at the University of Colorado. ACADEMIC WARNING Students who e cumulative grade-point averages fall below a 2.0(C) at the end ofthe fall semester will be so notified early in the s pring semester. Students will be informed in writing concerning the grade-point re quirements which must be met by the end of the spring emester. SCHOLASTIC SUSPENSION Scholastic suspensio n means that a student is denied the opportunity to register for courses in the College for a specified period of time. If a student's G.P.A. drops below 2.0 at the end of any semester (excluding summer term) , the student will be required to achieve better than a 2.0 in a succeeding semester, as described in the following sliding scale, or the student will be sus pended. The student must then continue to meet the sliding cale every semester until the grade-point aver age reaches 2.0. Scholastic records of students are re viewed as soon as pos sible after the close of each spring emester, and the student is informed in writing if he or he is to be suspended. H o ur s Deficienc y 1-10 11-20 21-30 Over 30 Grade-Point Average Needed in the Next Semester 2.2 2 . 3 2.4 2.5 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /23 The hours deficiency is the number of credit hours of B work that the student must earn to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0 (C). For example, if the student has attempted 24 semester hours and has earned 42 quality points, the G.P.A. is 1.75. Thestudentneeds6semesterhoursofB to raise the G.P.A. to 2.0. To calculate the hours of B that are needed, multiply the total hours attempted by 2 and subtract the number of quality points from this figure. Example: 24 semester hours attempted x 2 = 48; 48-42 quality points = 6 emester hours of B needed or 6 hours deficiency. In attempting to raise a grade-point average, a stu dent may register for courses in the University of Col orado summer term on any campus, for correspon dence study through the University , or for cred it courses offered through the Division of Continuing Education . FIRST SUSPENSION The normal period of suspension i s two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term), after which the student will automatically be readmitted to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. The student then will be expected to meet the sliding scale (based on the student's Univer ity of Colorado record only) until the cumulative G.P.A. reaches 2.0. Failure to do so will result in a second suspension. A student under a first suspension may be readmitted before the end of the normal sus pen ion period only if the student has demon trated academic improvement in one of the following ways: I. By ach ieving a cumulative 2.5 average on all sum mer or correspondence work attempted at the Univer s ity of Colorado since suspension. (A student must register for a minimum of 6 credits in the summer term on any campus, through correspondence work, or through credit courses in the Division of Continuing Education . 2. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 through correspondence or summer work at the University of Colorado. 3. By raising the cumulative grade-point average to 2.0 at another institution. (The cumulative grade-point average is defined as the grade-point average at the University of Colorado in combination with the work taken at all other in titutions.) Upon return to the Uni versity, however, the student retains his or her previous grade-point average. (G.P.A. from another institution does not transfer back to the University.) SECOND SUSPENSION A student suspended for a second time will be read mitted only under unusual circumstances, and only by petition to the Committee on Academic Progress of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Each petition will be examined individually . The committee will expect the student to show that chances for successful comple tion of an educational program in the College have been materially improved by factors such as increased maturity or a relief from stressful circumstances. The deadline for petitions to the Committee on Academic

PAGE 32

24 /University of Colorado at Denver Progress for reinstatement for any fall semester is Au gust I; for reinstatement for any spring semester, the deadline is December I. Students who complete 12 or more semester hours at anot her institution must apply for readmission to the University of Colorado as transfer students, regardless of their status in the University of Colorado. They a l so must present a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average on all collegiate work attempted (at the University of Col orado and elsewhere) in order to be considered for readmission. Petitioning for Special Requests or Exceptions to Standing Academic Policy The Committee on Academic Progress (CAP) is re spons ible for the administration of the academic policies of the College as established by the faculty. This faculty-student committee constitutes the bridge between the faculty in its legisl ative capacity and the students upon whom the legislation comes to bear. The committee alone is empowered to grant waivers or exemptions from, and exceptions to, the academic policies of the College. One of the major responsibilities of the committee is the handling of suspensions and reinstatement of s us pended tudents. The normal period of suspension is two regular semesters (one academic year, excluding summer term). However, st udent s suspe nded a second time will be reinstated only under unu sual cir cumstances and only by petition to the committee. Course Load The normal course load is 1 2 to 18 hours. Students registered for fewer than 12 hours are regarded as part time students. Students wishing to register for 20 hours or more must obtain approval from the dean. Designa tion as a part-time or full-time student depends only upon courses taken for credit in the University and does not include correspondence courses or noncredit courses. To receive credit, the student must be offi cially registered for each course. Students who hold or expect to hold full-or part-time employment while enrolled in the College mu st register for course loads they can expect to complet e without unusual difficulty. Recommended course loads are given below, but each stude nt must weigh his or her own abilities and assess the demands of each course in determining an appropriate schedule. The College as sumes that all courses selected will be completed. Employed 20 hour s per week 10 to 13 semester hour s or three to four courses. Employed 30 hours per week -8 to II semester hour s or three courses. Employed 40 hours per week-6 to 9 semester hours or two or three courses. Summer Term: Since the summer term is only 10 weeks long, the recommended course load is less than in the fall and spring. Employed fewer than 15 hours per week-9 semester hours or three courses. Employed 15 to 30 hour s per week -7 semester hours or two courses. Employed over 30 hour s per week 3-5 semester hours or one course. Courses taken at the University of Colorado at Boul der or the University of Colorado at Colorado Springs are counted in the total load. Note: 6 semester hours is considered afullload in the summer term. Maximum course load is 9 semester hours. Earning Academic Credit Special Options and Cases Students in the College may earn credit toward a degree for knowledge gained prior to enrollment in the College or for knowledge gained outside of college courses. Some specific programs by which credit is awarded include Credit by Examination, Advanced Placement, and the College-Level Examination Pro gram. These are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. In addition, credit may be earned for Cooperative Education, Army ROTC, and the following activities. CORRESPONDENCE STUDY Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, with the approval of the dean, may take work in corres pondence study offered by the University's Division of Continuing Education. A maximum of 30 hours of cor respondence work may count toward the degree. CREDIT FOR COURSES IN THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AND IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION Students may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree as many as 24 credit hours of course work for curricula leading to degrees other than the B.A. (busi ness, eng ineer ing and applied scie nce , environmental design, journalism, music, nursing, and pharmacy). College of Liberal Arts and Sciences stude nts desiring secondary school certification will be allowed to take up to 34 hours in the certification program of the School of Education as part of their total required hours for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Vocational and technical courses from a two-year program may not be included. Activity courses in physical education, up to a max imum of8 hour s, will count toward the 120 required for the degree. CREDIT FOR INDEPENDENT STUDY Students may register for independent study with the written approval of the appropriate faculty member and divisional dean. The amount of credit to be given for an independent study project (not to ex ceed 3 credits per semester) shall be arranged at the time of registration . A maximum of 12 credits taken on an independent study basis may apply toward the bachelor's degree. SUMMARY Following is a listing of the types of credit and the

PAGE 33

maximum number of hours that may be earned for nonclassroom work. Types of Credit Advanced Placement Credit (AP) College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) Cooperative education Correspondence study Credit by examination Independent study Maximum Credit Hours Allowed Toward th e B.A. Degree No limit 30 semester hour 12 emester hour 30 semester hours o limit 12 semester hours Graduation Requirements S TUDE N T RESPO NSI B I LITIES T h e student is ultimately responsible for knowing the requirements for his or her degree and for fulfilling these requirements. Upon completion of the require ments (including those of a major), the student will be awarded the appropriate degree. THE LIBERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM In order to qualify for a B.A. or B.F.A. degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must comp l ete the liberal education program , which consists of area distribution requirements and a foreign language requirement. To satisfy the area distribution requirements, stu dents choo e from a list of available courses in each of three areas: I. Arts and humanities-12 semester hours . 2. Natural and physical sciences -12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences-12 semester hours. Lists of courses that will satisfy these area require ments are availab l e in the Schedu l e of Courses issued each fall and spring semester and summer term. The Schedule may be obtained in each divisional office and in t h e College Advisi n g Office. To satisfy the foreign language requirement, students must demonstrate proficiency in a foreign language. This requirement may be met prior to admission as a student by completion of a Level III high chool course in any clas ical or modern foreign language. Students who have not sati fied the requirement upon admission may do so by (a) demonstration of a third-semester proficiency by examination, (b) completion of a third seme ter course in the College, or (c) completion of Inte n sive German , which consists of 12 semester hours in one semester. Stude n ts are strongly urged to begin or co n tinue their college-level language study immediately upon enrollment in the College. Students who elect to continue a language studied before entering the College will be placed in course appropriate to their level of preparation. Careful rules for placement have been prepared and are available from the College Advising Office. Students are urged to consult the advising staff of the College or any foreign language faculty member College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /25 regarding foreign language study or the foreign lan guage requirement. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS A candidate for the Bachelor of Arts degree shall fulfill uch requirements as may be stipulated for the major program. These requirements shall include at least 30 semester hours of work in the major area (as determined by the adviser) ofC grade or higher , at least 16 hours of which shall be at the upper divi ion level. The grade average in the major shall be at least C. Not more than 48 semester hour in one field may be counted in the 120 hour required for the degree. The tudent is responsible for knowing the requirement for the major. The adviser shall be responsible for deter mining when a student has satisfactorily completed the requirements for the major and for so certifying to the dean of the College. For requirements of the Bachelor of Fine Arts de gree, consult the Fine Arts section in the alphabetica l li ting under the description of program UPPER DIVISION REQUIREMENT Students must complete at least 45 hours of upper division work (cour es numbered in the 300s and 400s) to be eligible for the bachelor's degree. Any student may register for upper division course providing he or he has satisfied the prerequisites or has the approval of the discipline in which the cour e is offered. Cour es transferred from a community college carry lower division credit. Exceptions to this require ap proval of the dean of the College and the appropriate discipline representative , who may ask the student to validate upper divi ion credit by taking an advanced standing examination. TOTAL CREDIT-HOUR AND GRADE-POINT REQUIREMENT To qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, students must pass at least 120 semester hour with an average of at least 2 . 0(C) in all courses attempted at the University of Colorado. RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT A candidate for a degree from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences must earn the last 30 hours in the University of Colorado and must be enrolled as a degree student in the College of Liberal Arts and Science SENIOR PROGRESS REPORT Upon completion of 80 semester hours of course work , each student should request a Progress Report from the College Advising Office to determine the stu dent ' status with respect to degree requirements. At the beginning of their last semester, students are required to file Diploma Cards , howing the date they intend to be graduated. Diploma Card are available in the College Advising Office, Office of Admi sions and Record , and at registration .

PAGE 34

26 /University of Colorado at Denver SUMMARY CHECKLIST OF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Liberal Education Program I. Arts and humanities: 12 semester hours. 2. Natural and physical sciences: 12 semester hours. 3. Social sciences: 12 semester hours. 4. Foreign language: third-semester proficiency in any one language or completion of a Level III high school foreign language course. Major Requirements I. 30 to 48 hours in the major field. 2. At least 30 hours of C grade or better in the major field. 3. A 2.0 (C) grade-point average in all major course work. 4. A minimum of 16 semester hours of upper division courses in the major, C grade or higher. 5. Special requirements as stipulated by the major adviser. General Requirements I. A total of 120 semester hour s passed. 2. A 2.0 (C) cumulative grade-point average on all University of Colorado course work. 3. A minimum of 45 semester hours of upper division course work. 4. The last 30 hours in residence in the College. Note: Not more than 48 hours in any one field and not more than 24 hours outside the College can be counted in the 120 hours required for the degree. SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Honors GRADUATION WITH DISTINCTION A student who performs superlativel y in course work in the College will be awarded a bachelor's degree ac companied by the statement, with distinction. To be eligible for graduation with distinction, a student must have completed at least 30 semester hours at the Uni versity of Colorado and have obtained a grade-point average of3 .5 or higher by the end of the semester prior to the final semester's work toward the degree . The cumulative grade-point average must be based upon all collegiate work attempted, both at the University of Colorado and elsewhere. COLLEGE HONORS PROGRAM Independently of graduation with distinction, which is based on grades alone, the College offers a program through which students can qualify for the following honors awarded by the College: summa cum laude, magna cum laude, or cum laude. The determination of the level of honors to be awarded is made by the College Honors Council. The e awards may be earned either in a specific discipline (Departmental Honors), or in gen eral studies (General Honors) or in both. In either case, special independent creative work is required to qual ify. Any junior or senior student with a cumulative grade-point average of3.0(B) or higher may participate in the program. In order to qualify for Departmental Honors, a student must (a) complete a research project or honors thesis in the discipline, (b) take the Advanced Graduate Record Examination, and (c) take an oral examination administered by an honors committee. The College-wide General Honors program is de signed to encourage and assist academically strong students to achieve a greater degree of breadth in their educational experience than they ordinarily might obtain in their college careers. The program is intended for the student who likes to deal creatively with ideas and who desires to extend education beyond the usual course requirements. Any qualified junior or senior may enroll in honor s courses outside of the major field without becoming a candidate for graduation with hon ors. Grading in honors courses is based on the designa tions H (Honors), P (Pass), and F (Fail). All honors courses carry upper division credit. In crosslisted courses, open to honors students upon consent of the instructor, honors students may expect to do additional or independent work as determined in consultation with the professor. In order to qualify for General Honors, a student must (a) complete at least four honors courses with grades of H, (b) subm it an honors paper, and (c) take oral and written honors examinations administered by the College Honors Council. Detailed information concerning the Honors Pro gram may be obtained from the director of the Honors Program, or from the College Advising Office. Students interested in the program ordinarily should begin par ticipation in their junior year. PHI BETA KAPPA Students in the College who excel in their under graduate studies may be invited to join Phi Beta Kappa, the nation's oldest academic honorary society, founded in 1776 at the College of William and Mary. For further information, interested students should contact the Col lege Advising Office. Cooperative Education Based on the precept that "real-life" experiences can often contribute to liberal education, the Cooperative Education Program is designed to provide opportunities to supplement academic work with practical experience. Students may be placed as employees with corporations, businesse , and public agencies in jobs that complement or enhance their academic course work. Many cooperative education students choose to contract with a professor in their major field to receive academic credit for their work experience. An aca demic cooperative education contract designates a cer tain number of academic credits for the fulfillment of a certain number of hours of work experience. The credit is contingent upon satisfactory completion of whatever

PAGE 35

academic project the faculty member chooses to assign in conjunction with the job. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences participates in this program with cooperative education courses of fered at the 398 level in each discipline. These cour es are listed under each discipline heading in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. Students placed by the Cooperative Education Office in paid or volunteer assignments, as well as students who have obtained their own jobs, may be eligible , subject to the guidelines below: I. The student should have reached the sophomore level of uni versity work and must be enrolled in a de gree progr am. 2. The student should have at least a 2.5 grade-point average. Students with G.P.A.'s in the 2.0 (C) to 2.4 range must obtain the approval of the dean in order to participate in the program. 3. A job in which the learning possibilities and re spo n s ibilitie s of the student remain static will not be approved for more than one semester. In contrast, a job in which the learning opportunities and responsibilities vary and increase may be eligible for credit over a longer time span. 4. Projects will be granted from I to 6 hours of elec tive credit per semester, 3 being the usual number of credit hours for each project. However, certain proj ects, such as certain full-time internships, may be granted as much as 6 credits. 5. Twelve seme ter hours is the maximum number of credits a student can earn in Cooperative Education. In some disciplines, Cooperative Education hours may count toward satisfying requirements for the major with the approval of the major adviser. Students should contact the Cooperative Education Program office for further information and forms for placement and credit, 1047 9th Street, 629-2892. Study Skills Tutorial Center The Study Skills Tutorial Center is admini tered by the College on behalf of UCD. The purpose of the center is to help UCD students develop methods of efficient study . Services are available to help specifi cally with particular subject areas, as well as to strengthen general academic and research skills. The center also keeps a file of students wishing to partici pate in discussion groups prior to and during examina tion week . Each semester the center offers three courses for which students may receive I semester hour of credit graded on a pass/fail basi : developmental composi tion, developmental reading, and college preparatory mathematic s. Detailed course descriptions may be found under Study Skills in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. A noncredit modular course, such as rapid reading , also is offered in which students may accelerate reading speed, learn reading flexibility , and build word grouping ability and comprehension. Study skills mini courses (noncredit) are offered in such areas as use of the library , listening and taking note , taking exam ina-College of Liberal Arts and S ciences /27 tions , writing a term paper, time cheduling, and sys tematic approaches to study. The center has available a collection of books , includ ing a number by minority authors and about minorities, which may be utilized for research assignments as well as for improvement of general knowledge. PREPARATION FOR A PROFESSION SUCH AS LAW OR MEDICINE Completion of the undergraduate curriculum of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences can prepare tu dents for a number of careers in the professions. Infor mation on preparation for those professions most fre quently asked about by students in the College is pre sented here. Students seeking information about other professions should contact the College Advising Office . Law Students intending to enter a school of law may major in any field while completing their bachelor's degree programs since law schools do not generally specify a particular undergraduate degree major. Successful pre law students from the College have had majors in many different fields. However, students preparing for law school should place primary emphasis on learning superior methods of study, critical thinking, and com munication skills, which are often considered more im portant by law schools than factual knowledge alone. College courses should be chosen with care to produce a balanced pattern of skills and insights. Sufficient En glish should be studied to insure good use of language , as in grammar, spelling, composition, and rhetoric, and also to develop a capacity for analysis and criticism. Because the natural sciences provide an appreciation for inductive and deductive approaches, evaluation of evidence , and detailed accuracy of observation, some study in this area is desirable. Mathematics is helpful in developing a capacity to think analytically, as are cer tain courses in philosophy. The Law School Admission Test (LSAT) is required of all applicants for admission to Jaw school and should be taken as early as possible during the senior year. For additional information , students s hould review the cur rent Prela w Hand book, published annually in October and prepared by the Law School Admissions Council and the Association of American Law Schools . This book includes material on the law and lawyers, prelaw preparation, appl ying to law schools, and the study of law, as well as individualized information on most American law schools. It may be ordered from Educa tional Testing Service, Princeton , New Jersey 08540. Students interested in applying for admission to the School of Law of the University of Colorado should contact the Admis sio ns Office of the School of Law, Room 118, Fleming Law Building , Boulder, Colorado 80309 . Journalism Student interested in preparing for a career in jour nalism may decide to obtain a bachelor's degree from

PAGE 36

28/University of Colorado at Denver the College as a general preparation, or they may choose to complete a B.S. degree in journalism. The B.S. degree in journalism is granted from the School of Journalism at the University of Colorado at Boulder. However, the first two years of the journalism cur riculum may be completed at UCD within the College. Students pursuing the journalism B.S . degree normally transfer into the School of Journalism at the beginning of the junior year. To be considered for transfer admis sion, a student must have completed a minimum of 60 semester hours with a grade-point average of at least 2.25. Interested students should consult the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for detailed informa tion concerning requirements for the B.S. degree in journalism. Health Careers Course programs have been developed within the College to prepare students for the following specific careers within the general area of health sciences. Child health associate Dental hygiene Dentistry Medical technology Medicine Nursing Optometry Osteopathy Pharmacy Physical therapy Podiatry Because the prerequisites for these health career programs are continually changing, students interested in pursuing one of these careers should contact the Health Careers secretary, UCD Administration Build ing, Room 232, 629 -2646, for current requirements and for advising . Education Two avenues are open to students wishing to prepare themselves for careers in teaching. I. Students with a major program in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who seek certification for teaching at the secondary school level remain in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the bachelor's degree, but take approximately 30 hours of professional education work in the School of Education. 2. Elementary education majors and distributed studies majors preparing to teach at the secondary school level normally transfer from the College of Lib eral Arts and Sciences to the School of Education at the beginning of the junior year and continue there to re ceive the Bachelor of Science degree in education. Students should contact the School of Education at UCD for detailed information concerning teacher edu cation programs at both elementary and secondary levels, 629-2717. TEACHER CERTIFICATION WITHIN THE COLLEGE Students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who intend to pursue a major curriculum in one of the disciplines or programs in the College, and who also desire secondary school teacher certification, must apply for and be accepted into the Teacher Education Program. The requirements for admission are identical with those under "2a" listed below for the pre education program. These students also must meet all requirements for a bachelor's degree in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Early planning is crucial for students intending to enter the Teacher Education Program. Since the School of Education has initiated a new program at both the elementary and secondary levels , students are urged to consult the School early and regularly concerning new requirements . PRE-EDUCATION PROGRAM Students pursuing elementary education or distrib uted studies majors for secondary school teachers should so indicate on all application and registration materials so that they may be advised by the education counselor or faculty members. Application for transfer to the School of Education and for admission to the Teacher Education Program should be made during the last semester of the sophomore year . The minimum requirements for acceptance are: I. Completion of at least 60 semester hours of ac ceptable college work with a grade-point average of2.5 for all courses attempted, and 2.5 for all courses at tempted at the University of Colorado, and 2.5 in the major teaching field. No student will be recom mended for certification to teach in any field in which the grade-point average is less than 2.5. 2. General education requirements for students planning to student teach at the secondary or elemen tary school level are as follows: a. General education (with academic counseling early in the program , a major part of general education , urban studies , and teaching field re quirements may be combined): (I) 12 cumulative semester hours to be com pleted in each of the following three areas ; (sequences of course work not required): Arts and Humanities ... ...... ................ 12 (In order to meet typical certification re quirements in other states, students must take at least 6 semester hours of humanities in English language courses, e.g., Engl. 480, Advanced Composition; Engl. 484, English Grammar; Engl. 485, History of the English Language. ) Social Sciences ................................ 12 Natural and Phys ical Sciences ....... 12-16 (2) For elementary certification, the following work should be included as part of general education requireme i lts: two courses in physical science with laboratory, two courses in biological science with labora tory, two courses in mathematics (Math. 303 and 304), one course in arts methods, one course in music methods, and one course in health and physical education for the elementary child. b. Urban Studies (College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) .... .... ................................... ........ 9 c . General Psychology ................................ 3

PAGE 37

COLLEGE-WIDE INTERDISCIPLINARY ACADEMIC PROGRAMS Most of the indi v idual discipline s represented in the College have numerous links with other disciplines , and many faculty members con s equently encourage stu dents to take courses in rela t ed disciplines . In the natural and physical sciences new subject matter areas are emerging from blends of traditional disciplines ; examples include biochemi s try , geophysics , bio physics, and psychobiology . In the s ocial sciences the similarity of method and of subject matter from disci pline to disc ipline tends to promote broad interaction and a sense of common purpose . In the arts and humanities the continual synthesis of useful analytical ideas and concepts gains strength as it is tested against differing perspectives ; comparative literature , mixed media fine arts , and philosophical psychology are examples of this kind of interdisciplinary in volvement. Therefore, students will often find oppor tunities to explore relationships among different dis ciplines while studying within traditional disciplines. In some instances, such as ethnic studies , much or most of the academic work can be characterized as interdisciplinary even though the area is treated as a traditional discipline. The following programs are explicitly interdisciplinary and college-wide in charac ter. American Studies Rex Bums , UCD Coordinator Students interested in the study of American culture and civilization may participate in the University ' s major program in American Studie s . The first three years of the program may be completed at UCD , follow ing which the student must tran s fer to the University of Colorado at Boulder. Therefore, students should con sult the University of Colorado at Bould e r Catalog as well as conferring early in the program w i th the codirec tor of American Studies at UCD . American Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the facts and values of American civilization. Majors are required to complete 6 upper division credits in three of the following "primary" fields: American his tory, American literature , anthropology , art history , economics , journalism , political s cience , and sociol ogy. They also are required to complete 6 upper divi sion credits in the history , culture , or language of a non-American civilization; 6 credits in architecture , minority studies, geography , integrated studies , music, or philosophy; and (at the University of Col orado at Boulder) American Studie s 495-4% . A list of recommended courses in the primary fields may be obtained from the UCD American Studies codirector or from the College Advising Office. Distributed Studies The College's distributed studies major has been de signed for those students who wish to develop a con solidated major program based upon the study of two three disciplines together rather than to focus their Coll e ge of Liberal Arts and Scien c es /29 major program on a single discipline. In pursuing a distributed studies major , s tudents work closely w i th a faculty adviser to develop a specific program . One dis cipline is designated as primary subject, and then one or two other disciplines are designated a s s e condary s ub jects . The total program must consist of at least 60 semester hours in at least two disciplines . The disci plines must be disciplines or areas offered within the College , and the program may not include a first-year course in English ( 10 I , 1 02) or foreign language (1 0 I , 102). General requirement s for the primary subject are (a) a minimum of 30 seme s ter hours with grades of C or better , and (b) a minimum of 12 semester hours of upper division course work with grades of Cor better. Gen eral requirements for the s econdary subject(s) are (a) a minimum of 30 semester hours from among one or two disciplines, and (b) at least 12 semester hours in any one discipline. The specific requirements in any case de pend upon the program worked out with a faculty ad viser, who may stipulate s pecific course requirements. Ethnic Studies Cecil E . Glenn, Director Ethnic studies is the academic study of the culture of minority groups in the United States . Although the programs in ethnic studies have been designed to meet academic needs of all university students, many stu dents interested in ethnic studies qualify for support from federal and state educational opportunity pro grams (EOP) . Student organizations provide assistance with recruiting , counseling , personal guidance , and tutoring ; financial help is available through grants and the Work / Study Program. The program offers three option s for students : ( a) the major , (b) the comb i ned major and (c) the specialization. The Major . The major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree in ethnic studies . The major program consists of 42 semester hours, with an average ofC or better , 30 of which must be taken from the ethnic studies cur riculum. The remaining 12 hours are taken from a l is t of related courses in other disciplines prepared annually by the ethnic studie s faculty . The Combined Major. The ethnic studies faculty urges students interested in the program to con s ider combining ethnic studies with a major in one of the many closely allied disciplines in the University. In this option , a student selects a major in an allied dis cipline such as communication and theatre , English , Spanish, sociology , history , political science , anthropology , psychology , or education , and pursue s it simultane ously with ethnic studies as follows : I. The student must meet all the requirements for the major in each discipline . 2. The student ' s program of study must be approved by the chairpersons of both of the disciplines involved. 3. Courses that are cross-listed between two disci plines will apply toward fulfillment of the requirements for either major field but not both . The Speciali z ation. Rather than majoring in ethnic studies , students pur s uing a major in another discipline

PAGE 38

30 /University of Colorado at Denver in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may wish to pursue a specialization in ethnic studies. Students earn the specialization by completing the requirements for their particular academic major and , in addition, 12 semester hours in ethnic studies, 6 of which must be at the 300 level or higher . Individually Structured Major Some students wish to study in depth, as a major program, a coherent topic area that crosses traditional disciplinary lines and /or requires significant indepen dent study to complete. These student are encouraged to propose a design for an individually structured major program. To pursue an individually s tructured major program , a student must work out the details of the proposed program, sometime after his or her first year in the College, with a committee of three College faculty members . The major becomes the student's official program upon final approval by the faculty committee. In recent years students in the College have structured majors in such areas as French and cinematography, oral history , environmental planning, and 18th-century studies. Population Dynamics Melvin Albaum, Director The Population Dynamics Program is a multidiscipli nary major designed to provide a comprehensive and flexible educational experience for persons who are interested in population processes , especially within the urban environment. Emphasis of the major is on the social , economic , and mental health problems compli cated by the dynamic s of population processes. The major disciplines involved are biology, geography , psychology , and sociology. The major is appropriate for students intending careers in the fields of urban and community planning , family planning and counseling , population education, environmental demography , and population-related careers in community action pro grams , neighborhood health centers , and local , s tate , and federal agencies. Students completing this may enter graduate programs in most of the social, behavioral , and natural sciences, demography (popula tion studies), public affair s and administration, urban and regional pla nning , and in public health , medicine , law , or social services. All students majoring in population dynamics will be expected to meet the following cour e requirements: I. a. A minimum of 6 hour s of P . D.P. 300-2 , Work shop in Population Dynamic s ' b. A minimum of3 hours ofP.D.P. 310-3 , Prac ticum in Population Dynamic s c. N . P . S. 200-3, Human Sexuality 2. Any two of the following three courses: Geog . 473-3. Population Geography Soc . 421-3 . Advanced Population Studie s Soc. 424-3 . Migration 3 . On e of the following four courses: Psych. 210-4. Introduction to Research Methods in Psychology Soc. 317-3 . Statistics Math. 383-3. Introduction to Statistics Geog . 400-3. Introductory Quantitative Methods in Geography 4 . A minimum of24 additional hours from the follow ing disciplines with not more than 12 hours from any one discipline: anthropology, biology, communication and theatre, computer science, economics, geography , physical education , political science, population dy namics , psychology , rehabilitation services, social science, and sociology. Students should consult with the program director in selecting these hours to be sure the courses are acceptable in the program. Note: Those s tudents wishing to receive teacher cer tification should consult with the academic counselor in the School of Education and should familiarize them selves with the School of Education requirements in this bulletin . Urban Studies Cedric D . Page , Director The Urban Studies Program has a fourfold purpose. First , it provides an in-depth understanding of urban problems to permit the student to pursue advanced degrees in one of several traditional academic disci plines in the College of Environmental Design or in the Graduate School of Public Affairs. Second, the pro gram permits graduates to move directly into a variety of careers with federal , state, and local agencies as well as private companies concerned with urban affairs. It also provides a desirable second major or minor for students preparing for public school teaching, human service , legal , or medical careers. Third, an undergraduate de gree in urban studies provides a liberating educational experience for those whose career interests have not been fully decided. Fourth, the major will increase an individual's sensitivity to and awareness of the unique experiences and problems of economic , s ocial, and ethnic groups in citie s. The generalist who is trained in the application of analytical and policy tools of a variety of disciplines will be more immediately employable and will be of signif icant value to his or her community. Since urban cen ters are increasing in size and influence, an understand ing of the city and it s problems is indispensable and essential to the modern urban society. The B.A. major in urban studies i s des igned to prepare and train such citizens. REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS The urban studies major is designed to provide both flexibility and depth in the relevant academic perspec tives, as well a s versatility in career selections . The major provides an interdisciplinary view of the city and its environs in a more comprehensive manner than any single traditional academic discipline can provide. The 1The Work s h op in P o pul a ti on Dynamics has a varied theme eac h semester . It is the purpose of the wo rk s hop to synthesize Lhe mu ltid isci plin ary nature of the pr ogram through selected themes . The works h op w ill utilize com munit y persons to con duct various s essions rel a t ing the academic aspects of the program to community needs .

PAGE 39

requirements of the major in course units therefore are greater. Whereas most academic disciplines require about 30 units of course work, the urban studies major requires 42. All students who intend to major in urban studies will be expected to meet the following require ments: 1. Soc. Sci. 210-3. People in an Urban Society . This course i the foundation and orientation course for further study in the social sciences. One objective of the course is to present to the student the mo t important theories and perspectives of several disciplinary ap proaches to urban society. Another objective is to en courage the student to recognize areas of overlap among the disciplines, the interrelationships between disciplines , and the value of interdisciplinary knowl edge and research. 2. Four of the following six upper division courses (12 units): Econ. 425. Urban Economics Hist. 470. United State s Urban Hi sto ry Pol. Sci . 407. Urban Politic s Geog. 371. Ethnic Group s in American Cities Anthro. 444. Urban Evolution Soc. 421. Advanced Popul ation Studies 3. Any two of the following six courses (6 units): M . Am. 460. The Chicano Community and Community Organization M . Am. 127. Contemporary Americans B I .St. 203. Black Behaviorial Analysis B I. St. 323. Religion and the Black Man Soc.Sci. 329 . Asian Americans N . Am . 436. The American Indi a n in Contemporary Society 4. Soc. 402-3 . Statistics . 5. In addition, each student will succe sfully com plete not les than 3 units (6 units maximum) of coopera tive education credit for relevant internship placement selected by the tudent and approved by the director of the Urban Studies Program. This requirement, usually taken toward the conclusion of the academic program, will include an orientation and seminar for the par ticipating students (Soc.Sci. 450). 6 . The above core program of required courses specifies a minimum of 27 of 42 units necessary for graduation with an urban studies major. The program director may authorize changes in the above core pro gram depending upon the individual circumstances of the tudent. In addition to the minimum (core) 27 units required, the student will be advised to choose 15 units of electives from the following disciplines: Anthropology Communication and Theatre Civil Engineering Economics Geograph y History Philosophy Political Science P syc hology Sociology Division of Arts and Humanities Shirle y Whit e Johnston, Assistant Dean The division includes the disciplines of communica tion and theatre , communication disorders and speech science, Engli h , fine arts, French, German, phi-Colle ge of Liberal Arts and Scienc es /31 losophy , and Spanish. Complete undergraduate majors are offered in all but communication disorder and speech science. This division offers course work in several specia l programs, including Comparative Literature, Ameri can Studies, and the Writing Program. The Writing Program is designed to prepare professional writers in the techniques and vocabularies of field such as fine arts, science, engineering , creative writing, business, ocial sciences, and literature. Two cocurricular pro grams also are open to student : theatre and forensics. Students interested in majoring in any of the disci plines or in participating in any of the specialized pro grams should request additional information from the divisional office . For information on cheduling of courses, consult the appropriate Schedule of Courses for day, time , and meeting place of classes. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Faculty: Samuel A. Betty , J. Brad Bowles , Laura Cuetara, Robley D. Rhine , Jon A. Winterton. An undergraduate wishing to major in communica tion and theatre will choose one of the three basic areas of emphasis: communication, theatre, or communica tion and theatre education. An emphasis in radio television is available , but part of the work must be completed at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Each emphasis ha s its own requirement for gradua tion, and specific programs will be developed in consul tation with the student's major adviser to insure that each student's term-by-term schedule, choice of elec tives , and involvement in cocurricular a nd extracur ricular activities will be best suited to his or her needs , skills, and goals. Lists of required and suggested courses in each of the three areas of emphasis may be obtained from the divisional office. Communication Emphasis The primary goal is to equip the tudent with a wide range of theoretical perspectives and diverse communi cation skills. The theoretical perspectives generally focus on face-to-face communication in interpersonal, small group, institutional , and community settings. The skills component of the emphasis seeks to equip tu dents with flexibility in their communication reper toires so that they may react effectively to their analyses of communication situations. The program offers two types of courses to the stu dent: (I) courses in communication and rhetorical theory, which present traditional rhetorical theories, empirical sup port for communication theories, and strategies for the application of communication theory to problems confronting the community; and (2) courses focusing on the development of the students' communication skills, which promote confidence in their abilities to perform effectively in many contexts. These courses build into the tudents' repertoires the tactics and strategies of effective expression. The communication emphasis requires that students

PAGE 40

32 I University of Colorado at Denver take a total of 45 hours of course work (usually 15 courses) in communication and theatre . Six courses (18 hours) are required . Four courses (12 hours) are chosen from a list of specified alternatives. The remaining 15 hour s may be chosen from a wide range of courses available in communication and theatre , allied disci plines , or independent study projects. Since requirements for the communication emphasis insure that the student knows both communication theory and how to apply it, communication graduates are generally well equipped for employment. Students with an interest in management and adm ini stration, training, writing and copy preparation, public relations, information services, and a wide variety of occupations focusing on communication will find in the communica tion emphasis of the communication and theatre pro gram a curriculum relevant to their expected employ ment needs. Theatre Emphasis This program provides a broad range of experiences in courses, laboratory workshops, full productions, and field work in the Denver area. Helping the studen t to answer question s concerning the significance of what theatre does to us and for us is the primary goal of the program. Three kinds of courses will be taken by each student in theatre: (1) performance skills-acting, directing, oral interpretation, technical theatre; (2) critical skills-
PAGE 41

they emerged, students acquire an especially rich sense of the cu ltur e of which they are a part. Students majoring in English must present a total of 36 hours in English, excluding Engl. 101, 102, and 103, of which 24 hours must be earned in upper division courses. None of the required 36 hours may be taken on a pass /fail basis . Of the 24 hours required at the 300or 400-level, at least 3 must be earned in a course dealing with English literature before 1800, at least 3 in a course dealing with English literature after 1800, and at least 3 in a course on American literature . Required courses: Engl. 250, 251 (Survey of English Literature -6 hours); Engl. 300(Critical Writing-3 hours); Engl. 497 or 498 (Major Authors or Topics in Literature -3 hours). At least 12 hours of the major's upper or lower divi sion work in English must be done at UCD in order for the student to qualify for the B.A. in English. English majors interested in graduating with honors should confer with the honors adviser as soon as possi ble, but definitely no later than the beginning of the spring term of their junior year. Students who contemplate teaching should obtain from the School of Education sheets listing curricula required for a teaching certificate and should consult the School of Education, which supervises the teacher training program. Since fulfilling requirements for edu cation and English involves close scheduling, students should fulfill at least some of the college requirements during their freshman and sophomore year . English for foreign students and courses for prospec tive teacher s of English as a foreign language are listed in the course description section of this bulletin under communication and theatre. For additional literature courses see Comparative Literature and Mexican American Studies. Note: A considerable amount of writing is required in all English courses and is graded on form as well as on content. In addition to the regular major , the English disci pline offers a General Writing Program , an alternative to the traditional baccalaureate in English. Especially designed for future writers , it offers a wide range of intensive writing experience combining such areas as technical reports and fiction or poetry. The student is trained in the rhetorics of the arts and humanities , the social sciences, and the sciences. In order to enroll in the program , students must con sult with the director of the General Writing Program through the division office at 629-2730 . FINE ARTS Faculty: John R. Fudge, Gerald C. Johnson , Charles L. Moone , Ernest 0 . Porps, Ludwik Turzanski. An education in fine arts is based on discipline , ab sorption, and knowledge . Discipline is the relationship of the student to his material or form. What comes through the form is the self of the student and his rela tionship to the world . This constant exposure through discipline leads to absorption which can be seen as a fascination with and appreciation of both himself and Colle ge of Liberal Arts and Sciences /33 the world. In fine arts, the record of this process is made visible for the world to see and is called art. The Fine Arts discipline offers both a B . A . degree and a B.F. A . degree in painting, sculpture, print making , or design. The B . A. degree must include 40, but not more than 48, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. The B.F.A. degree must include 54 , but not more than 72, hours in fine arts, 24 of which must be in upper division courses. Students wishing to apply for the B.F.A. degree must have a 2.0 average in all course work at the time of application, which may not be earlier than the end of the junior year. Application forms are available in the divisional office. The core curriculum for fine arts majors includes 12 hours of Studio I (Fine Arts 100, 101, 102), Studio II (Fine Arts 202), Fine Arts 180-181, Fine Arts 496, and 6 hours of upper division art history. The recommended program for the B.F.A. includes at least two years in one creative field (painting, printmaking , design , or sculpture) plus 9 semester hours in drawing. Students who are candidates for the B.F. A. must take a minimum of 27 hours while in residence. Studio I and II Courses For an orientation to studio practice, including draw ing and an exploration of twoand three-dimensional media, fine arts mqjors are required to take 12 hours of Studio I and II courses. There are no prerequisites for Studio I and II courses , but all upper division courses require the corresponding basic course as a prerequi site. FRENCH Faculty: Simone Christopherson, Blandine M. Rickert; Part-time: Ruth Bleuze , Patricia Brand . A B .A . degree with a French major prepares students for the following careers: Foreign Service Positions abroad with govern ment agencies, private business , foundations, and other organizations having interests in French-speaking countries throughout the world . Teaching-Teaching at all levels: elementary, sec ondary, and college. Translation and Interpretation -Exchanges in the fields of science, culture, politics, and economics have become vital to the nations of the world. Effective international communication requires an increasing number of expert translators and interpreters. Int ernational Trade-Administrative and manage rial positions with U.S.-based firms involved in foreign trade . A strong background in French can be very valuable to such programs as English, black tudies , business , political science, interdisciplinary , and cross-cultural studies. Students who have completed a Level III high school French course have automatically satisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign language. This re quirement may also be satisfied by completion of French 201, 211, or 212 or by demonstration of equiva lent proficiency by placement test. Students who have

PAGE 42

34 /University of Colorado at Denver studied French in high school and who wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score . A student normally may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. For a complete statement of policy on foreign language placement and credit, see the statement on foreign language available from the Office of the Dean of the college. Students majoring in French must complete a minimum of 35 semester hours beyond first-year profi ciency. Students presenting four years of high school French for admission must complete 30 hours beyond the second year. Students majoring in French may choose between the following options: Option A: Literature. Required courses are: French 211 and 212; 301 and 302; 311 and 312; 401 and 402; and a minimum of 6 hours of French literature courses at the 400 level. Option B: Culture and Civili za tion. Required courses are French 211 and 212, 301 and 302, 311 and 312,401 and 402, 320 , 420 and 421. Students planning to acquire certification for teach ing French at the secondary level are required to take French 496, Methods of Teaching Modern Languages (required by the School of Education). For those stu dents Option B is preferable for the major. UCD students who wish to take nonrequired courses at another institution must obtain permission from the French discipline chairman at UCD . Students must see a discipline adviser prior to registration for 300-level courses . Since all courses are not offered every year, it is extremely important for students to plan their schedules in advance to avoid a delay in graduation. The department trongly recommend that all majors include some study in a French-speaking country in their major program . Credit earned will normally count toward satisfaction of the major requirements, but the student should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to assure full transfer of credit. Students majoring in French must satisfy the re quirements of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. At least 15 hours of upper division work, including all 400-level required courses, must be taken from the UCD French discipline in order to earn the UCD de gree. Literature courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A. degree from the University of Colorado at Boul der and to the M.H. degree at UCD. GERM A N Faculty: M . Kent Casper, Carsten Seecamp; Part-time: Friedheim F. Rickert. The German program provides a variety of courses for students interested in German language, literature, history, philosophy, music, and art. The curriculum contains essentially three course clusters: basic lan guage skill courses , from beginning through advanced l evels; upper division literature courses taught in Ger man; and German area studie courses taught in English with readings in English translation. Foreign Language Requirement. Students who have completed a Level III high school German course have automatically satisfied the college requirement in foreign language. This requirement may also be satis fied by completion of Intensive German ( 12 credit hours in one semester), by completion of German 201, or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by placement test. Students who have studied German in high school and wish to continue with the language will be placed according to their high school record and verbal SAT score or English ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course at a lower level than that into which he or she is placed. The German Major. A B.A. degree with a German major can prepare the student for the following career options: teaching positions at the elementary and sec ondary levels, including the requisite undergraduate training for those wishing to pursue further graduate work; translator and interpreter positions (e.g., with the publishing trade or with various private firms or gov ernment agencies); foreign service with the U.S. State Department; or positions in international trade with U.S. firms abroad . Students majoring in German must complete 35 hours beyond first-year proficiency. Not more than 12 hours may be taken on the second-year l evel toward the major. Course work successfully completed at other institutions will be evaluated for credit transfer, but a minimum of 12 hours of upper division credits must be taken within the UCD German discipline. Majors must maintain a B average in German. Required courses for the major are German 301-302, 401-402, plus a minimum of9 hours in literature and /or culture courses at the 400 level. German majors are encouraged to take German area studies courses, but these courses may not count toward the major unless some of the readings and writ ten assignments are done in German. Majors should consult with the instructor on this requirement. Stu dents planning to acquire certification for teaching German at the secondary level are required by the School of Education to take German 496 (Met h ods of Teaching Modern Languages). It i strongly recommended that all majors attempt to include some study in a German-speaking country in their programs. Credit earned abroad normally counts toward satisfaction of major requirements , but students should see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign pro gram to insure full transfer of credit. PHI L OSOPHY Faculty: Charles Kenevan, Linda S. Leonard, Glenn A. Webster. The philosophy program is recommended to those students whose goal is a liberal arts education in the finest sense. Philosophy is concerned with the most sustained and deeply reflected thoughts of human civilization, with the transmission and evaluation of basic beliefs and values. It is not an easy field of study, but for more than 25 centuries philosophy has been judged most rewarding by those who seek self development, intellectual sophistication, and the hap piness of a reflective life.

PAGE 43

For career preparation, philosophy should be com bined with other fields. It is excellent undergraduate preparation for such professional fields as law and medicine. A program for the philosophy major must include a minimum of five courses (15 hours) at the 300 level; a minimum of three courses (9 hours) at the 400 level; and a minimum of one course (3 hours) at the 500 level. The balance of the courses for the major may be taken at the discretion of the student. The following courses are recommended (not re quired) for philosophy majors who are planning to do graduate work in philosophy : Symbolic Logic (Phil. 344); History of Philosophy (Phil. 300, 302, 402, 403, 404); Ethics (Phil. 315); Metaphysics (Phil. 335); Epi temology (Phil. 336); several courses concerned with a single philosopher (e.g., Phil. 580, 581, 582, etc.); and one course concerned with the relationship of phi losophy to some other discipline (e.g., Philosophy of Science , Philosophy of History , etc.). General prerequisites (which may vary for some courses) are: 100-level-none; 200-Ievel-3 hours ; 300-level-6 hours; 400-level-9 hours; and 500level-12 hours. The prerequi site may be waived with consent of instructor. SPANISH Faculty: James Anthony Black, EllenS. Haynes , Car los de Onis , Francisco A. Rios , Edith R. Rogers , Donald L. Schmidt ; Part-time: Maria Esformes, Martha Manier. The Spanish programs emphasize all phases of the study of the language, literature , civilization, and cul ture of Spain, Hispanic America, and the Spanish speaking Southwest of the United State s. The courses are directed toward three distinct groups: lower divi sion students who are acquiring proficiency in a foreign language; upper division students who are either major ing in Spanish or increasing their competence through study in advanced courses in language and literature ; and graduate students in the Spanish M.A. degree pro gram offered in conjunction with the Boulder Campus (refer to the Graduate School section of this bulletin), most of whom are preparing for professional careers in teaching. Courses prepare students in language and literature as part of an enhanced liberal education and as profe s sional training. Study under this discipline offers an opportunity to be better prepared for industry, com merce, government , public services, or further study at the graduate level. Courses also are functionally supportive of such programs as those leading to the teaching certificate, comparative literature, the Master of Humanities degree , and the Master of Arts degree in elementary or secondary education with a bilingual multicultural emphasis offered at UCD. Students who have completed a Level III high school Spanish course have automatically sa tisfied the college graduation requirement in foreign langu age. Require ment may al o be satisfied by completion of Spanish 211 or by demonstration of equivalent proficiency by College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /35 placement test. Students who h ave studied Spanish in high school and wish to continue with the l a nguage will be placed according to their high sc hool record and verbal SAT or ACT score. A student may not receive credit for a course lower than that into which he or she i s placed. For co mplete stateme nt of policy on foreign language placement and credits , see the College of Lib eral Arts and Science s general information section of this bulletin. A major in Spanish consists of the following require ment s: I . Total of35 credit hours in Spanish courses beyond 102, including the following minimum distribution; (a) at least 9 hours in upper-division courses in language theory and practice (30 1-302, 401-402 , 496); (b) at least 8 hour s in upper-division literature courses, includin g at least one course in Spanish Peninsular literature a nd one in Spanish-American literature; (c) at least 12 hours in courses numbered 400 or above. The required 12 hours at or above the 400 level must be completed in residence at UCD. None of the required 35 hour s may be taken on a pas s/fai l basis. 2. Total of 6 hour s from one or more of the following areas: (a) Latin American studies (e.g., history , politi cal science , etc.); (b) Mexican American Studies; {c) linguistic s; (d) upper division courses in a nother foreign language or comparative liter at ure . Students seeki ng certification for teaching at the sec ondary level sho uld note that the School of Education requires Spanish 496 (Met hod s of Teaching Spanish); the 3 credit hour s earned in that course count toward the major and a re subject to the 48-hour maximum from one discipline allowed by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for the B.A. degree. Hence, students who begin the major progr am with Spanish I 0 I and intend to include secondary certification in their B.A. program mu st include Spanish 496 in their electives in Spanish. To be a dmitted to practice teaching of Spanish, majors must take the language skills tests of the Modern Language Association Proficiency Tests for Teachers and Advanced Student of Spani hand make satisfac tory scores. Students must see the discipline adviser prior to reg istration for their final semester. Fai lure to do so may result in delay of graduation. Students considering en tering graduate school, either at UCD or elsewhere, s hould see an adviser as early as possible since admis sio n depends largel y on courses taken in the major. Jt is strong ly recommended that all majors include some study in a Spanish-speaking country in their pro grams. Credit earned normally counts toward satisfac tion of major requirements, but students s hould see an adviser before enrolling in a foreign program to insure full transfer of credit. Courses taken abroad and desig nated as Spanish are subject to the 48-hour-maximum rule of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Stu dents interested in study abroad sho uld consult with the Spanish faculty or the UCD representative for Interna tional Education. For comparative literature courses , see the Cour e Desc ription s section of this bulletin .

PAGE 44

36/University of Colorado at Den ver Division of Natural and Physical Sciences Richard E. Stevens, Assistant Dean The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences offers study in traditional undergraduate disciplines, interdis ciplinary programs, and preprofessional programs. Undergraduate majors are available in biology, chemis try, geography, mathematics, physics, Courses are offered in geology and phys1cal education, but completion of a major requires some work at the University of Colorado at Boulder. The of the program of each discipline includes the reqmre ments for a major within that discipline and probable job opportunities in that field. The Col.lege-wide disciplinary major program in population dynam1cs IS also administered by faculty within the division. The health-related preprofessional programs include child health associate, medical technology, physical therapy, dentistry, dental hygiene, medicine, op tometry, osteopathy, nursing, pharmacy, and podiatry. Students interested in these programs should consult with the Health Careers Committee of the division at the beginning of their preprofessional education and at selected intervals thereafter. Program requirements and appointments for advising can be obtained in the division office, Room 232. Three sets of course options are available, in any combination, from which a nonscience major may satisfy the natural and physical science area requirement of 12 semester hours. Set I, Topics in Science, consists of designed for, but not limited to, nonsc1ence Each module carries I semester hour of credit and IS offered in a \.-3-semester time block of five weeks, during which the course meets the equivalent time of three lectures per week. There are no prerequisites. Each module is a self-contained unit designed to cover a given problem or topic science. Normally, takes a single module dunng each five-week penod w1th a maximum of three per semester. The topics change from semester to semester and from year to year. The Schedule of Courses for each semester lists the current topics offered. Set II courses are one or two semesters in length and have no formal prerequisites. They include both intro ductory survey courses and special topics courses and are usually designed with the nonscience major in mind. Set Ill includes all other natural and physical science courses offered in the division. Although these courses are generally intended for the science major, they are open to students with the proper prerequisites. BIOLOGY Faculty: Alan P. Brockway, Daniel D. Chiras, Lin?a K. Dixon, Emily Lou Hartman, James Joule, Phylhs W. Schultz The study of biology offers the student an introduc tion to the vast array of living systems that make up our world. With an understanding of biology, the student can truly learn to appreciate living by extending that term to other creatures. From the green plant to the fish to the human being, all are biological systems. The study of each system and its interrelationships with other systems can provide fascinating insights into life and the world environment. A background in biology is vital to a paraprofessional or professional career in the health sciences. Furthermore, most professional schools expect applicants to have completed several biology courses. Students planning to teach should consult the School of Educa tion for information on teacher certification. The undergraduate biology curriculum is designed to be as flexible as possible and to allow students to select programs which meet their specific needs: All majors are required to take the complete hst o.f core courses (20-21 credit hours) plus the spec1fic anctl lary core courses in chemistry, mathematics, physics, and statistics (29 credit hours). At this point a student must declare a particular direction by selecting one of the options listed below (i.e., ecology, genetics, or ganismic, or general biology). Course selections above the core level should be made in consultation with a biology faculty adviser. Students should contact their biology faculty advisers early in their academic careers. Biology Core Courses Credit Hours General Biology I and II (Bioi. 205 and 206) 8 Principles of Ecology (Bioi. 341) 3 Cell Biology (Bioi. 361) 3 General Genetics (Bioi. 383) 3 Plus one physiology or morphology course Total biology core 20-21 Ancillary Core Courses General Chemistry , two semesters (Chern. 103 and 106) 10 University Mathematics I and II (Math . Ill and 112) 6 Physics for the Life Sciences (Phys. 251 and 252) 10 Introductory Statistics (Math. 383 or Psych . 210) ____..3 Total ancillary core 29 In addition to the above core requirements the student must select at least four other courses in biology to complete his or her major requirements and a minimum of 36 biology credit hours for graduation. At least three of these courses must be taken from the list provided by the particular option which the student elects. Note each option also carries a set of ancillary courses wh1ch are either required or recommended. Independent Study (Bioi. 491, variable credit) can be taken un.der any of the options with the consent of an appropnate biology faculty adviser. Ecology Option: Bioi. 310, 331, 415, 425, 427, 441, 447, 470, 522. Ancillary ecology courses (recommended only): Calculus I, II and III (Math. 140,241, 242), also Chern. 341, 342, 481, and 482 and approved courses from the Geog./Geol. series. Genetics Option: Bioi. 384, 410, 412, 451, 452, 470. Ancillary genetics courses: See genetics adviser. Organismic Option (select a minimum of one physiology and one morphology course): Bioi. 310,322, 407,413,427,461,467,541,542. Ancillary organismic courses: Organic Chemistry I and II (Chern. 341 and 342) required. Also recommended: Calculus I and II (Math. 140 and 241) and General Biochemistry (Chern. 481 and 482). General Biology Option: A student may prefer an

PAGE 45

undergraduate option which may or may not lead to training for an advanced degree and does not specifi cally lead the student in one of the three directions shown above . Hence, a student may declare a general biology option and choose from an array of courses under the strict guidance of an adviser. At least one biology course recognized by each of the above options must be included under this particular plan . CHEMISTRY Faculty: Robert Damrauer , Sandra S. Eaton, John Lanning, Denis R . Williams . Part-time: Martha B. Bar rett, Lenore K . Damrauer . Adjoint : Robert M . Speights. Why study chemistry? A practical reason is that our highly technical society faces many problems which can be solved through a thorough understanding of the science of chemistry and its methods of solving prob lems. A more intangible reason recognizes that chemis try is central to a variety of other disciplines and that many problems ultimately may have chemical solu tions . What opportunities does the study of chemistry of fer? At the undergraduate level students can prepare for (I) careers in chemical and medical laboratories, (2) careers in nursing , medical technology, physical therapy , dental hygiene, and other health oriented fields , (3) postbaccalaureate programs in chemistry, biology, biochemistry, medicine, and dentistry. At the graduate level, the chemistry program offered at UCD culminates in the awarding of an M.S. degree. Students awarded M . S. degrees have job opportunities in re search and technical laboratory services . In addition , flexible programs can be designed to combine chemical knowledge and skills with other interests of the M.S. level student (e.g., business, biology , etc.). For graduation at the bachelor ' s level, students majoring in chemistry must present credits in the fol lowing cour s es or their equivalents: Chern. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 348, 349 , 412, 413, 451, 452, 455; Phys. 231, 232, 233, 234; Math. 140, 241, 242. Students in terested in the chemistry major should consult regularly with a member of the chemistry faculty . A copy of the chemistry major's program may be obtained in Room 232. Qualified majors are strongly urged to participate in the independent study program beginning in their junior year. A distributed studies program in chemistry requires at least 30 hours of chemistry including the following or their equivalent: Chern. 103, 106, 311, 341, 342, 343 or 348, 344 or 349 , and 451. Students planning chemistry as a career should be familiar with the recommendations of the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Among these recommendations are a reading knowledge of German or Russian , one semester of inor ganic chemistry (Chern . 401) or one semester of biochemistry (Chern . 481) , and two semesters of ad vanced work; see graduate chemistry offerings. Six hours of Chern. 493 will satisfy the special courses requirement. An option leading to a degree accredited by the American Chemical Society is also offered. UCD maintains an ACS chapter of student affiliates . College of Liberal Arts and Scien c e s /37 Students wishing to graduate with honors in chemis try should plan to do a minimum of two semester s (6 credit hours) of research (Chern. 493) , ordinarily start ing in the junior year. Additional requirements are listed under Honors in the Special Academic Programs sec tion. COMPUTER SCIENCE Faculty: Roland A . Sweet, CLAS Adviser. Several computer scientists reside in other colleges: in engineering-Paul F. Hultquist, William D . Murray , and Burton J. Smith; in business-F. Parker Fowler Jr. Computers have an impact on every aspect of mod ern life. Knowledge of the basic principles and methods of computer operation can be helpful to students in their personal lives as well as useful in developing job skills. Students interested in pursuing the study of computers in depth may designate computer science as a primary subject in the College ' s distributed studies major pro gram. In this program, a student completes 30 semester hours in computer science (and computer-related courses) , and 30 semester hours distributed over one or two secondary subjects . For students pursuing a tradi tional major program in mathematics , or in electrical engineering within the College of Engineering and Applied Science , a special computer science option is available. GEOGRAPHY Faculty: Melvin Albaum, James L. Huckabay , Yuk Lee , Cedric D . Page , Charles G . Schmidt , Richard E . Stevens. Geography is a science that focuses on the spatial analysis of human/physical patterns and processes. Geographers attempt to identify the factors affecting the distribution of people and their activities on the surface of the earth , and provide meaningful solutions to problems faced by societies. This discipline is an ideal major for the liberal arts student , providing expo sure to the concepts and techniques utilized in inves tigating environmental issues , socioeconomic prob lems, and planning policies. The program is designed to provide the student interested in economic , physical , or social geography with the background necessary for obtaining a reward ing job in government (federal, state , local) and private industry , as well as preparing students for graduate work. Recent graduates have found employment in forest management , surveying/mapping , land use plan ning, location analysis , transportation planning , and environmental impact analysis. Students majoring in geography must complete the following basic courses or their equivalents : Geog. 100, 101, 199, 306, and 361. In addition , majors must com plete a minimum of 30 hours of course work in geog raphy (at least 16 hours of which must be at the upper division level) and maintain a 2 . 0 average in all geog raphy course work completed. Distributed studies majors selecting geography as a primary or secondary subject should consult with the discipline adviser .

PAGE 46

38/U ni ve r s it y of Colorado at D e n ver GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Faculty: Wesley E. LeMasurier. Geology i s the study of the earth. The major topics in the field include (I) the origin and distribution of rocks and minerals that make up the planet and serve as raw materials and fuels for technology, (2) the processes that create continents and ocean basins and sha pe the surface of the earth, and (3) the history and evolution of the planet and its living organisms. Most topics serve as subjects of both basic research and applied technology. Employment opportunities for well qualified geologists are generally good at B . S. , M.S., and Ph.D. levels. Major employers are the oil , mining, and en gineering industries , federal and state surveys, and various teaching and research institutions, all of which are heavily represented in the Denver metropolitan area. Many persons combine a geology degree with a second degree in law , business, planning, engineering, or education, to pursue a variety of other career options. Students majoring in the geological sciences may choose from among six curriculum options to suit a variety of career or educational objectives. Most op tions require the following courses within the disci pline: physical geology, mineralogy, structural geol ogy , and field geology. Introductory petrology, stratigraphy, and paleontology are recommended. Tn addi tion , mo t career-oriented students must take the fol lowing courses in allied fields: Chern. 103, 106; Math . 140, 241, and 242 or 319 (or the equivalent courses at the University of Colorado at Boulder, Math. 130, 230); Phys. Ill, 112, 114. Physical geology, mineralogy , introductory petrol ogy , paleontology, and stratigraphy are presently of fered at UCD, as are the required courses in chemistry, physic , and mathematics. Structural geology and field geology may be taken at the University of Colorado at Boulder in order to complete a career-oriented major in the geological sciences. MATHEMATICS Faculty: Nancy S. Angle , Roxanne M. Byrne, R.T. Clement, Vance Faber, Zenas R. Hartvigson, Collin J. Hightower, Sylvia Chin-Pi Lu, William W. McCormick Paul A. O 'Meara, Charles I. Sherrill , Roland A . Sweet; Part-Time: Beryle M. Barkley. Mathematics is a body of deductive knowledge deal ing with such topics as numbers, algebra, geometry, analysis, and logic. It permeates modern life and is encountered by the student very early, especially with respect to its applications. At UCD, the mathematics faculty continues to present applications, but broadens the study to include more of the actual mathematical theory itself, as well as it historical development. The study of mathematics can prepare the student for careers in business, industry, teaching, and government. Mathematics is especially useful in engineering, science, and computer science, and it provides a good background for any of the professional schools. A major in mathematics can be completed by students in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences by satisfying all of the following requirements, completing each with a grade of C or better: I. At least 30 semester hours of mathematics courses. 2. At least 18 semester hours of mathematics courses numbered above 300, approved by an adviser, and excluding Math. 303,304,383,427,428,429,470,475,495, 496 and 497. 3. Math. 140, 241, 242, 300, 314, and 315. 4 . Either Math. 431-432 or Math. 321-422 . No s tudent may earn more than 9 hours credit in mathematics courses numbered below 140. Students who plan to do graduate work in mathematics should take Math. 431-432; students who wish to obtain a secondary teaching certificate are encouraged to complete Math. 321-422; students planning to major in mathematics must see an adviser from that discipline. Students who choose the computer science option in the mathematics major are required to take the follow ing courses, all with grades of C or better. M a th . l40 ,241,242 M a th . 300 , 314, 315 M a th. 431, 432 Math. 443 Math. 481 c . s . 201 c . s . 311 c.s. 401 c.s. 453 C.S. 465 (Math. 465) c . s . 546 Variations in these courses must be approved by a mathematics adviser. At the graduate level , master' s degrees are available in mathematics, applied mathematics, and basic science (mathematics option). The mathematics discipline offers a teaching internship program which consists of three phases as follows: Phas e I. A junior-level student who is majoring in mathematics or applied mathematics, and who shows promise as a teacher, is sponsored by a member of the full-time faculty of the discipline. A freshman-level course is then assigned to the student, on an honorarium basis, with the understanding that the faculty member will attend all sessions of the course. The student will thus be acting as an intern and will be provided with a critique of his or her performance after each lecture. It is the interested student's task to convince a faculty member that he or she should sponsor the student. No faculty member is required to perform this function, nor is any compensation afforded to the sponsor for so doing. Phase 2. After completion of one or two semesters of fully supervised classroom exposure, and upon the student' s entry into the senior year of study, the faculty sponsor may recommend that the intern be accepted as an undergraduate teaching assistant. With approval of the mathematics faculty, the student will then be as signed broader responsibility for one (or at most, two) freshman courses, with the faculty sponsor exercising such supervision as may appear appropriate under indi vidual circumstances. Phase 3. Upon completion of a baccalaureate program the intern hopefully would be prepared to accept a graduate teaching assistantship in the discipline or in a related interdisciplinary area as the next step in his or her professional career.

PAGE 47

PHYSICAL EDUCATION Faculty: Gerald P . Carlson. Metropolitan State College is responsible for teach ing all undergraduate physical education for the Auraria Higher Education Center. This includes the basic activ ity program as well as the undergraduate major in health, physical education, and recreation. UCD students may take any activity class MSC of fers. Check the fall and spring UCD Schedule of Courses for activities offered, class times, and proce dures for enrolling in such classes. Although physical education credit is not required for completion of the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees, a maximum of 8 hours of elective credit consisting of activity courses may be applied toward the graduation requirement of 120 hours . All activity classes offered by MSC in Auraria may be taken on an elective basis. A course may be counted for credit only once. Students are subject to UCD policies regarding adds, drops, withdrawals, and grades. Students interested in pursuing a Bachelor of Science degree in physical education should contact the disci pline representative at UCD. Major courses will be available through MSC or the University of Colorado at Boulder. PHY SICS Faculty: Willard R. Chappell , Martin M. Maltempo, Robert N. Rogers, John I. Shonle, William R. Sim mons, Clyde S. Zaidins; Adjoint: Edward J. Davies Sidney A. Freudenstein , III , In Kil Hwang, David P: Olsen, Jerry H. Wilson . Physics as a discipline is the base on which many other areas of science and engineering rest. There are several variations of a major in physics available to suit career goals ranging from fundamental research to gen eral education . Students interested in basic research or teaching in higher education need to prepare for graduate study in physics (Plan 1). Careers in applied physics, primarily in industry, are best served by a Plan II or engineering physics major (see the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for the latter). Plan II, coupled with appropriate education courses is also advised for students desiring to teach physicai science in primary or secondary schools. A new option (Plan III) which emphasizes conceptual, philosophical, his torical, cultural, and social aspects of physics is avail able for students desiring a technical background for careers in business, law, politics, etc., or for general education. Physics is an important component in many interdisciplinary areas, such as environmental, geophysical, or energy studies. Majors in these areas are arranged individually. All physics majors, under any option, must consult with an adviser. The basic requirements include Phys. 130 and two semesters of other sciences for all majors. Additional courses are: Plan I. Phys . 231, 232,233 , 234,311 ,312,317,321, 331,332,341,481,482,495, and Math. 140,241,242. Plan II. Phys. 231,232,233,234,311,312,317,321, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences /39 331, 381, six hours of upper division physics electives, and Math . 140,241,242. Plan/11. Phys.105, 106,(201,202)or(251,252),317, and 15 hours of upper division physics electives, such as 307 or 309, 308, 362, 363, 395, 464, or 466, and Philosophy of Science. PSYCHOL O G Y Faculty: Janis W. Driscoll, Robert D. Elder, Daniel Fallon, Eben M. Ingram, Carolyn M. Simmons, Gary S. Stern, Graham Sterritt; Emeritus: Nell G. Fahrion . Psychology is the scientific study of behavior , con sisting of the following major areas of study: experi mental psychology, biopsychology , developmental psychology, social psychology, and clinical psychol ogy. The requirements for the psychology major are designed to expose the student to the spectrum of psychology, including an early exposure to methodol ogy and statistics. Although some specialization is pos sible, the faculty believes that this is more appropriate at advanced levels and that the undergraduate should have a broad background upon which to base future specialization. An undergraduate major in psychology provides a good general concentration for a B.A. degree. Job op portunities are developing for interdisciplinary combi nations of psychology with other areas such as busi ness, computer science, or statistical design. Tradition ally, job opportunities within the field of psychology itself require graduate study; however, some students find jobs in the mental health or social service fields with a B.A. degree in psychology. The psychology major also prepares the student for graduate work in psychology. Programs leading to the master's degree in particular applied areas of psychology appear to be one of the directions in which the field is moving. Requirements for the psychology major are as fol lows: majors must complete at least 30 semester hours and not more than 48 semester hours in psychology with at least 16 hours in upper division courses. No grade below C in psychology courses is acceptable toward the major. College algebra and English 101 must be included in the lower division curriculum. Specific course requirements are Psych. 203-204 and Psych. 207; Psych. 210; at least one biotropic course including Psych . 322, 405, 409, 410, 414, 416, 425, 438, 4%; at least one sociotropic course including Psych. 364, 430, 431,440,441,445,449,464, 466,467 ,471,485;atleast one advanced laboratory course including Psych. 417, 422, 444, 485; and one integrative course, Psych. 451. Div i s ion o f Soc i al Sciences Suzanne Wiggins He/burn , Assistant Dean In the last two decades, the social sciences have included study of some of the most intractable problems of contemporary society: the population explosion, urban concentration , the impact of rapidly changing

PAGE 48

40 /Unil'ersity of Colorado at Denver technology, the strains of race relations, the conflicts arising from competing political ideologies, and the thru t of developing societies. The social science dis ciplines also provide important bridges between thought and action and between values and problem solving techniques. Social science majors provide excellent preparation for further professional training a well as for jobs in public service, secondary school teaching, office ad ministration , journalism, and writing. Students can satisfy all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at UCD in all the disciplines included in the division . The requirements of each major are explained under the respective disciplines . The Division of Social Sciences includes the follow ing disciplines: anthropology, economics , history , polit ical science, and sociology. The College-wide interdis ciplinary major programs in ethnic studies and urban studies are also administered by faculty in the division. The division offers courses in the disciplines, in inter disciplinary studies, and in preprofessional studies. Students should be aware of the possibilitie s for a distributed studies major in the social sciences. The most usual combinations are economics and sociology, and history and political science. See the College-Wide Interdisciplinary Academic Programs section of this bulletin for details on a distributed studies major. ANTHROPOLOGY Faculty: Robert A. Aldrich , Janet R . Moone, Lorna Grindlay Moore, Duane Quiatt, Jack E. Smith. Anthropology provides a broad overview of man and his ways of living in the world. It considers man as a biological and social being and seeks an under, tanding of his origins , his biological and cultural evolution, his present condition, and future prospects. Anthropology provides a comprehensive background in the funda mental concepts and theories which seek to explain man's biological and cultural diversity as well as those common features shared by people everywhere. It pro vides an overview of the prehistory of man and of his contemporary variation. Anthropological training has a broad application to many fields . A background in anthropology is especially helpful in the areas of city planning , community development, environmental design, the health sciences including the medical and nursing professions and allied health services, law, public affairs, and secondary education. Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in an thropology with grades ofC or better. Sixteen of the 30 hours must be upper division. The maximum number of hours in the major is 48. Anthropology majors must take the following courses or demonstrate a competent knowledge of materials and methods covered. Majors are required to complete the three introductory courses (two of these may be taken concurrently, and there is no required sequence:) Anthro. 100. Cultural Anthropology Anthro. 101. Biological Anthropology Anthro . 102. Prehistory Anthro. 453. History of Anthropology. And one of the following: Anthro. 280. Nature of Language Anthro. 480. Anthropological Linguistics (Boulder campus only) Anthro. 481. Language and Culture Information for Nonmajors. Nonmajors receive 8 hours of credit toward the College social science requirement for Anthro. 100 and 102, and4 hours of credit toward the College natural and physical science requirement for Anthro. 101. The full 12 hours of College requirements for each of these two science areas may be fulfilled by combining the above courses with other cultural or archaeological courses (Soc. Sci.) or other biological-physical anthropology courses (Nat. and Phys. Sci.) at the 200, 300, or 400 levels. ECONOMICS Faculty: Gary Bickel, Suzanne W. Helburn, Byron L. Johnson, John R. Morris Jr., Alan R. Shelly . Economics is important to the average citizen as well as to the professional. The economy influences daily life, and every person must make economic decisions. The economics student is trained to do research, to analyze data, and to make forecasts. This background lends itself to careers in teaching, business, and all levels of government. Economics deals with all aspects of the production and circulation of the worldly goods of humanity. Specific aspects are macroeconomics (inflation, unemployment, etc.) and microeconomics (theory of behavior of individual producers, consumers, and inves tors). Analytic scope ranges from precise mathematical modeling to general philosophical speculation on the nature of society and people. Requirements for Majors. Students majoring in economics must meet the following requirements: at least 30 , but not more than 48, semester hours in economics, of which 19 must be numbered 300 or higher ; Econ. 381, 407, and 408 , and a data processing course approved by the student's adviser. Students planning to go to graduate school hould also take at least two semesters of calculus (more mathematics is de irable). At least 12 semester hours must be taken for credit on the Denver Campus. Hours outside of economics may be counted for the major at the discre tion of the student's adviser. Students who do not have an adviser should see the discipline chairperson for assignment to an adviser. Any deficiencies in prerequisites for Econ. 381 should be removed as soon as possible, and the 381 require ment should be fulfilled early in the student's career. For all courses numbered above 300, the prerequisite , unless otherwise indicated, is Econ. 201 and 202, or Econ. 300. Distributed Studies Students majoring in distributed studies may make economics their primary area of concentration by tak-

PAGE 49

ing 30 semester hours in economics. Required courses for this option are Econ. 407-408 and a course in statis tics. H I STOR Y Faculty: FrederickS. Allen, Ernest Andrade Jr., Mark S. Foster, Philip A. Hernandez, James B. Wolf. Ad junct: Mary Conroy, Myra L. Rich. History constitutes an intellectual challenge not only because of its intrinsic fascination but also because an understanding of history requires one to integrate im portant facets of many branches of knowledge . Indi vidual history courses cut across lines of the social sciences, humanities, even the "hard" sciences. Perhaps mo t significantly, history provides a time frame. Far more important to the history student than learning facts is understanding the process of change. By comparing the state of humankind over years, dec ades, or centuries , the student of history isolates impor tant societal changes and analyzes critical causal fac tors. This is training not only for learning but for living . The bachelor's degree in history provides an educa tion for immediate postgraduate career entry or ad vanced training in several social sciences. History majors frequently choose careers in teaching or civil service; in addition, a number enter corporate man agement training programs or develop careers in sales. History is traditionally a valued background for law school applicants. A key attraction of the major in his tory is its versatility: an excellent choice for those who are still seeking career goals . Requirements for Majors . Undergraduate students majoring in history must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in history, 16 of which must be upper division. Not' more than 48 hours in the student's major area will count toward the 120-hour graduation re quirement. A student must have a cumulative grade point average of2.0 or better in the major to graduate. History majors shall fulfill their lower division re quirements by taking 12 hours of history at the I 00 and 200 levels. All majors must take Hist. 101 and 102; in addition, they may take Hist. 151 and 152 or any two non-European history courses. POLIT I CA L SCIENCE Faculty: Michael S . Cummings , Joel Edelstein, Jana Everett, Stephen C. Thomas. Political science studies people, power, and the pub lic good. Looking at a variety of societies , institutions , and interpersonal situations , the discipline asks who has power, where this power comes from, how it is used, and how it promotes or impairs the public good. It also asks what this public good is; how it differs from China to Rhodesia to Argentina to Colorado; and how the basic human needs for security, love, self-respect, and self-actualization depend upon political conditions such as freedom and equality. Political science draws on insights from other fields, such as psychology, phi losophy, economics, sociology , and world literature. Finally , it explores the relationship between idealism College of Liberal Arts and Scie nces /41 and realism, between theory and practice, between political thought and personal action . Opportunities for students with a B.A. in political science include careers in business , teaching, jour nalism, and government service. A political science degree also serves as good preparation for professional training in law and public administration. In all cases, participation in an internship experience as an under graduate will increase the student's job opportunities. Students with an M.A. in political science may find careers in such areas as business , government research and administration , and teaching at the community col lege level. Requirements for Majors. Undergraduate majors must complete a minimum of30 semester hours in poli tical science, of which at least 18 must be in upper division courses. Courses can be distributed among the primary fields as listed in this bulletin, i.e., American politics, comparative politics, international relations, political theory and public law, and public administra tion. The major must include the following: P.Sc. 100, 110,200,440,441; Econ. 201 and 202; and either of the following: one upper division course in each of three fields-American politic , comparative politics , inter national relations -or P . Sc. 465 . With faculty ap proval, students may get course credit for political in ternships through Cooperative Education, Soc.Sci. 398. SOCIO L O GY Faculty : Richard H. Anderson, M. Jay Crowe, Karl H. Flaming, Joyce M. Nielsen, Richard H. Ogles; Part time: J. Michael Davis, Sally Geis, Roger Lauen , Lee Valas. Sociology is the study of group life in society. It is the investigation of social actions , values, and proce dures that are involved in the development, structure, and operation of group life. Sociology attempts to pre sent a perspective which encourages people to develop what has been called the sociological imagination-the use of reason to achieve lucid summaries of what is going on in the world and of what may be happening within themselves. Training in sociology, especially at the graduate level, can open up almost any professional field. Knowledge of sociology and sociological method is valuable in management, research, government ser vice, public affairs, and the health services. The discipline has developed the following rationale for courses offered: 1. Lower Division Courses (100 and 200). a . One-hundred-level courses are an introduction to the broad sociological perspective as it applies to social life , social systems , and soci ety. b. Two-hundred-level courses introduce the stu dent to somewhat more specific content areas: population study , human ecology, social psychology, etc. 2. Upper Division Courses (300 and 400) . a. Three-hundred-level courses serve as advanced

PAGE 50

42 /Uni ve r s ity of Colorado at Denver surveys of some specific area of concentration. They are designed to acquaint the student with the issues, methods , concepts, and theoretical frameworks employed in the content area . Such courses as urban sociology, sociology of the family, and sociology of work are offered at this level. Many of these courses are open courses in that students from other disciplines and colleges are encouraged to enroll in them. b. Four-hundred-level courses are devoted to a more detailed in-depth examination of specific issues , approaches, and concepts within the previously identified content areas. These are advanced courses and are geared more directly to sociology and social science majors. Requirement s for Majors. Majors in sociology are required to complete 30 hours in sociology with a grade of C or better. Of these hours, 16 must be upper divi sion, of which 12 hours must be 400-level courses. Maximum in the major is 48 hours . The following courses most be completed with a grade of c or better : So c. 100. Introdu c tion to Sociology Soc. 400. Contemporary Sociological Theory Soc . 402 . Statistic s A maximum of 6 hours of social science credit may be counted toward the major in sociology. As no fixed sequence of courses is prescribed, it is recommended and expected that students will select an adviser from the sociology faculty to help them develop their pro grams. This i s particularly important for those intending to do gradu a te work in sociology.

PAGE 51

College of Business and Administ ration and Graduate School of Business Admini stration Gordon G. Barne wall, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE T h e College of Business and Administration and the Graduate School of Business Administration at UCD offer programs designed to train competent, responsi ble administrative and related professional personnel. T h e College serves students entering this field of study a.nd men and women already in administrative posi ttons. It also promotes research and new thinking about administrative problems. The problems of administration are common to many kinds of public and private endeavor, and the College of attempts to confront these problems as they pertam to the management of business enterprises. The major purpose of the College of Business is to provide opportunitie s both for a liberal education and for professional training. Students are given help in preparing not only for effective careers but also for satisfy ing Jiving and constructive citizenship. The Graduate School of Business Administration of fers graduate-level education in business to persons with undergraduate degrees in business and other academic fields and prepare s them for work in the broad spectrum of business enterprise. The College was admitted to membership in the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business in 1938. Career Opportunities Graduate s occupy positions and perform widely var ied functions in: Advertising Banking Consumer credit and mortgage finance Credit administration Financial management Industrial selling and purchasing Insurance International business Inve stmen t s Management accounti ng Management consulting Marketing management Marketing research Media Minerals land management Office management Operations research Per onnel management Production management Public accounting Real estate Retailing Selling and sales management Statistics Traffic management Transportation Wholesaling Others hold positions of responsibility in fields as diverse as business journalism, public relations, city planning, chamber of commerce and trade associatio n management, college administration, and government. Organization Within the broad framework of policy established by the Regents of the University of Colorado, policy deci sions for the College of Business are made by the Edu cational Policy Committee of the faculty under t h e chairmanship of the dean and are subject to review by the faculty as a whole. The college's activities are administered by the as sociate dean ofUCD, by the heads of its several instruc tional divisions, and by other faculty directors of par ticular programs. Student Organizations Opportunity for association with other College of Business and Administration students in varied ac tivities intended to stimu late profes s ional interests a nd to give recognition to scholastic attainment is provided by the following student organizations: AIESEC international business associa tion Beta Alpha Psi national honorar y a nd profe ssio nal accounting fraternity Beta Gamma Sigma national honorary scholastic fraternity in business CSPA-Colorado Society for Personnel Administra tion ( tudent chapter) for students interested in per sonnel or industrial relations CUAMAstudent chapter of the American Marketing Association Delta Sigma Pi-national professional business frater nity MBA AssociationUniversity of Colorado associa tion of master's studen t s in bu si ness Phi Chi Theta national professional busine ss a nd economics fraternity Rho Epsilon professional real estate fraternity Sigma Iota Epsi lon -professional and honorary man agement fraternity

PAGE 52

44 /Universit y of Colorado at Denver ACADEMIC POLICIES Academic policies which apply to all UCD students are described in the General Information section of this bulletin. The policies that follow apply specifically to the College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration. Adding and Dropping Courses See the General Information section of this bulletin for University-wide Drop/Add policies. Administrati v e Drop . Instructors may recommend to the College of Business and Administration office that students who fail to meet expected course attendance standards be dropped without discredit during the first 10 weeks of the semester . Appeal Procedure Students should contact the associate dean or staff members in the College of Business and Administration office for appeal and petition procedures pertaining to rules and regulations of the College . Attendance Regulations Classroom attendance i s at the discretion of the in structor. Students are responsible for determining each instructor ' s policy on attendance. Course Load The normal scholastic load of an undergraduate stu dent in the College of Business is 15 semester hours, with 19 hours normally the maximum . Students having a grade-point average of 3.0 or higher for the most recent semester in which they com pleted at least 15 semester hours may register for a load exceeding 19 semester hours with the approval of the associate dean. Hours carried concurrently in the Divi sion of Continuing Education, whether in classes or through correspondence , are included in the student's load . Credit To receive credit, all courses must be listed on the student's registration in the Office of Admissions and Records . Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus are credited toward degree requirements . SPECIFIC UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES Standards of Performance Students are held to basic standards of performance established for their classes with respect to attendance , active participation in course work, promptness in completion of assignments , correct English usage both in writing and in speech, accuracy in calculations and general quality of scholastic workmanship. In general , examinations are required in all courses and for all students , including graduating seniors . To be in good standing, students must have an overall grade-point average of not less than 2.0 (C = 2.0) for all course work attempted and a 2.0 for all business courses attempted. This applies to work taken at all University campuses. Activity physical education and remedial courses are not included in the overall aver age. When semester grades become available, students below standard will be notified of (1) probationary status or (2) suspension. To be removed from proba tion, the student must (1) achieve a grade-point average of 2.0 or better for the semester, (2) bring his or her cumulative grade-point average on all courses at tempted and on all business courses attempted to a 2.0 level or above , and (3) meet other requirements as they might be designated . Transfer Credit Credits in business and nonbusiness subjects trans ferred from other institutions will be limited to the number of credit hours given for equivalent work in the regular offerings of the University. Transfer work is only accepted from institutions accredited by the re gional association . In general, the college will limit transfer credit for business courses taken at a lower division level to such courses as the College offers at that level. All courses in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado unless written ap proval is given by the appropriate division head . Trans fer students must take 30 hours of degree requirements in residency after admission to the College. A maximum of 60 semester hours taken at junior colleges may be applied toward the B . S. degree in busi ness. Remedial or vocational work does not transfer. Business courses from junior colleges will not be applied toward degree requirements if the course work is offered at the junior-senior level at UCD. Correspondence Credit Only 30 semester hours of credit, 9 of which may be in business, taken through correspondence study will be counted toward the B.S . degree in business. Required business courses and area of emphasis courses cannot be taken by correspondence . All correspondence courses are evaluated to determine their acceptability. Credit by Examination College Level Examination credits (CLEP subject examinations only) are acceptable toward degree re quirements to a maximum of 30 hours. Specific infor mation is available in the College of Business and Ad ministration Office, Room 512. CLEP credit will be applied in the same manner as transfer credits. For credit, students must rank in the 66.7 percentile based on national available norms. Gen erally, CLEP credit is only appropriate for (a) nonbusi ness requirements and (b) nonbusiness electives. A maximum of 6 hours of credit in any one course area is allowed. CLEP may not be used in course areas where credit has already been allowed . General examinations are not acceptable.

PAGE 53

Credit for CLEP subject examinations in business course areas must have prior approval in writing by the College of Business and Administration and by the ap propriate division head. Advanced Placement (CEEB) credit will be given where appropriate to students who make scores of3, 4, or 5 . Independent Study Credit Junior or senior business students desiring to work beyond regular business course coverage may take vari able credit courses (1 to 3 semester hours) under the direction of an instructor who approves the project, but the student must have prior approval. A total of 6 semester hours can be applied toward graduation re quirements ; a maximum of 3 semester hours may be taken in any one semester. To receive credit for nonbusiness independent study courses, students should obtain the associate dean's approval prior to registering for the course. Further information and forms are available in the College of Business and Administration office. There is no credit for work experience. ROTC Credit Students who are enrolled in and complete the ROTC program may apply a maximum of 1 2 semester hours of advanced ROTC credit toward nonbusiness elective requirements and toward the 120-semester hour total degree requirement for the B.S. degree in business. No credit toward degree requirements is granted for basic (freshman and sophomore) ROTC courses . The ROTC adviser can provide more detailed information. Study Abroad Credit Transfer credit from study abroad programs is most appropriately applied as nonbusiness elective credit. Required business courses should not be taken during studies abroad. Students are responsible for checking with the College of Business and Administration for prior approval. UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAM The undergraduate curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree is intended to help the student achieve the following general objec tives: 1. Understanding of the activities that constitute business enterprise and of the principles underlying administration of those activities. 2. Ability to think through logically and analytically the kinds of complex problems encountered by man agement. 3. Facility in the arts of communication. 4. Comprehension of the human relationships in volved in an organization. 5. Awareness of the social and ethical respon sibilities of those in administrative positions. 6. Skill in the arts oflearning that will help the student continue self-education after leaving the campus. College of Business and Administration /45 Admission of Freshman Students See the General Information section for admission and application procedures. Prospective students in business are encouraged to pursue a broad college preparatory program in high school, with particular emphasis on English, mathema tics, the social sciences, and speech. Candidates for the Bachelor of Science (Business) degree normally enter as freshmen. The College ex pects entering freshmen to present 15 units of the sec ondary course work. Admission of Transfer Students See the General Information section for admission and application procedures. lntrauniversity Transfer Students who wish to transfer to the College of Busi ness and Administration from another college or schoo l of the University must formally apply at the College of Business office (Room 512). Second Undergraduate Degree Students may apply to the College of Business and Administration to earn a second undergraduate degree, provided the first undergraduate degree is in a field other than business. The student who is accepted for the second undergraduate degree will be required to pursue courses in the sequence normally required for a degree plan . For example, if a student registered for the second degree has not had the required mathematics or general education courses, these must be taken before the student will be eligible to register for business courses. Further, the basic business courses (core courses) must be taken before a student begins to pur sue the major field. If a student applying for a second undergraduate de gree has an academic record that justifies consideration for the graduate program , that student will be encour aged to consider one of the master's programs. Academic Advising Each student in the College of Business is responsible for knowing and complying with the acade mic require ments and regulations established for the College and for classes. Upon admission to the College of Business and Administration or to the Graduate School of Busi ness Administration, the student has the responsibility for conferring with the student advisers in the College concerning an academic program. Appointments for academic advising can be made by calling 629-2605. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The Bachelor of Science ( Bu s ine ss) degree requires: I. Total Credits. A total of 120 acceptable semester hours of credit, of which at least 51 hours must be in nonbusiness courses (including 9 hours of upper divi sion work) and at least 51 hours in business courses. The remaining 18 hours may be in either, or some com-

PAGE 54

46/University ofColorado at Den ver bination of both. This cannot include remedial work, repetition of courses, courses failed , or activity physi cal education, recreation and dance courses. Advanced ROTC work is acceptable only if the ROTC program is completed. All incomplete grades and correspondence course grades mu st be com pleted and recorded at the Office of Admissions and Records no later than four weeks prior to graduation. It i s the student's responsi bility to contact the instructor concerning the removal of incomplete grades. 2. R esidence. Completion of at least 30 semester hours , usually in the senior yea r , after admission to the College of Business and Administration, including 12 hour s in the area of emphasis. Courses completed at any University of Colorado campus after the candidate has been admitted to the College are acceptable toward this requirement. 3. Grade Average. A minimum scho l astic grade point average of2.0 (C) for all courses attempted at the University acceptab l e toward the B.S. (Business) de gree, 2.0 for all business courses , and 2.0 in the student's a re a of emph asis. 4 . Graduation With Honors. Upon recommendation of the faculty of the College of Business , student who demon strate superior schola r ship are given special rec ognition at graduation. Those students who achieve an overall grade-point average of 3 . 3 and a grade-point average of 3.5 on all busi ne ss courses taken at the Univer s it y of Colorado while completing 30 hour s after admission to the College of Business and Administra tion will be graduated cum laude. Those students who ac hieve an overall grade-point average of 3.5 and a grade-point average of 3 . 7 in all business courses taken at the Univer sity of Colorado of Business and Ad mini strat ion will be graduated magna cum laude. 5. Int ent to Graduate Form. Students must file an Intent to Graduate Form with the College of Business and Administration office prior to registering for the ir last se me s ter. Questions co ncernin g graduation should be directed to the st udent adviser, Room 512. 6. Courses. Completion of all of the following re quired courses: Seme s r e r Hours Area of emphasis .. . .. ......................... . . ........ ..... .... . .... . .. . .... 12 College a l geb r a and calculus ...... ........................ . ................ . . 6 Communicatio n and composition ........................................... 6 Core requirements (basic courses in accounting, business law , business statistics, busine ss and society , marketing, finance , organization management , production and operations management and business policy 000 .........•.... ..... ............. . oo ........ 00 .. . •..... . .. 30 Electives Busine ss oo 9 Nonbusiness (to include 9 hours of upper division work) ..... 15 Free electives (either business or nonbu siness e l ectives) ... .... IS General psychology ... .................. ............. ....... 00 . ............•... . 6 Introductory sociology or cultural anthropology ... 00 .. 0000 oooo ....... 3 Natural science (astra-geophysics, biology , chemistry, geogr ap hy , geological scie n ces , and ph ysics; applies as n onbusiness elective) .......... .. 00 00 .. 00 00.3 Political science ......... 00 . ... ... 00.00 ...... . ..... . oo• ..... . . 00.00 . ... 00 00 .. ... .. 6 Prin ciples of economics ... 00 ............ 00 .oo .. 00 00 .. . . .. 0000 .. . .. .. .. .. ... 00.6 Total 120 Upon reaching senior status, the student must contact the College of Business and Administration stu dent adviser for a complete academic evaluation prior to registering for the last term on campus. Model Degree Program The following sequence of courses is a guide to regis tration. Freshman Year Semester Hours Engl. 102 or 103. English Composition .. ..... oo• .. oooooo.3 Comm. 202 or 210. Communication Theory or Public Speaking . . 3 M ath. 107. College Algebra' .... oooo••oooo•oooooo•oooo .... 3 Math. 108. College Calculus' .... oooo ....... oooooooo .. oo.3 Pol. Sci. 100. Introduction to Political Science oo oooo . . oo .. 3 Pol. Sci . 110. American National Governme nt oo.oooo .. ... oo . . ... oooo .. 3 Soc. 100. Introduction to Sociology or A nth. 100' oo oo oo •oooooo•••oooo .•. oooooooo .. oo .. . .. oooooo•oooo3 B.Ad. 100. Introduction to Business or a business elective' oooo•oo3 Nonbusiness electives• ....... 00 . . .. 00 oo• . •.... . . .. 00 ... ... . 00 . ...... 00 .. .. 00 .. 3 Natural science .......................... . ... .......... .. . . . ... . 00 . .. 00 ... ... . ... 3 Total 30 Sophomore Year Econ . 201 and 202. Principles of Economics (macro/micro) ..... oo6 P syc h . 203, 204. General Psychology oooooo oooo• •oooo••oooo ... ... oo6 B.Ad . 200. Busine ss Information and the Computer .. oo ... oooo Q .M. 201. Busines s Statistics oooo•oooooo•oooooo Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting oo ..... oo ... oo oooo .... 3 Nonbusiness electives' . . .... .. ......................................... 00 .... . 9 Total 30 Juni or Year Mk. 300. Principle s of Marketing .oooo.oooo ...... oo .. . oo . .. •.•. . . ... oo ..... 3 Fin. 305. Basic Finance .......... oooooo••oo ... oooooo ........... . ... 3 Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management a n d Organization ... oo.3 Pr. Mg. 300 . Production and Operations Management ............... 3 B . Law 300. Business Law . . ... .. ...... oo ... . oo .............. oooooo .3 Business elective . .. 00 00 ........... 00 00 00 ..... oo . . .. . ... 00 .. • . 00 . .. ...... ....... 3 Nonbusiness elective 00 ..... 00 . ............. 00 .... 00.00 .... . .... .. .... 00 00 .. . oo . 3 Free electives ......................................................... oo.oo ...... 9 Total 30 Senior Y ear B.Ad . 450 . Business Policy oo . ................. . . ... ... .... .. .... 003 B.Ad . 411. Business and Society or B.Ad. 410. Busine ss and Government . . oo .. oo•oooooo•oo ...... oo.3 Area of emphasis . ... .. . ....................................................... 12 Business electives .. 00 ...................................... 00 ............... 00 .. 3 Free electives . . .............. 00 . . ................... 00 . . oo .. oo 00 .... oooo 0000009 Tota l 30 Area of Emphasis Each candidate for the B.S. (Bu s ine ss) degree must complete the prescribed courses in an area of emphasis comprising 1 2 semeste r hour s taken at th e University of Co l orado. Typically, st udent s se lect an area of em phasis from those offe red after taking several of the "core" courses. Then they take the hour s required for their selected area. Ava ilabl e areas of emphasis are: ' Any of the following four options : (I) M ath. 107 and 108: (2) Math . Ill and 140; (3) Math . Ill a nd 108: or (4) Math . 140 and 241. A maximum of9 hours of mathem atics below the level of Math . 140 can be applied to the degree . ' Soc . 100 is recommended to meet the soc iolog y requirement : howe ver. Soc. 104, 119, 300 . 301.302 , 303. 305, 384 , a nd Anth . 100 are accept a ble . ' Applies as a business elective. This course is recommended but not required. •For comp letion of the B .S. (Business) degree requirements. the stude nt' s program must include at least 9 semester hours in upper divi sion. nonbusiness courses.

PAGE 55

Ac c ounting Business education ( Boulder) Computer-ba s ed information y s tem s Finance International bu siness Marketing Minerals land management Office admini tration ' Organizational m a nagement Per s onnel m a n a g e ment Produ c tion a nd opera tion s m a nagem e nt Publi c a gency a dmin ist r a tion Re a l e s tate Sm all bu s ine ss m a nag e ment Statistics Tra n s port atio n a n d t r affic m a n a gem e nt Although only one area of emphasi s will be lis ted on the student's official records , students s o desiring m a y accomplish the effect of a dual area of emphasis by careful selection of course ACCOUNTING Accounting courses are offered in several field s of professional accountancy at the intermediate , ad vanced, and graduate level s . They provide preparation for practice in one or more of the following fields : Financial accounting Auditing Managerial accountin g Tax accountin g D a t a proce ssing a nd control sys tem s Tea chin g a nd re s e a rch In all of these fields a thorough knowledge of the social, legal , economic, and political environment is needed. A high degree of analytical ability and com munication skill is indispen s ible . The undergraduate area of emphasi s in a ccounting consists of 12 hours beyond Acct. 200 a nd 202: R e quired C o ur ses S e m es t e r H o urs Acct. 322 . Intermediate Financi a l Accountin g I ........................ 3 Acct. 323. Intermedi a te Finan c ial Accounting II ...................... 3 Acct. 332. Co s t Accounting ............................................... ... 3 Accounting elective ............................................................ .3 Total 1 2 Students planning to pur ue accounting as a c areer usually take more than the required 12 hours. Many students take a total of about 30 hours of accounting , often taking two courses each semester in their junior and senior years . Students should work closel y with the accounting faculty in planning their accounting pro grams. Students planning to take the CPA examination hould take about 30 hours of accounting and also be well prepared in stati s tics , business law , finance , and economics. Graduate study in accounting is receiving increasing emphasis by professional organizations and employers . Students meeting admission requirement s s hould con sider continuing their education at the gr aduate level. COMPUTER-BASED INFORMATION SYSTEMS The information systems area i s designed for tho s e who wish to prepare them s elves for careers as profe s sional administrative data proce s sing man a gers in busi nes and government. The student develops tho s e technical skills and admini s trative insight required for the analysis of information s y terns , the de s ign a nd implementation of s ystems , and the management of data processing operations . The emphas i i s on man agement information sy s tem s s y tern s for the collec College of Business and Adminis trati o n /47 tion, organization, accessing, and a naly s is of informa tion for the planning and control o f operation s . The automation of data processing i s a l s o s tudied e xten sively. Those looking toward profe s i o nal careers in ad ministrative data proces sing should pla n to pur ue the 21-hour degree program. The program i s de s igned to prepare the student for job entry at the inform a tion systems analyst level. The undergraduate area of emphasis consists of 12 hours beyond Q . M . 201 a nd I.S. 215. R e quir e d C o re: (12 H o u rs) Semes t er H ou r s Q.M . 440 . Operation s Re s e a r c h ............................................. 3 I.S . 345. Inform a tion Sy s tem s ....... .... .................................... 3 I.S . 355. Computerw a re ....................................................... 3 I.S . 465. S ys tem s Analy sis a nd De s ign .................. ................. 3 Addition a l Cours e s for the P r ofe ss ion a l C BI S Ca ndid a te : (9 H ours) In addition to the core above , candidate s s hould select , in consultation with their a dvi sers, at lea st 9 hours from the following courses. Some s ub s titution of other computer science courses m ay be allowed wh e re the candidate ' s career interests s o warrant. S e m es t er H o ur s Acct. 202. Introduction to M a n a geri a l Account i n g .................... 3 Q . M . 300 . Intermediate Stati s tic s .... ...................................... 3 E . E . 5 31. Telecommunic a tion s .............................................. 3 C.S . 453 . A ss embly Langua ge and Softw a r e S y tern .. .............. 3 C . S . 559 . On-Line Computing S ys t e m s ................................... 3 FINANCE The principal areas of s tudy in fin a nce a re fina n c i a l management , banking, inve stments, a nd in ura n c e . Fi nance i s intended to give an unders t a nding of funda mental theory pertaining to fina nce and to develop a bil ity to make practical application s of the principles a nd techniques of sound financial man a g e ment in busin ess. Every endeavor is made to train student s to think logi cally about financial problems and to formul a te ound financial decisions and policie s. Numerous oppor tunities are to be found with financi a l ins tituti o n s and in the field of business finance . Emph as i s i s place d on financial policy, management , control , an a l ysis a nd decision-making. Acct. 202 is a pr e requi s ite for thi s area . R e quir e d Co ur ses S e m es t er H o ur s Fin. 401. Busine s s Finance I .. ............................................... 3 Fin . 40 2. Bus ine ss Fin a nce II ............................................... 3 Fin. 433. Investment a nd Portfolio M a n age m e nt ....................... 3 Fin . 455 . Monetary and Fisca l Pol ic y ..................................... 3 R ecommende d El ec tive C o ur ses Fin . 440 . International Fin a nci a l M a n ag em e nt .......................... 3 Fin . 434. Security An alys i ................................................... 3 Fin . 453. B a nk M a n a gement ................................................. 3 R . E s . 4 5 4 . Re a l Estate Finan c e ............................................. 3 Ins. 484 . Principle s of Insura nce ............................................ ) INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS In recent years , companie s h ave completel y re oriented their thinking , planning , a nd opera tion s to 'Area courses i n office a d ministr a tion must b e comple ted on I h e Boul der Campu>o excep l for O.Ad. 440.

PAGE 56

48 /University of Colorado at Denver capitalize on the opportumties offered in the world marketplace. Every phase of business operation is af fected by this reorientation , and individuals who offer the appropriate skills, training , and orientation are in great demand. The program reflects the basic principle that effec tiveness in international business is based on a thorough training in business administration. The international business program provides the opportunity to build on these skills. The student electing this area must com plete at least 12 semester hours as follows: R equired Courses Semester H o urs Econ. 441. International Trade .............................................. 3 plus thr ee of the following courses: B . Ad. 440. International Busine ss Seminar .............................. 3 Fin. 440. International Financial Management ... ....................... 3 Or.Mg. 458. International Transportation ................................ 3 Mk. 490. International Marketing .......................................... 3 A second area of emphasis in business is highly rec ommended. The course requirements for the second area can be included as part of the business and free elective hours. Foreign language study is also recom mended, and foreign language skills are much sought after by business recruiters for this field. Other courses emphasizing international affairs may be elected from the following departments: anthropology, economics , geography , history , political science, psychology , and sociology. Students interested in this area may start their preparation by electing lan guage and other liberal arts and sciences courses in their program. MARKETING Marketing is concerned with analyzing the market for a product or service, planning and developing that product, determining the most appropriate distribution channels , pricing the product , and promoting it. Today the administrative policies and practices of any well managed firm should be marketing-oriented toward the consumer. The career opportunities in marketing reflect the businessman's awareness of the importance of this field. Today many individuals are rising to top execu tive positions by the marketing route. There are more executive and other job opportunitie s for women in the marketing field than in any other single area outside teaching or secretarial work. One out of every four people gainfully employed in this country is in a market ing position. Career opportunities abound in personal selling, ad vertising , sales management , marketing research , re tailing, wholesaling , marketing by manufacturers, in ternational marketing , etc. R equired Courses Semester H o urs Mk. 330. Marketing Resea rch ............................................... 3 Marketing electives (beyond Mk. 300) .. .................................. 9 MINERALS LAND MANAGEMENT The curriculum in minerals land management is de signed to incorporate the primary course patterns of the College of Business and Administration along with certain field area preparation in geology, chemistry, economics, and land management. With this preparation, the graduate is a candidate for entry into employment as a Iandman , exploration trainee, lease broker, and other jobs related to the min erals industry. Colorado is presently the headquarters for a wide assortment of resource-based companies operating throughout the western United States and Canada . These companies need qualified employees and have helped in the preparation of the program. The four-year program will consist of all College of Business requirements and must inc lud e the following: I. Nonbusiness Courses Semester H ours Geol. 207. Physic a l Geology and Geophysics ...................... .4 Chern. 101. General Chemi try ......................................... .4 Geol. 463. Principle s of Geomorphology ........... ... ............... .4 Geol. 493. Introduction to Geophy sica l Prospecting ............. .4 Econ. 453. Natural Resource Economics or Econ . 454. Environmental Economics ..................... .. .......... 3 2. Busin ess Courses Acct. 202. Introduction to Manageri a l Accounting .............. .. 3 R .Es. 300. Principle s of Real Estate ................................... 3 Fin. 355. Financial Markets or Fin. 401. Busine ss Finance I ............... ........ ...................... 3 3. A minimum of 12 hour s for the major area is required as s pecified below: Requir ed Courses (The following three courses) M.L. Mg. 485. Minerals Landman Administration ................................... ........................... 3 R.Es . 473. Legal Aspects of Real Estate Tran sactio n s . ......... . 3 Acct. 441. Income Tax Accounting ......... ... ........................ 3 Recommended Elective Courses (Three semester hours minimum) R .Es. 430. Real Estate Appraisal ....................... . ............... 3 B.Law 412. Bu ine ss Law ................................................ 3 B.Ad. 411. Busines s and Society ....................................... 3 Mk . 485. Physic a l Distribution ........................................... 3 Tr.Mg. 450. Survey of Transportation Operation and Procedure ............................................... ................ 3 ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT Organization management offers opportunities to develop understanding and skill in managing human resources in organizations . The curriculum provides the foundation for supervisory and general manage ment careers. R equired Courses Semester H ours Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups ...................................... 3 Or.Mg . 437. Managing Comp l ex Organizations ........................ 3 (At lea st one of the following:) Ps .Mg. 434. Labor Relations : Policy a nd Practice ..................... 3 Ps .Mg. 438. Per so nnel Management: Poli cy and Practice ............ 3 R ecommended Electives Ps .Mg. 439. Per so nnel Management: Legal and Social I ss ue s ..... 3 Ps.Mg. 444. Work Design and Me asureme nt ......................... . .. 3 Ps.Mg . 447. Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management ..................................................... 3 Tr. Mg. 450. Transportation Operation an d Management ............ 3 Pr.Mg . 460. Purcha sing and M aterials Management .................. 3 B.Ad . 470 . Small Business-Management and Operation . .......... 3

PAGE 57

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT Personnel management offers opportunities to de velop professional competence in the areas of per s on nel administration and labor relation s. Students acquire understanding and skill in developing and implementing personnel systems including recruitment , s election , evaluation, training , and motivation of employees ; and union-management relations. R eq uir ed Cour ses Semester H o urs Ps.Mg. 434. Labor Relation s: Polic y and Practic e ..................... 3 P .Mg. 438. Per so nnel Management : Policy a nd Practice ........... 3 Ps.Mg. 439. Per so nnel Management : Leg a l and Social Is sues ................... ...... ............................. .... ......... 3 Elective .................... ... .. . ................ ... .. .... .......... .. .. .... .... ... 3 R eco mmend ed El ec ti ves Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Group s ................................ ...... 3 Or.Mg. 437. Managing Complex Organizations ................... ..... 3 Pr .Mg. 440 . Planning and Control S ys tems in Production and Operations M a nagement .............................. 3 Pr .Mg. 444. Work Design and Measurement ................ . .......... . 3 Pr.Mg. 447. Polic y Analysis in Production and Operations Management ................................................... 3 Tr.Mg. 450. Transportation Operation and Management ............ 3 B . Ad . 452. Small Busine ss Strategy , Policy , and Entrepreneurship ............. .... ........... . .. .. .. . . .... ................ .... 3 O.Ad. 440 . Principles of Office Management ....................... . . .. 3 Econ . 461. Labor Economics ................. ... . .... ....................... 3 P yc h . 485. Prin ciples of Psychological Testing ........................ 3 P syc h . 487. Per onality As s essment ... . ................................... 3 Soc. 479 . Indu strial Sociology .............................. . ................ 3 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Production and operations management studies are designed to prepare for careers as production manager , operations manager, management analyst , or systems analyst in such private sector organizations as manufac turing , banking , insurance , hospital , and construction , as well as in a variety of municipal, state, a nd federal organizations. Production or operations man agers may be charged with the design, implementation, operation, and maintenance of the production systems. Managerial ac tivities could include forecasting demand , production planning and inventory control, scheduling labor and equipment , job design and labor standard s, quality con trol , purchasing , and facilities location and layout. R equired Cour ses (The following three courses) Q .M. 440. Oper a tions Research ............................................. 3 Pr .Mg. 440 . Planning and Control Systems in Production and Operations M a n a gement .. ..................... . ...... 3 Pr.Mg. 447 . Policy Analysis in Production and Operations Management . .......... .. .... .... ... ............... .......... .. 3 (One of the following courses) Pr.Mg . 444. Work De sig n and Measurement ........................ .... 3 Pr.Mg. 460 . Purchasing and Material s M a nagement .................. 3 R ecommended El ec ti ves I.S. 215. Inform ation Sy s tems : Introduction to Data Pro cessing ............................................................... 3 I.S . 345. Information Systems ............................................... 3 Or.Mg. 335. Managing Work Groups .................................... .. 3 Or.Mg . 437. Man a ging Complex Organization s . ..................... . . 3 P s.Mg. 434 . Labor Relatio n s: Polic y and Pra c tic e ......... ............ 3 Colleg e of Busin ess and Administration /49 Ps.Mg . 438 . Per s onnel Management: Policy an d Practice ........... 3 Tr.Mg . 450 . Transport a tion Operation and Management . . ...... .... 3 Mk. 485. Physica l Distribution Management .... .. .................. . ... 3 Acct. 332. Cost A cc ounting .................................................. 3 PUBLIC AGENCY ADMINISTRATION Public agency administration is designed to prepare for careers in management of governmental or other nonprofit service organizations . The curriculum in pub lic agency administration provide s the student with a foundation of core courses upon which to construct an area of emphasis which will focus on the type of service organization the student desires to enter upon gradua tion . Requir ed Courses Acct. 480. Bus iness and Governmentai Budgeting and Control ............................................................. .. . .... 3 Ps.Mg. 438. Per s onnel Admini s tration ......... ... .. .... ................ .. 3 O . Ad. 440. Principle s of Office Management ........................... 3 Q . M . 440 . Oper a tion s Research ............................................. 3 REAL ESTATE Real e s tate careers require knowledge of real estate inve s tments , urban land economics, re a l estate law, appraising, finance , taxes , management, sales, and ac counting. Real estate i s one s egment of the economy in which it is still po ss ible for a person to be his/her own boss whether as a broker , appraiser, developer , syndicator or property manager. R e quir ed Courses Semester H o ur s (After completion of R .Es. 300) R .Es. 430 . Re a l Estate Appr a i sing . . .. ................ .. .. .... ............. 3 R.E s . 454 . Real Estate Financing ..... . .. .................................. 3 R .Es. 401. Urban Land Ana lysis o r R . E s. 433. Real Estate Inve s tment s .................................... 3 R . E s. 473. Legal Aspect s of Real Estate ................................. 3 It i s strongly recommended that any stude nt planning to sit for the Colorado broker's examination take all six of the real estate courses. R ecommended Electives A cct. 441. Income Tax Accou nting .................. ............. ... . .. ... 3 Ins . 484. Principle s of Ins ur a nce .... ... .... . ... .. ... ........................ 3 Fin. 455 . M one t a ry a nd Fiscal Polic y ..................... ... ............. 3 Mk. 310. S ales manship ........................................................ 3 B .Ad. 452. Sm all Bus ines s Strategy , Policy , a nd Entrepreneurship ... .... ........... . ..... .. ......................... ... . 3 Arch. Eng. 240. Building M a teri als and Construction .......... .. .... 3 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP Small business management studies provide under standing, knowledge , and skills in organizing and man agi ng small business. The emphasis is on the managerial aspects of the wide range of activities required of the entrepreneur . A second area of emphasis in business is highly recommended . The course requirements of the seco nd area can be included as part of business or free elec tive s. Additional courses in management , finance , ac counting, and marketing sho uld be planned in consulta tion with the adviser to serve individual career needs.

PAGE 58

50 /University of Co l orado at Denver R e quired C o ur s e s Seme s t e r H o urs B . Ad. 470 . Small Business-Management and Ope r ation ........... 3 (Two of the following four courses) Fin . 401. Busine ss Finance I ............................ .. ................... 3 Acct. 332. Cost Accounting . .. . .... ...................... . . ... . ... . ... . .. .. .. 3 P s.Mg. 438. Personnel M a n a gement : Polic y and Practice ........... 3 Mk. 480 . Marketing Policie s and Strategies ........................ .. . .. 3 R ecomme nd e d Electi v e s Ps .Mg. 434 . Labor Relations : Polic y and Pract i ce . ... ................ . 3 Pr.Mg. 440 . Planning and Control Sy s tems in Production and Operation s Management ......................... ..... 3 Pr .Mg. 447 . Policy Anal y si s in Production and Operations Management . ... .. .... ......................................... 3 Tr.Mg. 450 . Tran s portation Operation a nd Management ...... . .... . 3 Pr.Mg . 460. Purcha s ing and Materials Management .................. 3 Mk. 485. Physical Distribution Man agement ............................ 3 O.Ad . 440 . Principles of Office Management ........................... 3 Fin . 402. Business Finance II . . ... .......... .. ........... .. ................. 3 STATISTICS (QUA N TITATIVE M ETHODS) Statistics prepares students for entry-level po s itions in statistics , management science , or operations re search division s of companies and as general manage ment trainees to fill line or staff functions. Combining an area of emphasis in statistics with another functional field such as accounting , finance, management , or mar keting will substantially enhance employability and prospects for advancement. Statistics majors work with the design and implemen tation of business experiments and surveys and use skills relating to analyzing, interpreting , and com municating quantitative business information to man agement in order to enhance the process of decision making . Students need competence in computer pro gramming and in preparing data for standa r d computer statistical packages, implementing these progr a ms , and interpreting their results. R e quired C o urs e s S e me s t e r H o urs (Any four of the following five cours es) Q . M . 300 . Intermediate Statistics . . . . . .. ................................... 3 (If Q . M. 300 is taken it s hould precede the c ourses below .) Q . M . 410 . Sampling and Inference .................................... ..... 3 Q . M . 4 2 0 . Multiv aria te Analy s i s ............................................ 3 Q . M . 430 . Bus ine s s Foreca s ting .. . . .... . . . ................. ... . ..... . ...... 3 Q.M . 440 . Operat i ons Research ...... . .. . .............. .... ............ ..... 3 Students with a double area of emphasis may substi tute one quantitative course in the other areas of em p hasis for one of the courses above , with permission of the management science division. R eco mm e nd e d C o ur ses Sem es t er H o ur s I.S . 215. Introduction to Data Processing ................................ 3 I.S . 345. Information Systems . .. . .. .. ... ............. .. . ... ............. ... . 3 I.S . 355. Computerware . .. ... .. .... .. . ........................................ 3 I.S . 465. S ys tem s Anal ys i s a nd Design .............................. . .... 3 Pr. Mg. 440 . Control System s in Operations M a nagement . .......... 3 Pr.Mg. 444. Socio Tech n ical Work System s .... ........................ 3 Pr .Mg. 447. Operations Management : Policy and Practice .......... 3 Mk. 330 . Marketing Research .... .. ... . .. .................. . . .. . .. .......... 3 Mk. 430. Res earch Design and Experimental Method s in Marketing ....... . .. . .... . . . .. .................................. 3 TRANSPORTATION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT The curriculum in transportation management in cludes the role of transportation in society and the problems of traffic management within specific indus tries as well as the management of firms in the transpor tation industry , s uch as airline s , trucking firms , rail roads , and urban transit firms. International transport a tion management problems and policies a re analyzed. One of the recommended elective cours es may be substituted with permission of the adviser for one of the required course s if there i s a schedule conflict , if the course is not available , or if a s tudent demon s trate s a career need for such a cours e . R e q uire d C o ur s e s S emes t e r H o ur s ( An y four of the following six cours e s) Tr.Mg . 450 . Tran s portation Oper a tion and Management ......... ... 3 Tr.Mg. 452. Problem s in Traffic Manage ment .. ... ... . ... . .... .... . .. .. 3 Tr.Mg . 456 . Air Tran s port a tion .... . ... ..................................... 3 Tr. Mg. 457. Urban Tra n s portation ............ . ......................... ... 3 Tr.Mg . 458 . Internation a l Tra n s portation .. . . . ... . .. ........ . . .. . ... . .. . . 3 Mk. 485. Physical Dis tribution Management ..................... .. . .. .. 3 R ecomme nd e d El ec tives P s .Mg. 434. Labor Relation s: Policy and Pr a ctice ......... ... ......... 3 Ps.Mg. 438. Per s onnel Management : Polic y and Pr a cti c e .. .. .. . .... 3 Tr. Mg. 451. Surve y o f T r a n s port at ion ....... . ............................ 3 Pr.Mg . 460 . Purch asing and M a teri a l s M a n a gement .................. 3 B . Ad . 470 . Small Bus iness-M a n a gem e nt and Operat i on ........... 3 O.Ad . 440. Principle s of Office M a n a gement ...................... . . ... 3 COM B I N E D P R O G R A M S Numerous career opportumttes exist for persons trained in both a specialized field a nd management. For this reason, students may be interested in combined programs of study leading to completion of degree re quirements concurrently in two fields . Such combined programs have been arranged for engineering and busi ness, pharmacy and business , and environmenta l de sign and business . Programs may be arranged for other professiona l combinations also. The two programs of study proceed concurrently , terminating together with the award of two degrees. Generally, at least five years will be needed for such combined programs. No s ubstitutions are allowed in this program. For students in combined programs , the require ments for the degree in business are as follows: I. Completion of at least 48 semester hours in busi ness and economics , to include Econ . 201 and 202 (6 semester hours) , required courses in business (30 semester hours) , and a busines s area of emphasis (12 semester hours). 2 . Completion of at least 30 of these semester hours at the University of Colorado while enrolled in the College of Business. 3. Completion of nonbusiness requirements in mathematics , communications , and the s ocial and be havioral sciences in a degree program approved in ad vance by the College of Busines s. In addition , for some courses and areas of emphasis , there are prerequi s ite requirements which mus t be met. 4. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Bu s iness . Shown below i s the combined engineering-busines s program. For other combinations , student s s hould con-

PAGE 59

suit with the associate dean of the College of Business. The requirements for all combined business and en gineering programs are as follows: Courses Seme ster Hours Econ . 201 and 202. Pinciples of Economics (Should be completed during the student's sophomore or junior year.) .. . . .. . . . . .. .... ....... . ... . .......... . ................. . ... .. . . 6 Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting . .......... ...... . . .. . 3 B . Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer . . .. .. .. .. .. ... ... 3 Q.M. 201. Business Statistics ... . .. . ... ... . ........ .. . .. . ... .. .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 3 Mk. 300. Principles of Marketing . ........ . .. .......... .. .. . . ......... ...... 3 Fin. 305. Basic Finance ... . ... . ... ............ . . . ... ......................... . 3 Pr.Mg. 300. Production and Operation s Management ........... ... . . 3 Or.Mg. 330 . Introduction to Management and Organization .. ... . .. ............................ .. . . . . . ... .. .. .... . . .. .. . 3 B.Law 300. Business Law . . ....... ... .. . .. .. ......... . . . . .. . . . . . . ............ 3 B . Ad. 410. Business and Government ; or B . Ad . 411. Business and Society . . . ... . .......... .. . . ... ........ . .. . . . ............ . .. ... 3 B.Ad. 450 . Business Policy Cases and Concepts in Busi ness Policy; or B . Ad. 451. Management Games and Cases in Business Policy ; or B . Ad . 452. Small Business Strategy , Policy and Entrepreneurship . .. ......... . .. . ... . ... . .. .. . . .. 3 Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields: account ing, computer-based information s ystems , finance , international bu s iness, marketing, office administration , operations management , or ganizational behavior, real estate, small business management , statis tics, or transportation management. All work in the area of emphasis must be taken at the University of Colorado , College of Business and Administration . Area of emphasis ...... . .... . . .......... . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . ... .... .......... . ... .. . 12 Total 48 GRA DUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS R equirements for Admission-Master's Programs Admission to the master's programs will be deter mined by the following criteria: I. Applicant's academic record. 2. The applicant's scores on the Graduate Manage ment Admission Test (GMAT). (This test is given four times each year at numerous centers throughout the world. For information and to make application for the test, write to the Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 966, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 . ) Because of the large number of applications which must be processed, the deadlines set out below are strictly adhered to, and applicants should be careful to observe them. Personal interviews are not required . In general, students failing to meet minimum stan dards are not admitted on a provisional status. Seniors in this University who have satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who need not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet requirements for bachelor's degrees may be admitted to the Graduate School of Business Ad ministration by special permission of the director of graduate studies. Completed applications, including GMAT scores, transcripts, and a $20 nonrefundable application fee should be in the Office of Graduate Studies, Graduate School of Business Administration, University of Col orado at Boulder, Boulder , Colorado 80309, by March I for summer admission , by April I for fall admission, and by October I for spring admission. College of Business and Administration /51 Daytime M.B.A. courses are offered m Boulder. Evening M.B.A . courses are offered m Denver and Colorado Springs. BACKGROUND REQUIREMENTS Students applying for graduate programs in business do not need to have an undergraduate degree in busi ness; however, they must acquire an adequate back ground preparation in: Accounting Busine s s finance Business law College algebra and differ ential calculus Computer programming Economic s, macro and micro Logistic s management M a nagement science M a rketing Organization management Statistics Statistics, management science, and production management are not required for candidates for the Master of Business Education degree. An undergraduate degree program in business ad ministration usually provides the minimal necessary background in most of these fields. At the University of Colorado, a student who has had the following courses will be considered to have the minimal necessary background: Acct. 200 . Introduction to Financial Accounting Acct. 202. Introduction to Managerial Accounting B . L a w 300 . Bu s iness Law Econ . 201 and 202 or Econ. 300 . Principles of Economic s Fin . 305 . Basic Finance Or.Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization Mk. 300 . Principles of Marketing and one additional 3-hour marketing course approved by advi s er. Q .M. 201. Busine s s Statistics (note exception below) Q.M . 440. Bu s ine s s Opera tions Re s earch Math. 108. Polynomial Calculus Capa bility in Basic Fortran, or similar computer language For students lacking such preparation, graduate fun damentals courses are offered in each of the background fields: B.Ad . 501 (Acct.), B . Ad . 502 (Stat.), B.Ad . 503 (Mk.), B.Ad. 504 (Mg. Org . ), B.Ad. 505 (Fin.), B.Ad. 506 (Law), and B.Ad. 507 (Mg.Sc.) . These fundamentals courses do not carry graduate business degree credit, nor may they be used to satisfy requirements for the bachelor ' s degree in business. They are open only to admitted graduate students. Re medial work is required of all applicants accepted for the M . B.A. and M.S. programs who do not have the mathematics and programming skills. Please confer with a student adviser for suggestions on ways to fulfill these requirements . ln addition, all graduate students are required to take either B.Ad. 500 (Sources of Information andResearch Methods) or to pass a qualifying examination cov e ring this subject matter. General Information Master's Programs The M.B.A. program is a two year curriculum with the possibility of waiver, for properly prepared stu dent s, of all or part of the first year. The student must request course exemption and should be prepared to support the request for waiver. Up to 25 credit hours (First Year Program) of course work may be waived.

PAGE 60

52 /University of Colorado at Denver Adv ising. All graduate students should report first to the student adviser in the Graduate School of Business Administration office for the purpose of ascertaining deficiencies and principal field of interest. The division heads of each area serve as faculty advisers . During the first term of residence, each student should prepare a degree plan. This plan, with appro priate signatures, should be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies. Qualifving Examination. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Management Admission Test and ad mission into a master's program with the status of a regular degree student will constitute the qualifying examination for graduate study . Course Load. The normal course load for graduate students is 12-15 semester hours. Minimum Hours Required. A candidate for a master's degree in business must complete a minimum of30 semester hours of graduate work plus any deficiencies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of graduate work can be transferred from another AACSB-accredited master's program. Comprehensive Examination. Each candidate for a Master of Science or Master of Business Education degree is required to take a comprehensive final exami nation after the other requirements for the degree have been met. This examination is given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence. Students must be registered when they take this examination. Com prehensive examinations are given in November, April, and July . A comprehensive examination is not required for students pursuing the Master of Business Adminis tration degree program. Students must file an Application for Admission to Candidacy with the Office of Graduate Studies during the first month of the final term of their residency. Minimum Grade-Point Average. A minimum cumu lative grade-point average of 3.0 must be achieved in courses taken after the student's admission to the graduate program. If the student's cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0, he or she will be placed on academic probation and given one regular semester (summer terms excluded) in which to achieve the re quired 3.0 cumulative average . Failure to achieve the required average within the allotted time period will result in dismissal. Work receiving the lowest passing grade, D, may not be counted toward a degree , nor may it be accepted for the removal of deficiencies. A graduate student may repeat once a course for which he or she has received a grade of C , D, or F. Both the original grade and the grade for the repeated course count in the computation of the grade-point average. To earn a grade of W (withdrawal) in a course, a student must be earning a grade of C or better in that course. Students will not be permitted to withdraw from courses after the tenth week of the semester. An IF grade shall be a valid grade only until the end of the regular semester (summer terms excluded) follow ing that in which the grade of IF is given. By the end of that interval, the instructor concerned shall have turned in a final grade of A, B, C, D, or F. If no reports are received from the instructor within the allotted time the IF shall be converted to an F. Time Limit. All 30 semester hours of graduate work, including the comprehensive final examination, should be completed within five years or six successive sum mers. Candidates for the master's degree are expected to complete their work with reasonable continuity . ' Master of Business Administration The Master of Business Administration program is devoted to the concepts , analytical tools, and com munication skills required for competent and responsi ble administration . The administration of an enterprise is viewed in its entirety and within its social, political, and economic environment. In addition to the background requirements for a master ' s degree listed above, the candidate for the M.B.A. degree must complete the specific require ments of the M . B.A . curriculum (30 semester hours) as follows: Core Requirem e nts Semester Hours a . Functional Courses Two of the following four functional courses are required: Fin. 601, Mk. 600, Pr .Mg. 640 (Logistics), and I.S. 645, at least one of which shall be either Fin. 601 or Mk. 600 . Candidates with either marketing or finance undergraduate or graduate majors shall not take the corresponding functional course to fulfill this requirement ....... ................. .... ..................... . ............ . ..... . .... .... 6 b . Business and Its Environment Business , Government, and Society (B.Ad. 610) .. .. .. .... . . . ...... 3 c. Analysis and Control Business and Economic Analysis (B.Ad. 615) ...... .. .............. 3 Administrative Controls (B.Ad. 620)' ... .... . ..................... ..... 3 d . Human Factors Organizational Behavior (B.Ad . 640) ... ............................... 3 e . Planning and Policy Administrative Policy (B.Ad. 650) ................. .... .............. ... 3 Area of Emphasis .......................................... ............. .... Total 30 Areas of emphasis include accounting, finance, man agement science, marketing\ office administration, or ganization management, personnel management, pro duction and operations management, and transporta tion management. For students taking an area of emphasis in account ing, Acct. 322, 323 and 332 or their equivalents are prerequisites for all graduate-level accounting courses. Acct. 533 is substituted for B.Ad. 620. Acct. 628 and two other graduate-level accounting courses are re quired in the area of emphasis . B . Ad. 630 is a required elective for an accounting area of emphasis. Requirements for an area of emphasis in finance are Fin. 601, 602 and either Fin. 633 or 655. Requirements for an area of emphasis in marketing are Mk. 600, 605 and one additional graduate marketing course. ' Under unus ual circumstances . s tudent s whose res idence is interrupted for legitimate reasons. such as militar y service, may apply for an extension or time. l Accounting st udents should substitute Acct. 533. JRequiremenrs for an area of emphasis in marketing in the M . B . A . will consist of9 hours as follow s: Mk. 600 ( Marketing Man a gement). Mk. 605 (M. B . A . Semin a r in Marketing) , and one additional 3-hour marketing cours e a t lhe 500 level o r higher.

PAGE 61

Students taking other areas of emphasis should con sult the division head concerning the requirements. No thesis is required in the M.B.A. program. In the total program there must be a minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate course work and a minimum of 24 semester hours of course work at the 600 level. Inde pendent study course 699 is normally not acceptable for credit in the final 30 semester hours of the M.B.A . program. Master of Science The Master of Science degree affords opportunity for specialization and depth of training within a particular major field and a related minor field. MAJOR FIELDS For detailed information concerning requirements and recommended programs for each of the major fields, students should consult the following professors : Accounting ............. ... . ... .......... . . . ............... Professor Schattke Finance . ......... .. . . . .... . ...... . .. . .. .. .. .. .. . .... ............. Professor Kolb Management science ........................................ Professor Plane Marketing .. ..... ........... . .. . .. .. . . . . ... .. . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Professor Goeldner Management and organization .... . . .. . .. ..... .... .. .. . . .. Professor Reed With the approval of the student's adviser and the director of graduate studies, minor fields may be chosen from busine ss subjects or from other graduate depart ments . Fields available in the College of Business for selec tion as a minor are: Accounting Business education Finance Management science Marketing Office administration MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Organization management Per onnel management Production and operation management Real estate Transportation management The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree, after all undergraduate background deficiencies have been removed , may be met by Plan I or Plan II. The student's degree program should be approved in ad vance by the advisory committee and the director of graduate studies. Plan I. The requirement is 30 semester hours of graduate credit including a thesis (4 to 6 hours credit) based upon original research by the candidate. A minimum of 20 semester hours of credit, including B.Ad . 630 (Business Research), is required of all candi dates and, including the thesis, must be earned in a major field . A minimum of three courses , normally 9 College of Business and Administration /53 semester hours but not fewer than 6, must be completed in a minor field. Plan II. Minimum of 30 semester hours of course work must be completed in courses numbered at the 500 level or above. Requirements must be met in both a major and a minor field. No thesis is required . Of the 30 semester hours of graduate-level course work, a minimum of 16 hours must be at the 600 level. All M.S. students must pass written comprehensive examinations covering major and minor fields . The candidate ' s committee may require an oral final com prehensive examination subsequent to the written examination. Master of Business Education Students should refer to the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Mas ter of Business Education program . Minors Without Majors in Fields of Business Graduate students majoring in other divisions of the University may elect as a minor some field of study within the College of Business and Administration . Ac ceptable fields are: Accounting Business education Finance Management science Marketing Office admini s tration Organization management Personnel management Production and operation s management Transportation management The student must complete two preparatory funda mentals courses, or their equivalents, as background preparation in the particular field . These two courses will be selected in consultation with a College of Busi ness and Administration adviser. Validation of background preparation may be required through examination , either written or oral , or both. To complete a minor at the graduate level in one of the fields within the college , the student must present not fewer than two graduate courses , and not fewer than 6 semester hours at the 500 or 600 level. Courses taken to apply on a minor must form a logical sequence or unit and should be approved in advance by a rep resentative of the subject field from which the courses are selected. Doctor of Business Administration Students should refer to the Uni v ersity of Colorado at Boulder Catalog for information regarding the Doc tor of Business Administration (D . B . A.) program.

PAGE 62

School of Education Richard E. Wylie, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL UCD offers undergraduate and graduate programs to prepare teachers and other educational workers. The education of school personnel has long been a recog nized responsibility of the University. No program of studies involves the coordination of more scholastic disciplines than does the education of teachers. None is more fundamental, more sig nificant , more far-reaching , or more enduring in its impact on society. The teacher education program, both undergraduate and graduate, is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Membership also is held in the American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education. Students interested in pursuing a program of stu dies leading to initial teacher certification should consult the School of Education Office. Those desiring to pursue graduate programs or to take courses as graduate stu dents should consult the Graduate School section of this bulletin . All application forms for School of Education pro grams are available in the sc hool office, located at 1156 9th Street, 629-2717. INITIAL CERTIFICATION PROGRAM The Initial Certification Program is designed to pre pare elementary and secondary teachers for urban school settings through academic work, profes s ional studies, classroom teaching experiences, community field experiences, and urban studies courses. Undergraduate teacher certification programs are available at UCD in elementary education and in sec ondary education in the fields of communication and theatre, English, German, French, Spanish, mathema tics, science, and social studies . Student Candidates I. Juniors and se nior s who are working on B.A. or B.S. degrees. 2. Persons who already have B.A., B.S., or ad vanced degree s, but who do not have teaching certifi cates. The Program First Semester (Fall) Semester Hours T.Ed. 370. The City as a Cultural Laboratory .................... .... .. 2 T.Ed. 306. Foundations of Americ an Education ......... . .. ... .. .. . ... 3 T . Ed. 313. General Educational Psychology ............ .. .............. 3 T.Ed. 336. Teaching Reading in Urban Schools ................ ... . ... 3 Field Experience: A field experience component will be available each semester of the program, with a common experience comprising each of the courses offered during the fall se mester. It is expected that all students will complete a portion of their field placement within the city of Denver. Time Commitment for Field Experiences: First Semester T.Ed. 306: Two hour s per week in Denver Public Schools T.Ed. 313: Two hour s per week in Denver Public Schools T.Ed. 336: Two hours per week in Denver Public Schools If the student elects to take these courses out of sequence, such as T.Ed. 306 the first semester and T.Ed. 313 and 336 the following fall, the time commitment will be a minimum of four hours per week each semester. City as a Cultural L aboratory: To be offered fall semester in the form of five intensive weekend field experiences in the city of Denver. Students must choose three of the five varied experiences and may choose to attend and participate in all five of them . A seminar will be held at the end of the semes ter to process the experiences. K-/2: T .E d. 336 and T . Ed. 313 will be offered with one section designated with an elementary emphasis and one section with an emphasis on seco ndar y aspec ts . All other courses will maintain the K-12 per spect ive . Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (Prior to the end of the first semester, level of specia lization to be pursued or involvement in multiple methods courses for purposes of dual certification should be indicated .) Second Semester (Spring) Special Methods: a. For elementary certification: Semester Hours T.Ed. 415. Ba sic Elementary Block ................ .... .......... 9 b. For secondary ce rtification : Discipline-area methods course taught either in School of Education or College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ........................................... .. .... .... 3 T.Ed . 314. Communication: Human Relations and Group Processe s .............................................................. 2 T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Secondary) .......... .. 2 T.Ed. 375. School-Based Field Experience (Elementary) ........ .. .4 (Full-time involvement in School of Education for elementary-level students during second se mester of program . )

PAGE 63

Second S e mester T.Ed. 375. to 8 hours per week in Denver Public Schools T.Ed. 375. (Elementary)10 to 12 hrs. per week in Denver Public Schools. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sc i ences for econdary level students (as necessary). Summer Session (Op tional Enrollment) This ad ditional semester m ay be nece ssary for some stu dent s to com plet e pr ogram requirements during a two-year period. I . Student te aching b y petition only. 2. Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 3 . Elect i ve courses in the School of Educa tion a l so m ay be t a ken during the summer sess ions. ThirdS emester (Fall) Semester H ours Elementa r y c e rt ificatio n : (Involves a 10-to 1 2-week full-time s tudent teaching ass i gnment, concu rr ent seminar . ) T.Ed. 470 . Student Teaching -El ementary School ... .. . .. . . ........ . 8-9 T.Ed. 473. Work shops in Special Methods ........ ... ....... ... .. ... ... .4 T .Ed. 439. Seminar in Ele ment ary Student Teaching ... .. ..... . . . ... ! Special Methods: To be offered as a 3-hourcourse, whic h will include work in art, music, and physical educatio n . Secondary certification: T.Ed. 471. Student Teaching-Secondary School (8-10 weeks full-time or 1 5 weeks h alf-time assignment) .......... . ... 8-9 T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondary Student Teaching .................. 1 Academic work in College of Liberal Arts and Science s (as nece sary). F o urth S e mest er (Spring) Semes ter H ours T.Ed. 414. Senior Seminar : Urban Education, Bilingual/ Multicultural and Special Educa tion ... ... ... ... ........ 3 Urban Studie co ur e in College of Libe ral Art and Sciences (if the e are no t previously co mplet ed as a p art of academic m ajo r or General Educ ation requirements) from suc h a re as a teaching English as a secon d l anguage, Black Studie , Mexican American Studies , minority liter ature, and/or urb a n-oriented work in socio logy , anthropology, etc ................... ............................. . ............. ..... 9 Academic work in Co lle ge of Liberal Arts a n d Science s for b ot h elementaryand seco ndary-level s tudents (as nece ssary). Students desiring dual certification and w h ose program permits . Optional: T.Ed. 4 70. Student Teaching-Elem entary School (10-12 weeks full-time assignment) .. ... ... ... . .............................. .. 8-9 T.Ed. 471. Student Teachin g-Secondary School (8-10 weeks full-time or 15 weeks h a lf time assig nment ) ........................ 8 9 T.Ed. 439. Seminar in E lement a ry Student Teaching ............... . ! T.Ed. 440. Seminar in Secondar y Student Teaching ..... ............. ! S chool of Edu c ation /55 At any time during the two-year program all elemen tary m ajo r s will be required to take 3 semester hours of elective credit in School of Education courses. Admission Procedures Advising. Students will initially make an appoint ment to see a slide film which will introduce the Ini tial Certification Program to them . After viewing the slide presentation , they will be advised by the academic adviser on specific credits, courses, re quirements , etc . Students must obtain transcripts from all institutions they have attended prior to seeing the academic adviser. (The evaluation done by the Admissions Office is not a valid transcript.) An inter view will then be conducted by the faculty. Recom mendation for admission will be made by the adviser after the interview. For further information contact the academic adviser , School of Education, 1156 9th Street , 629-2717. Rehabilitation Services Program The School of Education offers a two-year program in rehabilitation services to juniors and seniors, focus ing s trongly on the recruitment and training of minor itie s . Students entering the progr am must have com pleted 60 semester hours by September of the year for which application is made and s hould consult with the School of Education regarding entrance requirements. The program leads to a B . S. degree , but not a teaching certificate. The program combines didactic and experiential facets of rehabilitation counseling . Trainees spend a minimum of two days per week working in setting s such as drug a nd alcohol treatment centers, juvenile proba tion, and rehabilitation serv ice agencies. The program require s 30 hours of core curricu lum courses during the junior and se nior years. Applications for admission to the Rehabilitation Ser vices Program are acce pted each year until July 31. Graduate Programs Refer to the Gra du a te School section of this bulletin for information regarding graduate programs in educa tion.

PAGE 64

56/University of Colorado at Denver College of Engineering and Applied Science Paul E. Bartlett, Associate Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Engineering is the art and science by which the re sources of society are used for the preservation of a wholesome environment. Engineers study the effects of present and prospective technology on man and the environment, communicate their findings to decision making groups, and implement decisions and design which will shape tomorrow's world. Because so many of the key issues affecting the future of mankind are technological or quantitative in nature, engineers must have a broad socia l orientation which will enable them to participate fully in the decision-making proce ss. The prospective engineering student should enjoy mathematic s and also have a keen interest in science and its methods. Sound curiosity about the principles governing the behavior of forces and materials and the ability to visualize structures and machines are neces sary prerequisites. The ability to express ideas verbally and in writing is also of primary importance. A wide variety of career opportunities is available to the engineering graduate. Estimates indicate that the nation is not graduating as many engineers as will be needed in the future. Women and minorities are in adequately represented in engineering and are encour aged to participate in the challenges of this profession. The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete four-year programs leading to the B.S. degree in civil engineering, electrical engineering, electrical engineering and computer science, and ap plied mathematics. Many courses leading to the B.S. degree in mechanical engineering are offered, and the intent is to expand the offerings to a complete under graduate degree program at UCD. A number of the courses leading to the B . S . degree in aerospace en gineering sciences, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, engineering design and economic evalua tion, and engineering physics also are offered at UCD . The course requirements during the freshman year are essentially the same throughout the College of En gineering and Applied Science. About two-thirds of the sophomore year is common to all, and the remainder of the courses begin to point to the various fields of engineering taught; real specializa tion begins, however, in the junior year and carries on through the senior year. A fifth year of study leading to the master's degree is stro ngly urged for students of more than usual ability who feel they can profit from additional study. Those in this category are likely to achieve greater ultimate success in the engineering pro fession. At UCD it is also possible for a student to obtain the bachelor's degree in both engineering and business in five years plus one or two summer terms . Any of the engineering degree programs can be modified for an excellent premedical program. If liberal arts students elect certain courses in science, mathematics, and en gineering as undergraduates, they may earn an en gineering degree in four semesters after graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. At the graduate level, UCD offers complete master's degree programs in civil engineering, electrical en gineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate courses leading to the Ph .D. in civil engineering and electrical engineering are also offered. For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the Master of Engineering, Master of Sci ence, or Ph.D. degree, see the University of Colorado at B oulder Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin . Registered Professional Engineer Currently, registration is required in all states for the legal right to practice professional engineering. Al though there are variations in the state laws, graduation from an accredited curriculum in engineering, subscrip tion to a code of ethics, and four years of qualifying experience are required. In addition, two days of examinations, covering the engineering sciences and the applicant's practical experience, are required in most states. Those who cannot qualify for registration are expected to work under experienced registered pro fessional engineers. Undergraduate Research Research i s an important part of many, if not most, engineering careers . Recent years have seen a strong movement in the College of Engineering and Applied Science to include undergraduates in the type of re search programs formerly restricted to graduate stu dents. Undergraduates, including some freshmen, have helped to carry out valuable projects in pollution con trol, bioengineering, solid state electronics, and other fields, including syste ms analysis and many areas of computerization.

PAGE 65

At the same time, instructional laboratories are mov ing from routine apparatu s manipulation to placing major emphasis upon experimentation and original projects. Students and faculty alike have responded to this change with new zest, achieving in many cases socially or scientifical ly valuable results along with an enhanced understanding of research methods. Summer Courses Summer term courses are planned for regular stu dents who must clear deficiencies a nd for transfer stu dents. Courses also are offered for high school graduates who wish to enter as freshmen and for those who need to remove subject deficiencies. For informa tion about courses, s tudent s s hould write to the as sociate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, UCD, for the Schedule of Summer Courses. For many stude nts there are several adva ntages in starti ng their college careers during the summer term. Some required freshman and sophomore courses are normally offered at UCD during the summer and are taught by the regular staff. Generally, the s ummer classes are smaller than regular academic-year classes, which means that students can get more individual at tention. Beginning during the ummer term gives stu dents a head tart and enables them to take a lighter load during the fall semester or to take additional courses to enrich their programs. Scholarships, Fellowships, and Loan Funds Money contributed to the University Development Foundation for assistance to engi neering students is deposited in appropriate accounts and used according to the restrictions imposed by the donors. Numerous industries match employee contributions. A Jist of companies contributing to scho lar s hip s and fellowships and different loan funds available can be obtained from the associate dean's office. Student Organizations The following honorary engineering societies have active student chapters in the College of Engineering and Applied Science: Alpha Chi Sigma , professional chemical fraternity Chi Epsilon, civil and architectur al fraternity Eta Kappa Nu, electrical engineering ociety Phi Tau Sigma , society of mechanical engineers Sigma Tau, engineering socie ty Tau B eta Pi , engineering society Student chapters of the following professional so cieties are well established at UCD: American Society of Civil Engineers Association for Computing Machinery Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers The following societies have chapters on the Boulder Campus; how ever, UCD students are eligible for mem bership: American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics American Ins titute of Chemical Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers Society of Manufacturing Engineers College of Engineering and Applied Science /57 Society of lndu trial and Applied Mathematics Society of Women Engineers and Architects REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION In order to enroll, the student must meet the admis sion requirements of the College of Eng ineering a nd Applied Science and the admission requirements de scribed in the General information section of this bulle tin. Students with high class standing and high ACT (or SAT) scores will be considered for admission. Students who have been out of high sc hool for two or more years may petition the College for admission. Persons of suf ficient maturity and experience who do not meet the prescribed requirements for admission may be admitted upon approval of the associate dean. Beginning st udent s in engineering should be prepared to start analytic geometry-calculus. No cred it toward a degree will be given for algebra or trignometry (courses will be offered to allow a student to make up deficien cies). Any st udent who questions the adequacy of his pre-college background in mathematics s hould see the applied mathematics coordinator for suggestions. To be prepared for the type of mathematics courses that will be taught, the student must be competent in the basic ideas and skill of ordinary algebra, geometry, and plane trigonometry. These include such topics as the fundamental operations with algebra i c expressions, exponents and radicals, fractions , simple factoring, solution of linear and quadratic equations, graphical representation, simple sy terns of equations, complex number s, the binomial theorem, arithmetic an d geometric progressions , logarithms , the trigonometric functions and their use in triangle solving and simple applications, and the standard theorems of geometry, includin g some solid geometry. It is estimated that it will usually take seven semesters to cover this material adequately in high school. Freshmen Hi g h School Subjects R equired Recommended Required for Admission Units' Units English 3 4 Mathematics di st ributed as follows: Algebra 2 2 Geometry I I Trigonometry and higher mathematics Natural sc iences 2 Physics I Chemistry I Social studies and humanities 2 3 Foreign languages and additional units of English, history , and literature are included in the humanities E lectives' 5 3 Totals 15 16 1 A unit of work in high school i s defined as a course covering a school year of not fewer than 36 weeks, with five periods of at least 40 minutes each per week. (Two periods of manual training , domestic science, drawing, or laboratory work are equivalent to one period of classroom work. ) This is equivalent to 180 actua l periods per unit. Fractional credits of value less than one half unit will not be accepted. Not less than one unit or work will be accepted in a foreign language , elementary a lgebr a, geometry. physics. chemistry . or biology . ' Electives may be chosen from any of the high school subjects (except physical education) which are accepted by an acc redited schoo l for its diploma and which meet the standard s as defined by the North Central Associ a tion . However. not more tha n two units will be co nsidered from drawing , s hop . or other vocationa l work : courses t hat have descriptive geometry featu r e s ma y be considered for elective unit s beyond the recommended units .

PAGE 66

58/University of Colorado at Denver Transfer Students Students transferring from other accredited col legiate institutions are considered for admission if they meet the requirements outlined in the General Informa tion section of this bulletin and the freshman require ments for entering the College of Engineering and Applied Science . from within the University to the College of Engmeenng and Applied Science will be considered if one of the three following conditions is fulfilled: I. Transfer may be effected at the end of the first semester in residence at the University of Colorado provided the prior academic record fulfills the admis sion requirements of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. 2. A transfer will be considered if the student has attained an overall grade average of C in all work at tempted at the University of Colorado. 3. Other transfers may be approved by the associate dean of the College of Engineering and Applied Science (or his designee) after a formal petition has been submit ted. Transfer hours of credit may be accepted upon ap proval by the Office of Admissions and Records and the major department. The grade-point average of the stu dent transferring from another institution does not transfer into the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The grade-point average is computed from the time the student is enrolled at the University of Col orado. Transfer credit hours must be evaluated by the major department before they may be applied to the student's engineering degree requirements. All transfer credit must be validated by satisfactory achievement in subsequent courses. ACADEMIC POLICIES Refer to the General Information sect ion of this bulle tin for descriptions of University-wide policies . The following policie s apply specifically to the Col lege of Engineering and Applied Science. Attendance Regulations Successful work in the College of Engineering and Applied Science is dependent upon regular attendance in all classes . Students who are unavoidably absent should make arrangements with instructors to make up the work missed. Students who, for illness or other good reason, miss a final examination must notify the instructor or the associate dean's office no later than the end of the day on which the examination is given. Fail ure to do so will result in an F in the course . Changing Departments Students who wish to change to another department within the College of Engineering and Applied Science must apply for transfer by petition , and this petition must have the approval of both departments concerned and of the associate dean. Counseling Freshman students are counseled by the associate dean's office, and by representatives from each aca demic department. These representatives are readily available to assist students with academic, vocational, or personal concerns. Students are assigned specific departmental advisers for academic planning and should consult with the de partmental chairman or designated representative for assignment. Course Load Policy Full-time Students. Undergraduate students em ployed less than I 0 hours per week should register for the regular work as outlined in the departmental cur ricula. Additional courses may be allowed when there is satisfactory evidence that these extra courses can be taken profitably and creditably. Permission to take more than 21 hours may be granted only after written petition to the associate dean. The petition must carry the approval of the departmental faculty adviser. Employed Students. Suggested course loads for un dergraduate students employed 10 or more hours per week are as follows : E mployed 40 or more hours per week-two courses ( maximum of 9 semester hours) Employed 30 to 39 hour s per week-three courses ( maximum of 12 semester hours) Employed 20 to 29 hours per week-four courses (maximum of 15 semester hours) Employed 10 to 19 hours per week-five courses (max imum of 18 semester hours) Credits Students may receive credit for only those courses for which they have officially registered. Exceptions to this are credits obtained through special examinations, correspondence courses, CLEP, and transfer credits from other institutions. Students who have had exten sive experience in the work covered by any required course and feel they would be able to pass an examina tion over the course may apply for such an examination. Credit will be allowed upon successful completion of the test. See the General Information section for de tail s. Freshman Year Fundamentals taught in the freshman year are of prime importance in the more advanced classes, and every effort is made to register a beginning freshman in the proper courses. (Course requirements for freshmen are detailed within the curriculum given under each department.) All freshmen are urged to consult their instructors whenever they need help in their assignments. Repetition of Courses A student may not register for credit in a course in which he or she already has received a grade of C or better. When a student takes a course for credit more than once , all grades are used in determining the

PAGE 67

grade-point average. An F grade in a required course necessitates a subsequent satisfactory completion of the course. Scholastic Def i c ienc y To remain in good standing in the College of En gineering and Applied Science a student must maintain a cumulative grade average of at least C. The student who fails to meet this requirement will be subject im mediately to the authority of the Committee on Aca demic Progress. When semester grades become avail able, the committee will review all cases of scholastic deficiency and notify each student of its decision . Sequence o f C ourses Full-time students should complete the courses in the department in which they are registered according to the c u rriculum shown under their major department in this b u lletin . (Part-time students may need to modify the order of courses with adviser approval.) Any cour e in which there is a failure or an unremoved incomplete shou l d, upon the first recurrence of such course, take precedence over other courses; however, each student must be regi tered so that departmental requirements will be completed with the least possible delay. Students who do not earn a grade of C or better in a course that is prerequisite to another may not register for the succeeding course unless they have the permis s i on of both the department and the instructor of the succeeding course. Students may enroll for as much as 50 percent of their courses in work that is not a part of the prescribed cu rri cula of the College of Engineering and Applied Science , provided they have at least a 2.0 grade average in all college work attempted. Exceptions to this policy may be made by petition and may be made for students taking the combined engineering-business program . PLANNING AN ENGINEERING PROGRAM I t is the responsibility ofswdents to be sure they have fulfilled all the requirements, to file the intended date of g r aduation in the departmental office at the close of the third year, to fill out a Diploma Card at regi tration at t h e beginning of the last semester, and to keep the departmental adviser and the associate dean's office i n formed of any changes in the students' plans through out the last year. In o rder to become eligible for one of the bachelor' degrees i n the College of Engineering and Applied Sci ence, a student, in addition to being in good standing in t h e U n iversity, must meet the following minimum re quirements: Courses. The satisfactory completion of the prescri bed and elective work in any curriculum as determin ed by the appropriate department. Hours. A minimum of 136 hours, of which the last 30 shall be earned after matriculation and admission as a degree student, is required for students in the four -year curri cu la; however, many students will need to present mo r e than the minimum hours because of certain deCollege of Engineering and Applied Science /59 partmental requirements and because they may have enrolled in courses which do not carry full credit toward a degree. The hours required for students in the com bined business and engineering program vary by de partments; as a guide, 166 semester hours are consid ered a minimum, but most students follow programs that bring the total above this figure. Grade Average. A minimum grade-point average of 2.0 (C) for all cour es attempted . A department may require a minimum grade of C in all major courses. Fa cu lt y Recommendat ion. The recommendation of the faculty of the department offering the degree and the recommendation of the faculty of the College of En gineering and Applied Science . lncomp l etes and Correspondence Courses. It is the student's responsibility to insure that all incompletes and correspondence courses are officially completed before the tenth week of the student's final semester in school. Simultaneous Conferring of D eg rees. For combined business and engineering students, the degree B . S. in business and the degree B . S. in engineering must be conferred at the same commencement. Commencement Exercises. Commencement exer cises usually are held in May and August. Students finishing in December may attend commencement the following May or receive diploma by mail. Graduation W i t h Hon ors Honors at graduation are conferred in recognition of high scholarship and professional attainments. Honors and special honors are recorded on diplomas and indi cated on the commencement program. Seniors with an average of 3.8 or above usually are graduated with special honors and those with an aver age of3.5 to 3.79 with honors. Grades earned during the semester of graduation will not be considered in the determination of honors. Soc ial-Hu man i stic Co n tent o f the E ngi ne er ing Curriculum The faculty of the College of Engineering and Applied Science requires that 24 semester hours be considered the minimum of social-humanistic content of the degree-granting departments. (Up to 6 hours of English composition may be used to satisfy this requirement.) quirement.) A minimum of 6 hour of literature is required . Six hours of social-humanistic subjects should be take n in the junior year and 6 in the senior year. These subjects should be taken from the following categories, with not fewer than 6 hours from category 2 below. I. Literature (including foreign literature either in t h e original or in translation). 2. Economics, sociology, political science, history , and anthropology. 3. Fine arts and music (critical or historical) . Such courses as public speaking, elementary foreign languages , technical writing, accounting, contracts, and management should be considered as technical and

PAGE 68

60 IV niversity of Colorado at Denver should be submitted for technical electives where ap plicable with departmental approval. Qualified students will be permitted to take appro priate honors courses as s ub stitutes for social-hu manistic courses. English for Engineering Engineering students are encouraged to choose com binations of courses; the following combinations are recommended : (I) Engl. 258,259,260,261; or (b) Engl. 258, 259, and the following two introductory courses: Engl. 120 (Introduction to Fiction), Engl. 130 (Introduc tion to Drama and Poetry ) . Students who achieve a B average in two of the following English courses (120, 130,258, and 259) may take immediately thereafter any literature courses listed by the Department of English. No social-humanistic credit will be given for courses dealing with English as a foreign language. Students having question s about the English requirement should see their departmental adviser. COMBINED BUSINESS AND ENGINEERING CURRICULA Undergraduates in the College of Engineering and Applied Science with career interests in administration may complete all of the requirements for both a B.S. degree in engineering and a B.S. degree in business by extending their study programs to five years, including one or two summer terms. The 48 semester credits required in the College of Business and Administration may be started in the second, third , or fourth year, depending upon the curricular plan for the particular field of engineering in which the student is enrolled. It is also possible for qualified graduates (GPA: 2.75 or better) to complete the requirements for a master's degree in business within one year after receiving the baccalaureate degree in engineering. Before deciding upon the business option, a student should carefully consider, in consultation with departmental advisers, the relative advantages of the combined B.S. business engineering curricula, the degree program of the Graduate School of Business Administration , and the M.S. degree program in the student's own engineering discipline. Combined business and engineering programs are available for students in aerospace engineering sci ences, applied mathematics, architectural engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical en gineering, electrical engineering and computer science, engineering design and economic evaluation, engineer ing physics, and mechanical engineering. Students taking a combined undergraduate program are not required to submit formal application for admis sion to the College of Business. They are permitted to enroll in business courses on the basis of a program approved by an adviser in the College of Engineering and Applied Science and by an assigned adviser from the College of Business. Requirements for both the undergraduate business and engineering degrees must be completed concur rently. At least a 2.0 grade average must be earned in all courses undertaken in the College of Business. Not fewer than 30 semester credits in business courses must be earned to establish reside ncy credit. Courses offered by the College of Business may be used in lieu of elec tives required for undergraduate engineering degrees, subject to the approval of the individual department. The requirements for all combined business and en gineering programs are as follows: Courses Semester Hours Econ . 201 and 202. Principles of Economics ............................ 6 (Should be completed during the student's sophomore year or junior year.) Acct. 200. Introduction to Financial Accounting ...................... 3 B .Ad. 200. Business Information and the Computer .................. 3 Q . M . 201. Business Statistics ................................................ 3 Mk. 300 . Principles of Marketing ........................................... 3 Fin. 305. Basic Finance ....................................................... 3 Pr . Mg. 300 . Operations Analysis .......................................... 3 Or. Mg. 330. Introduction to Management and Organization .. ........................................ ......................... 3 B. Law 300. Business Law ................................................... 3 B .Ad. 410. Business and Government; or B.Ad. 411. Business and Society ........................................................ 3 B.Ad . 450 . Business Policy (Cases and Concepts in Business Policy): or B . Ad. 451 (Management Game and Cases in Business Policy); or B.Ad. 452 (Small Business Strategy, Policy and Entrepreneurship) ............................................. 3 Courses in an area of emphasis in one of the following fields; accounting, computer-based information systems, finance, in ternational business, marketing, office administration, opera tions management, organizational behavior, or transportation management. All course work in the area of emphasis must be taken in the University of Colorado College of Business and Administration .............................. . . .......................... .. 12 The student should note that for some courses, and for some areas of emphasis, there are prerequisites which must be met. Since some of the courses may be taken as engineering electives, it is possible to obtain the two degrees in as few as 166 semester hours; how ever, most students will require more. JOINT ENGINEERING DEGREES A student may obtain two engineering degrees by meeting the requirements and obtaining the approval of both departments concerned. Thirty hours of elective or required subjects in addition to the largest minimum number required by either of the two departments must be completed. PREMEDICINE OPTION A professional school in a field such as medicine requires a student to have a college education prior to pursuing its professional courses. In practically all cases, medical students are university graduates, al though occasionally a student may enter medical school after three years of university training. A student can prepare for medical schoo l either in the College of Lib eral Arts and Sciences or in the College of Engineering and Applied Science. The desirability of obtaining an engineering education prior to undertaking a study of medicine is increasing continually, as medicine itself is evolving. A great deal of additional equipment, most of it electronic, is being developed to assist the medical practitioner in treatment of patients. Bioengineering,

PAGE 69

engineering systems analysis , probability , and com munication theory are highly applicable to medical problems. Improved communication techniques also are allowing the storage and retrieval of information not previously available to the medical doctor. An ad vanced knowledge of basic mathematics and computing techniques , along with increased understanding of physical chemistry, are improving the scientific base upon which medical knowledge rests. It is therefore desirable that the medical practitioner and researcher in the future be well equipped with the tools which en gineering can offer. There are two equally important goals for the student who plans to enter medical school. The first is acquisi tion of the knowledge and vocabulary necessary to proceed with the courses at medical school. The second is to become an educated and well-balanced man or woman. Concerning the first goal, it is clear that without some knowledge of the basic sciences and the ability to for mulate thoughts , the student will be unable to profit from the courses at medical school . To provide at least a minimum of the necessary knowledge , the additional courses listed below are prescribed and must be com pleted with superior grades. General overall require ments for entry into most medical schools are given. Students can meet these requirements by careful sub stitution of electives in the engineering curriculum. In some cases where additional hours may be required, interested students should consult with the engineering department chairman. General chemistry (103-106) ............. .. .. ... 2 sem . (8-10 sem. hrs.) Organic chemistry (341, 342, 343, 344) . . .. .. 2 sem. (8-10 sem . hrs . ) General biology ( 205-206) ............. .. ............. 2 sem. (8 sem . hrs . ) English composition .. ............. ...... . .. . .. . .... . .. 1 s em. ( 3 sem . hrs . ) The second goal, becoming a well-educated, well balanced man or woman , is of particular importance. The student entering medical school is confronted with a mass of new knowledge and techniques . These fully occupy his or her time and give little opportunity for the pursuit of the broader aspects of education . To prepare for a career in medicine in the College of Engineering and Applied Science , it is strongly rec ommended that the student follow a full four-year col lege course (with the equivalent of at least 136 semester hours) and earn a B.S . degree. It would be possible for students who applied themselves with unusual vigor to prepare for medical school in three years. In such cases , a minimum of 15 semester hour s s hould be devoted to a major field of learning, instead of t he 30 hours required for the four-year student. This student, of course, will not receive a degree in the premedical field. The study and practice of medicine require persistent hard effort, and so should the premedical education. The Admissions Committee of the University of Col orado School of Medicine welcomes inquiries and visits from prospective students, particularly at the time of their first interest in medicine as their chosen profes SIOn. Students desiring to enter a premedical program should consult the representative of the department Colle g e of En g ineering and Applied Science /61 / involved . At UCD, premedical advising is available through the Health Careers Committee, Room 232. GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGINEERING The College of Engineering and Applied Science at UCD offers complete M . S. degree programs in civil engineering , electrical engineering, and applied mathematics. Many graduate cour s es leading to the Ph.D. in civil eng i neering and electrical engineering also are offered. For information regarding courses and requirements leading to the degrees Master of Engineering and Mas ter of Science or the Ph. D. degree , see the Univer s it y of Colorado at Bould e r Catalog and the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Education for Employed Professional Engineers Continuing education for employed engineers grows more important each year. Therefore , the College puts great emphasis upon making graduate courses available through night and televised courses. A new degree, the Master of Engineering, permits graduate students more flexibility in defining specialized interdisciplinary fields that meet their professional needs . This degree has standards fully equivalent to those of the Master of Science degree. In addition to credit course work, the College works jointly with the Division of Continuing Education to offer noncredit courses of interest to practicing en gineers. Concurrent B.S. and M.S. Degree Program in Engineering Students who plan to continue in the Graduate School after completing the requirements for the B.S. degree may apply for admis s ion to the concurrent de gree program through their department early in the second semester of their junior year (after completion of at least 84 semester hour s ) . Requirements are the same as for the two degrees taken separately : 136 credit hours for the B.S. degree and 24 hours plus thesis (Plan I) or 30 credit hours (Plan II) for the M.S . degree. Soc ia l humanistic requirement s must be completed within the first 136 credit hours. A 3 . 0 grade-point aver age for all work attempted through the first six semes ters (at least % credit hours) and written rec ommendations from at least two major-field faculty members are required. The purpose of the concurrent degree program is to allow the student who qualifies for graduate study and expects to continue for an advanced degree to plan his graduate program from the beginning of the senior year rather than from the first year of graduate study . The student can then reach the degree of proficiency re quired to begin research at an earlier time , and can make better and fuller use of courses offered in alter nate years. Students will be a s signed faculty advisers to help them develop the program best suited to their particular interests. Those in the program will be encouraged to

PAGE 70

62/U niversity of Colorado at Denver pursue independent study on research problems or in areas of specialization where no formal courses are offered. A liberal substitution policy will be followed for courses normally required in the last year of the undergraduate curriculum. The program selected must be planned so that the student may qualify for the B.S. degree after completing the credit-hour requirements for the degree if the student so elects, or if the student's grade-point average falls below the 3.0 required toremain in the program. In this case, all hours completed with a passing grade while in the program will count toward fulfilling the normal requirements for the B.S. degree. There will be no credit given toward a graduate degree for courses applied to the B . S. degree require ments; however , students are still eligible to apply for admission to the Graduate School under the rules set forth in the Graduate School section of this bulletin. Normally, however, the student will apply for admis sion to the Graduate School when at least 130 of the 136 credit hours required for the B.S. degree have been completed, and will be awarded the B.S. and M.S. degrees simultaneously upon meeting the requirements set forth for the concurrent degree program . Graduate Work in Business Undergraduates in engineering who intend to pursue graduate study in business may complete some of the business background requirements as electives in their undergraduate programs . Seniors in engineering who have such intentions and appear likely to qualify for admission to graduate study in business will be per mitted to register for any of the graduate fundamentals courses which are designed to provide qualified stu dents with needed background preparation in business. AEROSPACE ENGINEERING SCIENCES The primary objective of the aerospace engineering sciences curriculum is to provide sound general training in subjects fundamental to the practice of and research in this branch of engineering sciences. The major part of the first three years is devoted to the study of mathema tics , physics, mechanics, chemistry, and the humanities. The foUI1h year is devoted to the profes sional courses in the fields of physics of fluids (fluid dynamics); propulsion and energy conversion; flight dynamics, control, and guidance; space system analysis; materials and structural mechanics ; space en vironment; and bioengineering. Planning of graduate study for students having suffi cient ability and interest should begin by the start of the junior year. Such a plan should consider the foreign language requirements of appropriate graduate schools, and an advanced mathematics program included in technical electives consisting of Math. 431-432 and Math. 481 or 443. The minimum total number of semester hours for the B.S. degree is 136. Students who wish to combine the business and aerospace engineering sciences curricula are advised to consider obtaining the B.S. degree in aerospace and the M . S. degree in business rather than a combined B.S. degree. Business courses may not be substituted for technical electives in the aerospace cur riculum. Transfer to Boulder The complete aerospace engineering sciences pro gram is not available at UCD. Therefore, students wish ing to complete this program should plan on transferring to the University of Colorado at Boulder at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum degree re quirements and descriptions of courses may be found in the University at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Aerospace Engineerin g Sciences) The minim um total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I . ................... . ..... 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design .................................. 2 Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note I) ..... . ... .. . . .................... .. .. 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .................................... 3 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ..................................... 3 E. E . 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Engineering (o r C . E. 130) ................................................................... 2 Total 16 Spring S emester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ........................ 3 Phys. 231. General Physic s I ............................................... .4 Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ......................................... ! Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I) .................... .... ............ 3 Ch.E. 210. Ph ys ical and Chemical Properties of Matter (see note 3) .......................................................... .4 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .................................... 3 Total 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ....................... 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ...................................... .. 3 C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I .......................................... 3 Engl. 260. Great Books lii (see note I) .................................. 3 Phys . 233. General Physics II .............................................. .4 Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ........................................ ! Total 17 Spring Sem este r Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations .......................... 3 C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ........ ...................... ........... 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) .................................. 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................................. 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) .. .. .. ...... ........................ 3 Approved phy s ics elective .................................................... 3 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Aerospace Engineering) I. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. 2. Students may take electives pass/fail, subject to the regulations of the College of Engineering and Applied Science . 3. Chern . 103 may be substituted.

PAGE 71

APPLIED MA T HEMATICS Charles I. Sherrill , Coordinator The Division of Natural and Physical Sciences in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers all courses in mathematics , both required and elective, for under graduate and graduate students in the College of En gineering and Applied Science. Three curricula leading to t h e degree B . S. (A.Math.) are offered. In Option I , the student takes a minor in a specific engineering de partme n t , satisfying a n adviser from that department. In Opt i on II , the student takes distributed course work in engi n eering departments, including a solid grounding in mec h anics , electronics, and mater i als. (This option is intended for the above-average student.) Option III is a joint mathematics-computer science program . Regard less of the option chosen, each student is expected to complete a minimum of 45 semester hours of course work in mathematics . Modern industria l and scientific research is so de pendent on advanced mathematical concepts that applied mathematicians are needed today by almost all concerns which are engaged in such research. The un dergraduate curriculum is designed to give training in mathematics and in engineering and science. The use of numerica l methods and electronic comput ers is included. Nontechnical electives should be broadening and have cultural value. Courses in the humanities and the socia l sciences are required. Students interested in re search should take a foreign language as early as possi ble. Beg i nning language courses are considered technical e l ectives and do not count toward the social humanistic electives. Some 300and 400-levellanguage courses may be cou nted . Under all circumstances , a student must plan a complete program and obtain the approval of a departmental adviser at the beginning of the ophomore year. The B.S. degree in applied mathematics requires the com p letion of a minimum of 136 credit hours of course work w i t h an average grade of Cor better (a 2.0 grade point average) and a grade of C or better in all mathematics courses. Course work in the social h umanistic elective area must be approved by the stu dent ' s adviser. Curriculum for B.S. (Applied Mathemat ics) FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester H ours Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .. ... ..................... 3 Chern . 103. General Chemistry ...................................... .. ...... 5 Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note I) ........................ ... .......... 3 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing . ............................. . .. ... . 3 Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .. . .. ... .... . . ............ . ..... .. .. 2 Total 16 Spring Semest er Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculu II ........................ 3 E .D.E.E. 101. Fundamental s of Design I ................................ 2 Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I ) .................................... 3 Phys. 231. General Physic s I ............................................... .4 Phys . 232. Experimental Physics I ......................................... I App r oved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .................................... 3 Total 16 College of Engineering and Applied Science /63 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ....................... 3 Engl. 260 . Great Books III (see note I) .................................. 3 Phys. 233. General Physics II .............................................. .4 Phys . 234. Experimental Phy s ic s II ........................................ I Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .................................... 6 Total 17 Spring S emes t e r Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) .................................. 3 Math . 300. Introduction to Abstract Mathematics ..................... 3 Math . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 Approved elective (see notes 3 and 5) .................................... 8 Total 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fall S emester Math . 431. Advanced Calculus I .... ........................................ 3 Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ................................. 15 Total 18 Spring Semester Math . 320. Elementary Differential Equations .......................... 3 Math. 481. Introduction to Probability Theory ......................... 3 Approved electives (see notes 3 and 5) ................................. 12 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Approved electives (see note s 3 and 5) ................................. 17 Spring Semester Approved electives (see notes 3 a nd 5) ................................. 17 Requirements under each option are as follows: Option I Semester Hours Specialty in a s pecific engineering department .................... 18-30 Technical electives ........................................................ 15-22 Other elective ............................................................. I 1 30 Required ocial-humanistic electives (see note 2) .................... 12 (Electives s hould include Math. 432) Opti on II Distri buted engineering courses in the engineering college .... 22-3 0 (A minimal program would consist of the following courses: C.E. 212, C.E. 213, E.E. 213, E.E. 313, E.E. 314, M.E. 301, M.E. 383 or C.E. 33 I or their equivalents. Technica l electi v e s ........................................................ 15-22 Other electives .......................................... .. ................. I 1-30 Required socia l-humani s tic electives (see note 2) .................... 12 (Elective s s hould include Math . 432.) Option Ill Specific courses required under Option III: E.E. 257 ........................................................................... 3 E.E. 455 .. ....................... .................................................. 3 E.E. 401 (C.S. 401) ............................................................. 3 E.E. 453 (C . S. 453) .................. ........................................... 3 E. E. 459 (C. S . 459) ............................................................. 3 E.E. 458 and E.E. 460 ......................................................... 2 Math . 311 .......................................................................... 3 M at h . 465 ... ....................................................................... .3 M a th . 466 ........................................................................ .. 3 Technical electives .......................................................... 6-23 Other electives .......................................... ................... 1 1 -30 Required socialhum anistic electives (see note 2) .................... 12

PAGE 72

64 /Universit y of Colorado at D enve r Notes for B.S. (Applied Mathematics) I. For other options in English, see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin . 2. Students may take social-humanistic electives pass/fail, subject to the regulation s ofthe College of Engineering and Applied Science . 3. A minimum of 10 approved courses in mathematics beyond 140, 241, 242, 319 and 320 is required of all students majoring in applied mathematics. 4. Math. 101, Ill, 112, and 113 do not count toward the B.S. (A. Math.) degree or any other B . S. degree in engineering. 5 . In addition to E.E. 201, E. D. E. E . 101 a nd Engr. 301, the student must take a minimum of 18 hours of approved elective engineering courses excluding chemistry, mathematic s, and physic s courses; furthermore , the student who does not h ave a strong interest in applications of mathematics to engineering i s encouraged to consider a major in mathematics in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. ARCHITECTURAL ENGINEERING John R. Mays, Coordinator The architectural engineering curriculum is adminis tered at the Boulder Campus by the Department of Civil, Environmental , and Architectural Engineering of the College of Engineering and Applied Science. Its purpose is to prepare a student for a career in the building industry and for graduate-level research on building-related topics. The building industry is the largest single industry in the United States and includes many diverse skills and fields of knowledge. This course of study fulfills the academic require ments for registration as a professional engineer. The architectural engineering curriculum is recom mended for those wishing to specialize within the build ing industry in engineering design , construction and contracting , or sales engineering . The architectural en gineering student may select any of three areas of specialization offered: construction engineering , en vironmental engineering , or structural engineering. Specialization in construction is for students plan ning a career in contracting and building construction. This program offers courses in construction manage ment , planning and scheduling techniques , cost ac counting , estimating and pricing , building materials , and construction methods. Students interested in environmental design may concentrate their efforts in the fields of illumination and electrical systems design, heating-ventilating-air condi tioning systems design, sanitation and water supply, or acoustics. A broad range of courses covering these subjects is available. The third area of specialization is for those interested in the design of structural systems for buildings. Courses available include structural analysi s; indeter minate structures; and steel, concrete , and timber de s•gn . The five-year course leading to the combined degree in architectural engineering and business offers oppor tunity to complement the architectural engineering background with study in one of the major areas of business administration, such as personal and business management, marketing , and finance. Transfer to Boulder Approximately one-half of the architectural engineering program is available at UCD under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. Students wishing to complete this program should plan to transfer to the Boulder Campus at the start of the junior year. The complete curriculum and descriptions of courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Architectural Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .. ......... . ....... .. ..... 3 E. D. E. E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ........... .................. ... 2 L iter ature elective (see note I ) ........................................... ... 3 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ..................................... 3 C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering ............................. 2 Social-humanistic elective .................................................... 3 Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ........................ 3 Literature elective (see note I) .... .......................................... 3 E.D.E.E. 102. Fundamentals of Design II ............................... 2 Phys. 231. General Physics I ............................................... .4 Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ......................................... ! Ch.E. 210. Chemical and Physical Properties of Materials (see note 3) ...................................................... .4 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ....................... 3 Math . 319 . Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 Phys. 233. General Physics II .............................................. .4 Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ........................................ I C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I .......................................... 3 Specialty requirement (structures and construction majors) take C . E. 221; environmental majors take Arch.E. 362.) .................. 3 Total 17 Spring Semester Math . 320. Elementary Differential Equations .......................... 3 Arch .E. 240. Building Materials and Construction .................... 3 C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials .......................................... 3 C . E. 316. Materials Testing Laborator y (not required of environmental majors) ...................................................... ! Basic science elective (see note 2) ......................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................................... 3 Total 16 Notes for B.S. (Architectural Engineering) I . Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin. 2. Departmental approval required. 3. Chern. 103-5 may be substituted for Ch.E. 210-4, in which case the technical elective requirement is reduced by one credit hour. \ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Meeting the crisis in oil and energy, depolluting the water and air, producing new and better materials to replace those that are limited or scarce-these are jobs in which one will find the chemical engineer.

PAGE 73

Chemical plants (including refineries and gasification plants) convert natural resources into industrial and consumer products. Among their products are many that often are not identified with chemical engineering-oils, metals, glass, plastic, rubber, paints, soaps and detergents, foods, beverages, synthetic and natural fibers, nuclear and exotic fuels, medicines, and many others. The department, located at the Boulder Campus, is very much interested in research directed toward ecologically soun d development of chemical processes . It is also working hard on energy problems and is stress ing problem s of energy conversion in its instructional program . Many essentials of life originate in chemical engineer ing. Recycling of wastes and resources is not a new idea in chemical engineering but a long-standing principle. Since the earth now is perceived as a self-re newing system, intelligent generalization of the recycle theory to the entire cycle of natural resources is a challenge and opportunity for chemical engineers. Cleaning up pollution from chemical plants and from other sources is largely a chemical engineering problem. The chemi cal engineer efficiently uses and conserves natural re sources to create valuable end products and to preserve environmental values. Thus, chemical engineering continually changes and progresses. The Department of Chemical Engineering at the Boulder Campus therefore helps students to pre pare to be immediately valuable to industry and eventu ally to lead future developments in indu stry and re search. Whether they plan to go into industry or on to graduate work, students are urged to watch, under stand, and enjoy the sparkle and interplay of new ideas and new technologies. Transfer to Boulder The complete chemical engineering program is not available at UCD. Therefore , students wishing to com plete this program s hould plan to transfer to the Univer sity of Colorado at Boulder at the start of their junior year. The complete curriculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of courses may be found in the U niver sity of Colorado at Boulder Catalog . Curriculum for B.S. (Chemical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical first two years of the program: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester S emes ter Hours Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .......................... 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry .............................................. 5 Engl. 258. Great Books I (see note I) ......................... ............ 3 E.D .E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ............................ .... 2 Ch.E. 130. Introduction to Chemical Engineering (see note 2) .... 2 Total 15 Spring Semest er Math . 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ........................ 3 Chern. 106. General Chemistry ............................ .......... .... .... 5 Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I) .................................... 3 College of Engineering and Applied Science /65 E . E. 201. Introduction to Computing ......... ............ .. .............. 3 Social-humanistic e le ctive ....... ............................................. 3 Total SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester 17 Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus Ill .. ..................... 3 Phys . 231. General Phy sics I ............................................... .4 Phys . 232 . Experimental Physics I ......................................... I Engl. 260. Great Books Ill (see note I) .................................. 3 Chern. 341. Organic Chemistry ......................... ..................... 3 Chern. 343. Organic Chemistry Laboratory I ........................... ! Math . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 Total 18 Spring Semester Math . 320 . Elementary Differential Equations .......................... 3 Phys . 233. General Physics II .................. ............................ .4 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) .................................. 3 Chern . 342. Organic Chemistry .... ................ ........................ .. 3 Chern . 344. Organic Chemistry Laboratory II ..... .. .. ... .. ............ I Phys . 234. Experimental Physics II ........................................ I Ch.E. 212. Chemical Engineering Material and Energy Balances ........... .. ......... .............................. .. ........ 3 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Chemical Engineering) I. For other English options , see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin . 2. Or C . E. 130 or E.E. 130. CIVIL AND URBAN ENGINEERING Ernest C. Harris, Chairman Civil engineering is generally the broadest field of engineering studied in American universities today. Civil engineering offers an interesting and highly chal lenging career to the student intere sted in the design and construction of buildings, bridges, dams, aqueducts, and other structures; in transportation systems includ ing highways , canals, pipe line s, airports, rapid transit line s, railroads, and harbor facilities ; in the transmis sion of water and control of rivers; in the development of water resources for urban use , industry, and land reclamation; in the control of water quality through water purification and proper waste treatment; in the construction industry; and in general in the rapidly ex panding problems concerned with man's physical envi ronment and the growth of cities. Furthermore, s tu dents educated in civil engineering frequently find re warding employment in other fields, for example, in aerospace structures, electric power generation, city planning, the process industries, industrial engineering, business management and Jaw or medicine (after ap propriate education in law or medical sc hool). The breadth of the civil and urban engineering under graduate program provides an excellent educational background for many fields of endeavor. The curriculum is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the basic engineering sciences of chemistry , mathematics (including differential equa tions), physics, mechanics (including fluid mechanics and soil mechanics) , electrical engineering, and ther modynamics. In addition, it includes a minimum of 24 semester hours in social -hum anistic studies.

PAGE 74

66 /University of Colorado at Denver Specialized training is achieved through certain re quired courses, followed by advanced technical elec tives. Random selection of these electives i s not advis able and in general is not allowed, the objective being to permit a graduate to enter the engineering profession with a firm groundwork in fundamental engineering science and sufficient knowledge in specialized fields to cope intelligently with the technical problems of present-day civil and urban engineering. A five-year program has been arranged for students who wish to pursue the combined curriculum for the civil engineering and business degrees. A student interested in a premedical option should consult with an adviser and the department chairman at the earliest possible time in order to make proper plans for an acceptable program. See Premedical Option. Curriculum for B.S. (Civil Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .......................... 3 Literature elective (see note I) .............................................. 3 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing .. . ... ............................... 3 C.E. 130. Introduction to Civil Engineering ............................. 2 C. E. 221. Plane Surveying .................................................... 3 E. D. E. E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .. .. ............................ 2 Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ........................ 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry (or Ch.E. 210) ...................... .4-5 Literature elective (see note I) .............................................. 3 E. Phys. 231. General Physics I ........................................... .4 E . Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I ..................................... I Total SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester 15-16 Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ................. ..... . 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 E. Phys. 233. General Physics II .......................................... .4 E. Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II .................................... I Social-humanistic elective .................................................... 3 C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ..................... ..................... 3 Total 17 Spring Semester Math. 320 . Elementary Differential Equations ..... .. .. ................. 3 Social-humanistic elective ............................. . . ... .................. 3 Basic science elective ........................... ............................... 3 C.E. 312. Mechanics of Materials .......................................... 3 Technical elective ............................................................... 3 C.E. 316. Materials testing laboratory .................................... ! Total JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester 16 C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II ......................................... 3 C. E. 331. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics ................................... 3 C.E. 350. Structural Analysis ................................................ 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics ................................................. 3 Engineering scie n ce elective (see note 3) ................................ 3 Social-humanistic elective .................................................... 3 Total 18 Spring Semester C . E . 332. Applied Fluid Mechanics ........................................ 3 Technical elective ........................................ ....................... 3 C.E. 360. Transportation Engineering ..................................... 3 C.E. 457. Design of Steel Structures ...................................... 3 C. E. 380. Soils and Foundations Engineering .......................... 3 Social-humanistic e l ective .................................................... 3 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Geol. 207. Physical Geology I .............................................. .4 C.E. 458. Reinforced Concrete Design ................................... 3 Civil engineering elective (see note 2) ..................................... 3 Social humanistic elective .................................................... 3 Engineering science electives (see note 3) ............................... 5 Total 18 Spring Semester C . E . 341. Sanitary Engineering ............................................ .4 Civil engineering electives (see note 2) ................................... 6 E . E. 213. Circuit Analysis I ................................................. .4 Social-humanistic elective .................................................... 3 Tota l 17 Notes for B.S. (Civil Engineering) I. Courses from Great Books series recommended; see the English listings in the Course Descriptions section of this bulletin. 2. Civil engineering electives shall be chosen to form an integrated program, subject to the approval of the department. 3. Engineering science electives shall be taken from the list of courses approved by the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering. ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING William D. Murray, Chairman The professional possibilities in electrical engineer ing include teaching and research in a university; re search and development of new electrical or electronic devices, instruments, or products; production and quality control of electrical products for private indus try or government; design or operations in the electrical power industry; and sales or management for a private firm or branch of government. What should the student expect in an electrical en gineering course of study at UCD? A sound background based on the time-tested principle s of physics, chemis try, and mathematics forms the core of the lower divi s ion work. An early, intensive training in the theory and laboratory application of electrical circuits is followed by more fundamentals in electronics, electromagnetic and transmission theory, electrical machines and trans formers, heat, and mechanics. Many students find an opportunity to put their knowledge to work with jobs in industry or research projects being conducted at the University. Students may also elect courses from a wide variety of subjec t matter to fit their particular intere sts. Throughout the entire course of study, they reinforce their understanding of the theory in well equipped laboratories.

PAGE 75

Students are encouraged to develop interests outside of their electrical engineering spec ialty , thus providing themselves with a well-rounded background and a sense of awareness and responsibility for their role in society. They are urged to attend meetings of their stude nt professional society, where practicing en gineers from many engineering specialties speak of their experiences. The curriculum is arranged so that transfer st udent s may join the program without appreciable loss of time or credit. The areas of pecialization that electrical engineering stude nts may enter upon graduation are so numerous it i impossible for the undergraduate training to cover them in detail. Intense specialization may be left to po ssible additional training graduates may receive when they assume positions with industrial firms or may be acquired by specialization in a research field through graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree. Students who have earned a B average or better in their undergraduate work and who have elected courses in their se nior year that strengthen particu larly . their mathematical background may decide to take additional graduate work. The curriculum in electrical engineering is designed to make it possible for the graduating senior with high scho larship to finish a master's degree in electrical engineering in about one additional full year of work at any of the nation's major universities. Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) In the electrical engineering curriculum the student ha s considerable freedom in the sen ior electives. The student may select these electives to provide a good foundation in seve ral of the seven electrical engineering areas listed: communications, digital, electronics, fields, materials, power, and systems. Some of these electives may be courses in other branches of engineer ing or in other colleges. Those st udent s primarily in terested in taking courses in the digital or computer area may do so in this curriculum or in the joint electrical engineering and computer degree option discussed be low. Combined Business Option Students wishing to take the combined engineering business progr am s hould not start this program until their fourth year, with the exception of electing Econ. 201 and 202 for two of their social -humani stic electives. Students with a B average may wish to consider obtain ing a master's degree in business administration. For both of the se programs , tudents should refer to the College of Engineering and Applied Science introduc tory section of this bulletin. Premedical Option A program has been developed which permits the st udent to satisfy the entrance requirements for medical school, such as those of the University of Colorado, while earning a B .S. in electrical engineering. Medical sc hools typically require that applicants College of Engineering and Applied Science /67 have completed two semesters of general chemistry, two semesters of organic chemistry, and two semesters of general biology, all with laboratories. A course in English composition is recommended . . More specific information on medical school re quirements may be obtained at the office of the Health Careers Committee at UCD. Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering and Computer Science) The joint degree in electrical engineering and computer science is a comprehensive program covering both hardw are and software aspects of computer system design. It is directed to students whose major interests are in the computer itself and in a broad range of appli cations. The program leads to a B.S. (E.E. and C . S.) and can be a base for further study toward either an M.S. in computer science or an M.S. in electrical en gineering. A student need not make a decision to enter this program until the second semester of the sophomore year. The details of the program are listed in the section following the electrical engineering curriculum. The purpose of the changes is to add to the mathematics background in such a way as to provide a basis for graduate work in computer-related fields and to permit inclusion of courses in scientific application of comput ers, logic structure of computers , and assembly lan guage programming. The student also will obtain actua l operating experience with the departmental computers. Should students leave the program in favor of returning to the electrical engineering curriculum, they will need to satisfy the departmental requirements of mechanics and E. E. 354, which have been waived in the electrical engineering computer option curriculum. Curriculum for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I ......... .. .... . ... . ....... 3 Chern. 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) ....... ... . .... . .... .. . .. ... . . 5 E . E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modem Electrical Engineering ....... ... ....... .. ............. .. . .. . .. . . ....... ... ... 2 E.E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing (or E. E . 201) . .. . ... . .. . ....... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ....... . ....... ....... .. ... . ........ 3 Total 16 Spring Semester Math . 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II . ... ... .. . . .. . .. . . . . . ... 3 Phys. 231. General Physics I (see note 2) .. . ....................... . . .. . .4 Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I (see note 2) . .. .. . .... .............. ! E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .... .. . . ............. . .. . .. ... .. 2 E. E. 257. Logic Circuits .................. . . .. ................ .. . ... . .. .. .... . 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .. .. ............ ........ . . .. ........ 3 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus lii ...... ....... ...... . ... 3

PAGE 76

68 /University of Colorado at Denver Phys . 233. General Physics II (see note 2) .............................. .4 Phys . 234. Experimental Physics II .... ...... .............................. 1 E. E . 213. Circuit Analysis I ................................................ . .4 E . E . 253. Circuits Laboratory I ............................................. ! Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Total 16 Sprilll( Semester Math . 320 . Elementary Differential Equiations ......................... 3 C . E . 313. Applied Mechanics (see note 4) ............................... 3 E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ........ .... ................................... .4 E.E. 254. Circuits Laboratory II ........................................... ! Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra .......... .............................. 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Total 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester E.E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I ........................................ 3 E.E. 321. Electronics I ........................................................ 3 E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I ........................................ 2 Engr . 301. Thermodynamics ................................................. 3 E . E . 381. Introduction to Probability Theory ........................... 3 Social humanistic elective {see note I) .................................... 3 Total 17 Spring Semester E . E . 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ...................... ........ ......... 3 E.E. 322. Electronics II ............................ .......... ...... ........... 3 E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I ............................................ . 3 E.E. 331. Linear System Theory ............................................ 3 E.E. 354. Power Laboratory I ............................................... 2 E. E. 362. Electronics Laboratory I ......................................... 2 Electives (see note 5) .................................. ......................... 2 Total 18 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Electives (see note 5) ........................................ .. ............... 12 Social-humanistic electives (see note I) .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .... . 6 Total 18 Spring Semester Electives (see note 5) ......................................................... 15 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................. 3 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Electrical Engineering) Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin . I. Of the 24 hours of required social-humanistic electives, a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences. The electrical engineering department does not require a sequence of two courses in one area. 2. New physics sequence beginning spring 1978. 3. Or Ch.E. 210. 4. The mechanics requirement may be satisfied by the 3-hour course, C.E. 313, or the 6-hour sequences of either C. E. 212 and C . E . 213, or E.Phys. 221 and E . Phys . 332 . Students who first take E . E . 313 may , with permission, take only C . E . 213. 5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the studen t to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after gradua tion. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics, and physics at the 300,400, or 500 levels . In all cases the student needs the approval of his undergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are separated into the following seven areas : communications (C), digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student's program must include 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas . These distribution requirements could be met through E. E. 400 (I to 3), and E.E. 500 (I to 3) only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area. E . E . 400(1 to 3) and E.E. 500 (I to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribu tion requirements. A 3-hour upper division course in physics must be included among the technical electives . The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics. Some preliminary con sulting with a department graduate adviser is desirable. Some students, after satisfying their minimum electrical engineer ing requirements, may wish to use some of their remaining elective hours in areas other than electrical engineering, mathematics, or physics. With the approval oftheir adviser, they can take additional courses in other departments of the University. One restriction on these electives is that there may be no performance courses such as in music or physical education. Curriculum for B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I .......................... 3 Chern . 103. General Chemistry (see note 3) ............................. 5 E. E. 130. Problems and Methods of Modern Electrical Engineering ...................................................... 2 E. E. 210. Fundamentals of Computing ................................... 3 Social-humanistic electives (see note I) .................................. 3 Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II ........................ 3 Phys . 231. General Physics I (see note 2) .................... ........... .4 Phys. 232. Experimental Physics I (see note 2) ........................ I E . D. E. E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ................................ 2 E.E. 257. Logic Circuits ...................................................... 3 Social-humanistic electives (see note I) .................................. 3 Total 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus 111 ....................... 3 Phys. 233. General Physics II (see note 2) .............................. .4 Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II (see note 2) ....................... ! E.E. 213. Circuit Analysis I ................................................. .4 E . E. 253. Circuits Laboratory I ............................................. ! Social-humanistic electives (see note I) .................................. 3 Total 16 Spring Semester Math. 300 . Introduction to Abstract Mathematics (see note 4) .... 3 Math . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 E.E. 214. Circuit Analysis II ............................................... .4 E . E . 254. Circuits Laboratory II ...................... .... .... ............. ! E . E . 453. Assembly Language Programming ........................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Total 17

PAGE 77

JUNIOR YEAR Fall Seme ste r E . E. 313. Electromagnetic Fields I ...................... . ................. 3 E . E . 321. Electronics I . .. . .............................................. ...... 3 E.E. 361. Electronics Laboratory I ....... .................... .. .... .. .... . 2 E.E . 381. Introduction to Probability . .. ............. ....... .............. 3 Engr . 301. Thermodynamics ............. ... .. .... .. .. ................... . . .. 3 E . E . 458. Logic Laboratory .................................................. 1 E . E . 401. Survey of Programming Languages ... . . ..................... 3 Total 18 Spring Semseter E.E . 314. Electromagnetic Fields II ......... ... ... . ...... .... ............. 3 E.E. 322. Electronics II . . ... .. ..................... .... . ....... ............... 3 E . E . 362. Electronics Laboratory II ....................................... 2 E.E. 316. Energy Conversion I ............................................. 3 E . E . 331. Linear System Theory .......................................... . 3 Socialh u m anistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Total 17 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester E.E. 422. Electronics III ...................................................... 3 E.E. 459. Computer Organization .. ................................ ...... .. 3 Math . 465. Numerical Analysis (see note 6) ............................. 3 Socialh umanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Electives (see note 5) .......................................................... 6 Total 18 Spring Semester E . E . 460. Computer Laboratory ...... .... .................................. 1 E . E . 559. Advanced Computer Architecture (recommended , not required) .. ........................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 6 Electives (see note 5) ............ .. .................................. .. .. .. .... 8 Total 18 Notes for B .S . In Electr i cal Engineerin g and Compute r S c i en c e Students should refer to the section on Academic Policies of the College of Engineering and Applied Science in this bulletin . I . Of the 24 hours of social humanistic electives a student must have a minimum of 6 hours in literature and a minimum of 6 hours in social sciences . The electrical engineering department does not re quire a sequence of two courses in one area. 2. New physics sequence beginning spring 1978. 3 . Or Ch.E. 210. 4. Or equivalent mathematics substitution with approval of ad viser. 5. The purpose of these electives is to allow the student to develop some breadth in electrical engineering as well as to develop some depth in areas in which he is most likely to concentrate after gradua tion. Usually these courses will be taken in electrical engineering, mathematics , and physics at the 300,400, or 500 levels. In all cases the student n eeds the approval of his undergraduate adviser. Electrical engineering courses at the 400 and 500 levels are sepa rated into the following seven areas : communication (C) , digital (D), electronics (E), fields (F), materials (M), power (P), and systems (S). Seniors are free to elect courses from any of these areas, but in order to insure a minimum breadth of studies, every student's program must include at least 9 semester hours of electrical engineering theory courses in at least three areas and a minimum of three laboratory courses in three areas . These distribution requirements could be met through E.E. 400 (I to 3), and E . E . 500 (I to 3), shown in each area , only if the subject matter studied is actually in the appropriate area . E.E . 400(1 to3), and E.E. 500(1 to 3) may be used only once to satisfy part of the distribution requirements. A 3 hour upper division course in physics must be included among the electives . College of Engineering and Applied Science /69 The student who has good grades and is interested in graduate work should certainly take additional mathematics . Some preliminary con sulting with a departmental graduate adviser is desirable . 6. E.E. 455, Computer Techniques in Engineering, may be substi tuted. ENGINEERING DESIGN AND ECONOMIC E VALUAT I ON Engineers in today's world of rapidly expanding technology are expected not only to be competent pla n ners and designers of technical devices and systems, but also significant contributors to the betterment of their environment in the social and humanistic sense as well. It is no longer sufficient to build more powerfu l machines, more useful devices, and more effective con trolling systems if the total effect is to deplete man's resources, damage his environment, or contribute to the destruction of his economic welfare. To be effective in his modern role, the engineer, of course, must have a solid background in the natural sciences and mathema tics, the engineering sciences, modern economic theory and practice, and current thought in the social sciences and humanities. He also must have opportunities to develop his judgment in the proper application of this background to contemporary problems . The curriculum in the Department of Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation therefore stresses the importance of educational techniques which furnish opportunities to study in reasonable depth the sciences and mathematics as useful analytical tools. It also en courages the expansion of the individual's concepts of the problems of the society in which he serves, and furnishes many opportunities to develop his own abilities as a thoughtful and responsib l e contributor to the solution of these problems. Starting in the freshman year and continuing throughout the curriculum, graphical, mathematical, numerical (computer) , and physical models are used, first to teach known principles and ultimately as tools in themselves for the effective conceptualization of new problems. Finding a possible solution to a problem is not enough; sound judgment must be applied in reach ing an optimum solution. Many engineering problems are non-numerical in character, and the engineer must learn to manage problems having elements of great uncertainty. Graduates in engineering design and economic evaluation are primarily concerned with the design, improvement, and installation of integrated systems of men , materials, and equipment. Assignments such as operations management, design for engineering o r manufacturing, and consulting in industry and small business as typical. Many other types of opportunities are offered to graduates of this program . Tr an s fe r t o Boulde r The complete program in engineering design and economic evaluation is not available at UCD. There fore, students wishing to complete this program shou l d plan to transfer to the University of Colorado at Boul der at the start of their junior year. The complete cur riculum, degree requirements, and descriptions of

PAGE 78

70 /University of Colorado at Denver courses may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog. Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical sophomore year of the program: SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ....................... 3 Math . 319. Applied Linear Algebra ........................................ 3 C.E. 212. Analytical Mechanics I ........................ .. . .... .. .. . . . .. .. 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note 2) ............ . ...... ............ ..... 6 E. D . E. E. 221. Product Definition .......................................... 3 Total 18 Spring Semester Math . 320. Elementary Differential Equations .......................... 3 C.E. 213. Analytical Mechanics II .. . .... . .. . ............................. . 3 E. D. E. E. 222. Introduction to Computer-Aided Design ............. 3 E.D.E.E. 331. Engineering Materials .......... .. ..................... .... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note s 2 and 4) ..... ..................... 3 Technical elective (see note 3) .......... ...... .. . ... . . . . . ... ..... ..... ...... 3 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Engineering Design and Economic Evaluation) I. Or any 130 course in engineering. 2. Social-humanistic electives must include a minimum of two lit erature courses. 3. A minimum of three elective courses must be taken from E . D.E.E. offerings. 4. Or any approved social-humanistic elective; Econ. 201, 202 required for E.D.E.E. and business. 5. Or any approved chemistry course of 3 or more hours. ENGINEERING PHYSICS William R. Simmons, Coordinator The purpose of the curriculum outlined by the De partment of Physics and Astrophysics on the Boulder Campus is to give the student a thorough, fundamental training in physics and in the applications of physics. The courses are broad in scope, and the curriculum provides many electives so that a student may supple ment his general trai.ling in physics by work in other fields. During the freshman and sophomore years the work in physics is general, yet a thorough training in math ematics and fundamental methods and principles of the physical sciences is stressed. This leads to an apprecia tion of related fields and their application to engineering practice . During the junior and senior years work in physics is amplified to conform to the versatility of the physicist's profession. This leads to a comprehensive knowledge of the various branches of physics such as nuclear physics, atomic physics , electronics, thermodynamics, mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Individual ini tiative and resourcefulness are stressed. This general knowledge of the diverse fields of physics is intended to give the student the ability to deal with industrial prob lems that cannot be solved by a standardized procedure in a specialized field. The training prepares the student for a career in physics , where there are many and varied opportunities in development work and industrial re search. It is also basic for graduate work in physics and specialized training in research. It is recommended that students going on to Graduate School prepare for its foreign language requirement in their undergraduate curriculum. Applied Physics Option It is also possible to earn the degree Bachelor of Science (Engineering Physics) with an applied physics option. This option differs from the regular engineering physics degree primarily in that fewer advanced theoretical physics courses are required and in their place a versatile selection of applied science courses is required . This option should not be selected by students intending to pursue graduate study in physics, but it is appropriate for students intending to pursue graduate work or employment in related fields such as geo physics, environmental science, oceanography, nu clear engineering, medicine, and law. Students intend ing to pursue this option should consult the coordinator by the beginning of their junior year regarding the elec tives which they wish to propose. The 24 hours of electives in pure or applied natural science must be approved by the engineering physics advising commit tee, which is located on the Boulder Campus. The committee will consider the proposed courses relative to the student's stated educational and/or professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student's proposed program is ap proved. All of the courses required for the engineering physics program cannot be taken at UCD. Students wishing to complete this program must see the coor dinator and plan to complete courses through the Uni versity of Colorado at Boulder. Course descriptions may be found in the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog and listings in this bulletin. Curriculum for B.S. (Engineering Physics) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Math. 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I . .. .................... .. . 3 E. D. E. E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I .. . ..... ........... ............. 2 Socia l humanistic elective (see note I) .................................. .. 6 E.Phys. Ill. General Physics . . . ...... ........ ............................. .4 Total 15

PAGE 79

Spring Semester Math . 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .............. .......... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 E . Phy s. 112. General Physics .............................................. .4 E . Phys . 114. Experimental Physic s ............................... .. ....... ! E . E . 201. Introduction to Computing ..................................... 3 Elective (see note 2) ............................................................ 3 Total 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Math . 242. Analytic Geometry a nd Calculus lll ......................... 3 Soci a l humanistic elective (see note I) ...... .. ............................. 3 E . Phy s. 213. Gener a l Physics ................................................ 3 E .Phys. 215. Experimental Physics .............................. .. ......... ! Elective (see note 2) ............................................ , ............... 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebr a ......................................... 3 Total 16 Spring S e m ester Math . 320. Elementary Differential Equations ............................ 3 Chem . 202. General Chemistry (se e note 3) .. .......................... .4 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 E.Phys . 214. Introductory Modem Ph ysics ............................. 3 Elective (see note 2) ................................ .......................... .. 5 Total 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester Upper divi s ion mathematics elective ...................................... 3 E.Phys. 317. Junior Laboratory ............................................. 2 E .Phys. 3 21. Classical Mechanics and Relativity ..................... .4 E.Phys . 331. Principles of Electricity and Magnetism .. ..... ......... 3 Elective (see note 2) ................................................ ............ 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) ................................. Total 18 Sprin g Semester E . Phys. 318. Junior Laboratory ............................................. 2 E.Phys. 322. Classical Mechanics , Rel ativ ity , and Quantum Mechanics ......................................................... 3 E . Phys. 332. P rinci ple s of Electricit y and M agn eti s m ............... 3 E. Phys . 341. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics .......... 3 Chem. 453. Ph ysica l Chemistry (see note 4) ............................ 3 Chem . 454 . Phy sical Chemistry Laboratory (see note 4) ............ 2 Total SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester 16 E . E. 403. Electronics (see note 6) .. .................................... .... 2 E. E. 443. Electronics L abo rator y (see note 6) ......................... ! E . Phy s. 491. Atomic a nd Nucle a r Ph ysics ...................... ........ . 3 E . Ph ys. 495. Senior Laboratory ............................................ 2 Elective (see note 2) .......................................................... .. 7 Social-humanistic elective (see note I ) .................................... 3 Total 18 Spring Semester E.Phys. 492. Atomic and Nuclear Physic s ............................... 3 Phy s. 496. Senior Laboratory (see note 5J .. ............................. 2 Elective (see note 2) .. .. .......................... .. .. .. ...................... 10 Social-humanistic elective (see note I ) .................................. .. 3 Total 18 College of Engineering and Applied Science / 7 1 Curr i culum for B.S. ( E .Physics)Applied Physics Option The first five semesters are identical to the regular engineering physics curriculum listed above. T h e minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. Approved ROTC courses may be substituted for a maximum of 6 hours of electives. JUNIOR YEAR Spring Semester Semester Hours E . Phys . 322 . Classical Mechanics and Quantum Mechanics ....... 3 E.Phvs. 332 . Principles of Electricity and Magnetism ................ 3 Upper division thermodynamics elective ................................... 3 Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Electives (see note 7) ......................................................... .4 Total 16 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester E . E. 403. Elements of Electronics .................. .... ................... 2 E . E. 443. Elements of Electronics Laboratory ......................... I Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Electives (see note 7) ........ ................................................. 12 Total 18 Sprin g Semester Social-humanistic elective (see note I) .................................... 3 Electives (see note 7) ....................................................... Total 18 Notes f or B . S . (Engineering Physics ) 1. A total of 24 hours of social-humanistic electives is required . These must include 6 hours of literature and 6 hours selected from economics , sociology, political science, history, and anthropology. The other 12 hours must be selected from the above subjects and/or fine arts and music (critical or historical only) , philosophy , and psychology . 2 . Of the 32 hours of electives listed , at least 14 hours must be in engineering courses other than physics or mathematics. 3 . Chern . 202 is offered only at the Boulder Campus. UCD stude n ts may substitute Chem. 103 and 106 for Chern. 202. 4 . Chern . 453 and 454 are offered only at the Boulder Campus . O n e semester of any upper division chemistry course with associated laboratory may be substituted for physica)chemistry. 5 . Or Phys. 455, or approved 3-hour physics elective . 6 . E . E . 403 and 453 are offered only .at the Boulder Campus . UCD students may substitute E.E. 321 361. 7 . The electives in the appliedytlysics curriculum must satisfy the following four condition.s: ( a))l { least 14 must be in engineering courses other than phys1cs Or mathemallcs; (b) 5 hours must be from among Phys . 318,341 ,451,491, 492 , 495, and 500 offered at UCD, or Phys . 361, 365,366,367,446, 455,461 ,462,501,503, 504, and 580 offered at the Boulder Campus; (c) 4 hours must be upper division laboratory courses; (d) 24 hours must be pure or applied natural sciences courses . This group of courses must meet the approval of the engineering physics advising committee , which will consider their relevance to the student's educational and professional objectives. At least 30 semester hours of credit must be earned after the student's proposed program is approved . MEC H ANICAL E NG I N E ERING Gaylen A . Thurston, Coordinator Mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest in scope of all the engineering fields. It is not identified with or restricted to a particular technology, vehicle,

PAGE 80

72 IV niversity of Colorado at Denver device, or system; rather, it is concerned with all such subjects, both individually and collectively. In an era when technology is changing rapidly, the education of an engineer must provide a base for working in fields which may now not exist. The ob jective of the undergraduate program in mechanical engineering is to give the student a broad intellectual horizon and such habits and skills of study that learn ing new science as it appears and taking the initiative in applying it will be second nature. There can be only one firm foundation for the stu dent preparing for a career in mechanical engineering: mathematics, physics, and chemistry are the basic in gredients. Also essential is mastery of such engineer ing sciences as solid and fluid mechanics; thermody namic s, and heat and mass transport; materials, and systems analysis and controls. Along with the study of these fundamentals, the engineer must experience the ways in which scientific knowledge can be put to use in the development and design of useful devices and processes. The mechanical engineering program may be roughly s ubdivided into two-year groupings. In the first two years, the program emphasizes the funda mentals of those engineering sciences that are essen tial for an understanding of most branches of profes s ional engineering. For the final two years, the de partment, in recognition of the extremely broad and varied demands which the advances of modern technology have imposed on the mechanical engineer, provides two plans, A and B, for the curriculum lead ing to the degree Bachelor of Science in mechanical engineering. The plans are designed to accommodate the professional objectives of the individual student. Plan A specifies a typical mechanical engineering curriculum and is intended for those students who wish to obtain a broad, general education in mechani cal engineering without an emphasis on any of the specific professional aspects. Plan B is designed for students who know what they intend to do upon graduation. This option allows the student to pursue any course plan that meets a valid professional objective and has been approved by the advisory committee. Under Plan B, the specific requirements of the program are determined after a detailed conference with an appropriate departmental adviser. In the course of this conference, the profes sional objectives of the individual student are studied in detail, and a specifir. plan (with a minimum of 136 credit hours) is designed to meet these objectives. With liberal use of courses throughout the University, the following may be considered typical among the professional concentrations which can be achieved : Thermodynamics Heat transfer Fluid mechanics Solid mechanics Electromechanical systems Design Power Dynamics and co ntr ols Material s science Not all of the courses required for every mechani cal engineering program plan are offered at UCD. However, the intent is to expand the mechanical engineering offerings to complete the undergraduate de gree program at UCD. Students should work closely with their mechanical engineering adviser as they may have to complete some courses in Boulder depending upon their study plan and the phasing in of the com plete program at UCD. Curriculum for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering) The minimum total number of hours for the degree is 136. A typical program is: FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hour s Engl. 258. Great Books (see note I) ............. ........................... 3 M.E. 130. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering .................... 2 Math . 140. Analytic Geometry and Calculus I . ... ............. .. .. ...... 3 E.E. 201. Introduction to Computing ...................................... 3 Social-humanistic electives ... .............................................. .. 6 Total 17 Spring Semester Engl. 259. Great Books II (see note I) ................ ..................... 3 Phys. 231. General Physics I ................................................ .4 Phys . 232. Experimental Physics I .......................................... I Math. 241. Analytic Geometry and Calculus II .......................... 3 E.D.E.E. 101. Fundamentals of Design I ................................. 2 Social-humanistic elective ..................................................... 3 Total SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester 16 M. E. 281. Mechanics I ......................................................... 3 Engl. 260. Great Books III (see note I) .................................... 3 Phys. 233. General Physics II ............................................... .4 Phys. 234. Experimental Physics II ......................................... I Math. 242. Analytic Geometry and Calculus III ........................ 3 Math. 319. Applied Linear Algebra ......................................... 3 Total 17 Spring Semester M . E. 282. Mechanics II ........................................................ 3 Engl. 261. Great Books IV (see note I) ................................... .. 3 Approved physics elective .................... ................................. 3 Math. 320. Elementary Differential Equations ............................ 3 Engr. 301. Thermodynamics . ................................................. 3 Total 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fall Semester M.E . 312. Thermodynamics II ................................................ 3 M.E. 314. Measurements I ..................................................... 2 M.E. 362. Heat Transfer ....................................................... 3 M.E. 371. Systems Analysis I ................................................. 3 M.E . 383. Mechanics Ill ....................................................... 3 Chern. 202. General Chemistry .............................................. .4 Total 18 Spring Semester M.E. 301. Introduction to Materials Science I ............................ 3 M.E. 316. Measurements II ................................................... 2 M . E. 372. Systems Analysis II ................................................ 3 M.E. 384. Mechanics IV ...................................................... . 3 M.E. 385. Mechanics V ........................................................ 3 M.E. 441. Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ............................................................. .. ....... 1 Technical elective ...... ....................... ... .. ................... ........... 2 Total 17

PAGE 81

SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester M.E. 442. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ... ..................... 3 M.E. 414. Mechanical Engineering Design .............................. 3 M . E. 401. Introduction to Materials Science II ........................ 3 Technical elective ..... . . ... .... .. ............... ... ................... .......... 6 Free elective ................................................................ ...... 3 Total 18 Spring Semester Social-humanistic elective .................................................. .. 3 Technical electives ............................................................ 15 Total 18 Notes for B.S. (Mechanical Engineering) I. Or other English options; see the English listings in the Course Description section of this bulletin . College of Engineering and Applied Science /73

PAGE 82

College of Environmental Design Dwayne C. Nuzum, Dean INFORMATION ABOUT THE COLLEGE Designers and planners of the physical environment have moved in recent years into expanded roles and responsibilities. Changes in breadth of concern and scope of service have brought the architect, the landscape architect, the urban and regional planner, the technologist in environmental systems, and the in terior designer closer together. All are being asked to make decisions from more alternatives which have longer lasting effects. Lines of demarcation among these professions are being minimized and interdependence among them is increasing. These requirements necessitate a broader base of educational experience, including not only a background for design technique, but also an increased association with an understanding of the physical and social sciences. The social and economic determinants to contemporary life , the complexities of urban and regional interdependence and the allied problems of transportation, growth and population, the effect of business and governmental activity, rapid technological advances -all require of the en vironmental designer a broad base if he or she is to meet present needs and anticipate and guide the fu ture. Preparation for professional service in these fields is partially through the academic process. Accordingly , in August 1969, by action of the Board of Re gents , the University of Colorado was authorized to expand its offerings and change the designation of the School of Architecture to the College of Environmen tal Design. The change included phasing out the five-year undergraduate architecture curriculum and replacing it with a four-year undergraduate degree in environmental design. A series of graduate programs in architecture, landscape architecture, urban design , and planning have been initiated and are fully operational. Full professional status in most environmental de sign fields requires a minimum of five or six years of academic experience and two or three years of practi cal experience followed by state registration or licens ing through a professional examination. Qualifications for success in these careers are not easily measured. Candidates for this profession must have the ability to complete successfully an academic program ranging from fundamental humanistic and scientific courses through applied technical activity to full creative development. They should have a background of secondary education that includes courses in mathematics and physics. Some experience in creative activity may aid them in predetermin ing their personal satisfaction from the creative pro cess . UCD Program The College of Environmental Design at UCD of fers four graduate programs: the Master of Architec ture, the Master of Landscape Architecture , the Master of Architecture in Urban Design, and the Master of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development. A fifth program, Master of Interior De sign , is anticipated for fall 1978. See information fol lowing. Other undergraduate programs are available only through the University of Colorado at Boulder, and students should see the catalog for that campus. Financial Aid Graduate scholarships and fellowships are available to continuing students only, with the exception of Col orado Grants. A limited number of Colorado Grants are available to new students who are residents of the State of Colorado and who fulfill the University ' s criteria for financial need. Forms to apply for State of Colorado Graduate Grants, Federal Work-Study assis tance , and Federal National Direct Student Loans (NDSL), are available through the College of En vironmental Design , University of Colorado at Denver , 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Teaching assistantships are awarded on the basis of the general application materials (application , tran scripts , recommendations , and portfolio) and antici pated teaching needs. MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE There are three programs leading to the degree Master of Architecture. The one-year program is open to students with a Bachelor of Architecture de gree; the two-year program is available to the student with a Bachelor of Environmental Design or Architec tural Studies; and the three-year program is open to

PAGE 83

students who have a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in any field. The objective of the architectural program and its curriculum i to promote intellectual growth and those professional skills necessary to enhance the ar chitect's role in contemporary society. The architect must be able to respond to the problems of today both theoretically and practically and must be able to de velop new approaches to practice and research for the problems of the future. The Master of Architecture Program is the first pro fessional degree program in architecture offered by the College of Environmental Design. Its aim is to educate students whose career will be in the design of the built environment. The curriculum is based on a core program in design, technology , architectural his tory, and professional practice. Design is concerned with the understanding of form and shape consistent with human needs and the techno log y available, along with the development of graphic communications skills. Technology provides basic knowledge of the physical systems of structure, mechanical equipment, illumination , acoustics, and the interrelationships of these systems. Architectural history reviews the forms of the past and their philosophic significance, as well as current architectural ideas and directions . Professional practice is concerned with the skills and knowledge needed to make design a reality . The curriculum is implemented by recognizing the uniqueness of the Colorado region and the fact that architecture has its roots in the geology, topography, vegetation, climate, and culture of the area. The pro gram ha s a close alliance with the profession, and an effort is made to involve the student with actual ar chitectural projects and problems through profession als, the Center for Community Development and De sign, a nd public or nonprofit organizations. The de sign curriculum i based upon a sequential progres sion of courses which begin with a small social unit (i.e., family and small group) and progress to a large scale design problem (i.e., a college campus, a new ski village, an urban redevelopment). The technologi cal sequence starts with the basic concerns (i.e., basic structures, materials, waste, water supply) and de velops to a course that involves the synthesis of the structural and environmental systems in a building . The professional practice courses lead to an intern ship program in which the student is placed in a prac ticing professional's office and exposed to the range of activities in that office. Admission Requirements APPLICATION In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program , they must submit applica tion forms, college transcripts, three recommendations, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by March 15 preced ing the fall semester that they wish to enter. The portfolio format is to be 14 inches by 17 inches or Colle ge of En vi ronmental Design/75 smaller. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to the Director of Master of Ar chitecture, College of Environmental Design, Univer sity of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science degree from a n accredited four-year college or univers ity to be ac cepted into the three-year Master of Architecture program. A four-year degree in architecture or en vironmental design from an accredited college or uni versity is required for acceptance into the two-year Master of Architecture program . A five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree from an accredited architecture program is required for acceptance into the one year master's program. A student in the fourth year of the University of Colorado architectural engineer ing program may enter the first year of the three-year program if qualified. Qualification will be based upon the course work taken previously and upon academic performance. However, a student in this program stil l must apply and be accepted into the Master of Ar chitecture program and have completed all require ments for the Bachelor of Science degree in architec tural engineering before entry into the second year of the program . ADMISSION A faculty admissions committee will review the ap plication materials and select the students to be ad mitted to the programs. Applicants will be notified that they have been accepted, are on a waiting list, or have not been accepted. Applicants are to be notified of their status prior to May I . The recommended minimum grade-point average is 2.75 on a four-point scale. If the student's grade-point average is below 2.75 the Graduate Record Examina tion is recommended as part of the application mate rials . The student, however, will be evaluated for ad mission on the basis of all the application materials and not the grade-point average alone. One-Year Program The one-year program i available only to students with a five-year Bachelor of Architecture degree. The Master of Architecture degree is awarded upon satis factory completion of 32 semester hours and special projects previously agreed upon for the particular can didate's program. The candidate and the adviser mutu ally develop the course of study through selection of offerings in the College of Environmental Design and other divisions of the University. The program is primarily research oriented , and students are allowed to pursue independently an area of their choice related to architecture. Course Requirements Semester Hours Arch . 710-711. Research/Design ... .... . .................................. 14 Cognate courses ................................................................ 12 Electives ....................................................... . .................... 6 Total 32

PAGE 84

76/U niversity of Colorado at Denver Arch. 710 and 711 are course designations for the area of concentration as selected by the student. Options are: I. Facility Design . Research and design work in de sign programming, the design process, and the products of architectural design (i.e., housing, educational facilities, and recreational facilities). 2. Man and Environment. The interactions between people and the man-made and natural environment. Man's physiological, sociological, and psychological relationships to the design environment will be studied. 3. Architectural Technolof?y. Building technology and its interrelationship with architectural design. Structural and environmental control and construc tional systems and materials may be studied. 4. Design Methods. Systematic methods for decision making in architectural design, such as simulation , gam ing , decision theory , computer-aided design, and in formation systems. 5. History and Preservation. Architectural history and its social relevance as it pertains to renewal, resto ration, and the preservation of significant examples of architecture. 6. Urban Design. The architecture of towns and cities. ORDER OF STUDIES (ONE-YEAR PROGRAM) Fall Semester Semester Hours Arch. 710 . Research/Design . . ... .. ......... . .. . ... .. ............... ..... .... 7 Cognate courses . .. . . ................................ .. . . .. .... .................. 6 Elective ..... ........... .. ........... ... . .. .. . . . . . . . .... ... . . . . . ............ .. . ... .. 3 Total 16 Spring Semester Arch. 711. Research/Design ... ........................ .. . . ... . . . .. . ....... .. 7 Cognate courses . . ... . ... .. . .. ... . . . ... ......... .. .......... .. ... .. . . . .... .. ... . . 6 Elective . . .... . ... ............................... .... .. .... ... .... ................ . . 3 Total 16 Total semester hours required ...................................... .. ..... 32 Two-Year Program For the student with a four-year Bachelor of En vironmental Design or architectural stud ies degree who desires a professional degree in architecture, a two year, 64-semester-hour program leading to a Master of Architecture degree is offered. Students in the third or fourth year of the University of Colorado environmental design program who intend to apply for the Master of Architecture program should take the first two courses in the structural sequence (Arch. 552 and 553). Required courses are Environmen tal Systems (Arch. 450), Materials and Methods of Construction (Arch. 451), Architectural History (Arch. 470 and 471), Architectural Graphics (Arch 410 and 411), and Design (Arch. 402 and 403.) Students who have not completed these courses prior to entry will be asked to complete them while in the program. The graphics course may be waived if the student's portfolio indicates excellent graphics ability. Students from other four-year design programs must have taken two semesters of architectural history, two semesters of basic structures (statics, strength of materials) and must show , with the portfolio, a graphics ability equivalent to the two-semester course in architectural graphics. Re quired courses in the two-year program that have been taken by the student in a previous program may be waived if the grade received is B or above. The Master of Architecture is awarded upon satisfactory comple tion of 64 semester hours and all required courses. Course Requirements Semester Hours Architectural design . . . . . ... . .. . .............. .... .. .. . .. ............... .. . .. . .. 24 Environmental technology . .. . ... ... . . . ... . .. . .... . .... ....................... 15 Professional practice, construction drawings, and internship (optional course) . .. ... . .. . . . . . .. . ... . . .... ... . . . .. .. ......... .. 10 Allied professions (p lanning and landscape architecture) . . . . . . .. .. .. . 6 Design theory and practice . .. . .... ......... ................. .. .. . . .. . . ..... .. . 3 Electives . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . .... ... .. . ... ... .. .......... .. .... . . . . .. ................. 6-8 Total 64 ORDER OF STUDIES (TWO-YEAR PROGRAM) FIRST YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Arch. 600 . Design ......... ........ .. ... .. .. ............................... . . .... . 5 Arch . 680. Theory and practice .......................... .......... .. ... .. .. .. 3 Arch. 650. Mechanical Systems ........... , ............................... ... 3 Arch. 652. Timber Structures .............................. .... .. ............. 2 Arch. 653. Steel Structures ...................... ... .. . ................... .. .. . 2 *Electives .. . ... ........... .. ... .. .. ... .. ........................................... 2 Total 17 Spring Semester Arch . 601. Design ................... ... .. . .. ....................... . .. .. .. .... ... 5 Arch. 651. Illumination and Acoustics .. ............... .......... ........... 3 Arch. 654. Concrete Structures ....... .. . .... .. .. ............................. 2 Arch. 660. Professional Practice and Construction Documents .. ... .4 *Electives ..................... ... ... . . .. .. .. .... .. . .. .... ..... .... .. .. .. ........... 3 Total 17 SECOND YEAR Fall Semester Arch. 700. Design ... . .... .... . . .... .................................... . .. .. . .. .. 5 Arch. 702. Thesis Preparation .... ......................................... .... 2 Arch . 760. Internship (optional) ........................................ .. .. .. 3 *Electives ... . .. ................... . . .. .. .. .. .. . . .. .. ............... . .. .......... . .. 6 Total 16 Spring Semester Arch. 701. Design Thesis .... .... .......... ....................... ... ........... 7 Arch. 761. Internship (optional) .. ........... ... ...................... . ....... 3 Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ......... .. ...................................... 3 *Electives . ... ...................... ... . .... ... .................... . .. .. .. ... . .... .. 3 Total 16 Total Semester Hours Required ........... .......... .... .. .. ...... ... .. .. 64 Three-Year Program The three-year program is open to students with a Ba chelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree, one year of high school or college physics, one semester of college algebra and trigonometry, and one semester of calculus. The mathematics and physics requirement • Elective courses may be taken from additional architecture course offerings (consult each semester' s Sch
PAGE 85

can be fulfilled while the student is in the program but must be completed prior to the second year. However, it is recommended that the student complete these re quirements prior to entry . The Master of Architecture is award ed upon atisfactory completion of 96 semester hours and all required courses. Course R equirements Semester Hours Architectural design .......................................................... .. 34 Technologies ..................................................................... 27 History /philosophy /theory .................................................... 9 Graphic communications ....................................................... 6 Professional practice, construction documents , and internship (optional) ......................................................... 10 Allied profession s (p lanning and landscape architecture) ......... ...... 6 Electives . ....................................................................... .4-8 Total 96 ORDER OF STUDIES (THREE-YEAR PROGRAM) FIRST YEAR Fall Semester Semester Hours Arch. 500. Design ............................................................... 5 Arch . 510. Graphic Communications I .................................... 3 Arch . 550. Environmental Systems I ...................................... 3 Arch. 552. Basic Structures .................................................. 3 Arch . 570. History I Philosophy I ........................................... 3 Total 17 Spring Semester Arch. 501. Design ................................................................ 5 Arch. 511. Graphic Communications II .................................... 3 Arch . 551. Materials and Methods of Construction .................... 3 Arch. 553. Basic Structures ................................................... 3 Arch. 571. History/Philosophy II ............................................ 3 Total SECOND YEAR Fall Semester I7 Arch. 600. Design ... ............................................................. 5 Arch. 680. Theory and Practice ............................................... 3 Arch. 650. Mechanical and Electrical Systems ........................... 3 Arch . 652. Timber Structures ................................................. 2 Arch. 653. Steel Structures .. ...................................... ........... . 2 •Electives .......................................................................... 2 Total 17 Spnng Semester Arch . 601. Design ................................................................ 5 Arch. 651. Illuminat ion and Acoustic s ...................................... ) Arch . 654. Concrete Structures ............................................... 2 Arch. 660. Professional Practice and Construction Documents ... ................................................................... 4 *Electives .......................................................................... 3 Total THIRD YEAR Fall Semester 17 Arch. 700. Design ........................................ ....................... . 5 Arch. 702. Thesis Preparation ................................................. 2 Arch. 760. Internship (optional) .............................................. ) •Electives ... .. .. ........................... .. ...................................... 6 Total 16 Spring Semester Arch . 701. Design Thesis ....................................................... 7 Arch . 761. Intern ship (optional) .............................................. 3 College of Environmental Design /77 Arch. 750. Systems Synthesis ................................................. 3 •Electives .......................................................................... 3 Total 16 MASTER OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE There are two programs leading to a Master of Land scape Architecture degree at the University of Col orado at Denver. The two-year program is open to students holding Bachelor of Landscape Architecture degrees or bachelor degrees from some environmental design and architecture programs. The three-year program is open to students with a bachelor's degree in any other field. The objective of the landscape architecture program, as with the other design and planning programs, is to promote balanced growth in both intellectual and pro fessional skills. The problems of today require new approaches, and it is with this in mind that both a three-year as well as a two-year program are being developed at UCD, with balanced emphasis in theory, design , and technology . The programs are based on a core curriculum involving design, technology, history, professional practice, and exploration of several related disciplines. The first major course sequence is design. It consists of courses in art and landscape architecture principles; typical site planning procedures; typical large-, medium-, and small-scale projects; and finally, an indi vidual design project. The technology sequence involves two courses in site engineering and two courses in construction topics. The plant-related sequence involves two courses in plant materials , one course in planting design, and a course in planting technology. Recognizing that good landscape design is based on detailed knowledge oflocal climate, vegetation, sociol ogy, geography, etc., every effort will be made to involve the uniqueness of the Rocky Mountain region in course work. Specific efforts also will be made to help students take advantage of the UCD Community Design Center, plus federal and state agencies and the wide range of private firms offering numerous internships and employment opportunities in this area. Admission Requirements These are identical to those for architecture and urban design. Applications for admission must be re ceived by April 15 preceding the fall semeste r the stu dent wishes to enter. For more specific questions and application forms write Director of Landscape Ar chitecture, College of Environmental Design, Univer sity of Colorado at Denver , I tOO 14th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202. • Elective courses may be taken from additional architecture course offerings (consult each s eme ster's Sch•dul• of Courus) or from other departments at the University of Colora do . The student must take a minimum of three semester hours from each of the Landscape Architecture and the Urban and Regional Planning curriculums.

PAGE 86

78 /University of Colorado at Denver ORDER OF STUDIES (THREEAND TWO-YEAR PROGRAMS) FIRST YEAR Fall Seme ster Semester Hour s L.A. 500 . Landscape Arch. Design I (Principles of Site Planning and Art) . . ... . .. . ... .............. ... ... . ... . . . . .. ... .. . .. . . ... .. ....... .. ..... . . .. . 5 L.A. 410. Graphic Communication I ............. . . . ................... . .. 3 L.A. 480. Rocky Mountain Pla nt Materials I ........ ... ................ 3 L.A . 470. Landscape Architectural History ......... .. . ... ......... ..... 3 L.A . 560. Landscape Architecture Seminar ............ . . ....... ..... . . . .. I Total 15 Spring S emeste r L.A . 501. Landscape Architecture Design II ( Site Design Principles) .... .. .. . . . .................. ... ............... . ..... . ... ... 5 L.A. 411. Graphic Communication II .... ................................. ) L.A . 481. Rocky Mountain Plant Materials II ..................... ... .. ) Cognate-Principles of Ecology (or equivalent) .. ...................... 3 L.A . 561. Landscape Architecture Seminar .................. .. .. .. .. ::.:..'_ Total 15 SECOND YEAR Fall Seme st e r L.A . 600. Landscape Architecture Design Ill (Large Scale Design) ..................................................... .. . 5 L.A . 660. Landscape Architecture Seminar ............................. 1 L.A . 680. Rocky Mountain Planting Design Principles ............... 3 L.A . 650. L a ndscape Architectural Engineering I ...... .. .. .. .... ..... 3 Cognate-History of Environmental Form (U . P . C .D. 614 or equivalent) .. .. .... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .................. 5 Total 17 Spring Semes t e r L.A . 601. Landscape Architecture Design IV (Medium Scale Design) ................................ .. ................... 5 L.A. 661. Landscape Architecture Seminar ..................... .. .. .... ! L.A. 681. Rocky Mountain Planting Technology ...................... 3 L.A. 651. Landscape Architectura l Engineering II .................... 5 Cognate-Introduction to Planning (U.P.C. D . 500 or equiv a lent2._2 Total 17 THIRD YEAR Fall Semeste r L.A . 700 . Landscape Architecture Design V (Small Scale Design) ............................ ........................ .... 5 L.A. 760 . Landscape Architecture Seminar .. .. ......................... ! L.A . 750. Landscape Architectural Construction I .................... 5 L.A. 790. Independent Study .... ...... .... ...... ............................ 3 Open elective ......... ................ .. ....................................... ::]_ Tot a l 17 Spring S e m es ter L.A. 701. Landscape Architecture Design VI (Individual Project) ................... ..... .......... ... ............. . . ...... 5 L.A . 761. Landscape Architecture Seminar ..... ............ .. .......... ! L.A. 751. Landscape Architectural Construction II .................. 5 L.A. 721. Professional Practice .. .. ............ .. .. .. .................... .. . ) Open elective .. ..................... ... .. ... ........... .... . . . .. ............. .. . .. 3 Total 17 MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN Program Description Urban design is another of the graduate environmen tal design programs taught at facilities which are located within two urban renewal projec ts in the core of the metropolitan area. The curriculum focuses upon the complex problems that are generated by change and growth in a vigorous urban and regional laboratory. Emphasis is given to participatory community and pub licly funded design, research, and technology. Special efforts are made to utilize the vast resources of informa tion available from federal, state, and local agencies and institutions which are concentrated in the immediate community. Specific courses and projects attempt to incorporate these allied academic, civic, and citizen inputs into the design processes. Direct daily contact with students and instructors in the planning, land scape, architecture, and interior divisions is very im portant and beneficial. A specific effort is made in professional practice, internship , and directed elective courses to expose urban design students to broader group-oriented factors in the problem-solving process. Placement of students in combination architecture , urban design , and plan ning firms is a primary consideration in meeting the internship requirements. The master's year is a synthesis of the special civic scale factors influencing urban design in one of four options: recreational facilities, community develop ment , rehab iii tation or renewal, transportation and health care. In this phase, students are carefully ad vised throughout the period of their independent re search and design studies. Opportunities to do state and city outreach work in association with the Center for Community Development and Design (the Col lege's design aid field program for ethnic and economic minorities) are available. Many other real problems and /or case studies from the community which require anticipatory and feasibility design and development also are considered. Whenever possible, individual and/or team projects in cooperation with allied disci plines and institutions are encouraged. Admission Requirements In order for students to be considered for admission into the graduate program, they must submit applica tion forms, college transcripts , three letters of recom mendation, statement of purpose, and a portfolio of academic and professional work by April 15 preceding the fall semester they wish to enter. All portfolio mate rial submitted with the application must be in 8W' by 14" format or smaller . If slides are included, they must be in a looseleaf slide holder . It is recommended that students indicate the type and length of all work ex perience they have had since receiving a degree. Ap plication forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Master of Architecture in Urban Design, College of Environmental Design, University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street, Denver, Col orado 80202. ONE-YEAR PROGRAM (MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE IN URBAN DESIGN) A one-year program leading to the Master of Ar chitecture in Urban Design degree is available to stu dents holding a Bachelor or Master of Architecture de-

PAGE 87

gree. The degree is awarded upon satisfactory comple tion of 32 semester credit hours. The program is for stude nt s who wish to pursue advanced s tudies in com pound , complex community design problems . Course R equirements Semester H ours Urban Des ign Studio ........................................... .............. 14 Urban Design Seminar ................................................. ..... 3-6 Pla nning ............................................................................ 6 Electives (professional) . .................................................... 3-6 Independent study .............................................................. 3 Tot a l 32 The design s tudio is the focal point for the specializa tion se lect ed by the student. The project chosen is developed on an independent study bas i with meet ings, seminars, and evaluations scheduled between the s tudent and the faculty advisers. Cognate courses are selected with the guidance of the faculty advisers from related subjects offered by the College or other units of the University. MASTER OF URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING-COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT The M URP-CD program prepares planners to re search, de sign, a nd evaluate the ends and means of social and environmental action. Careers in planning usually center in such growing fields as environmental design, community development , social services , natural resources , ecology, planning consultation , en vironmental assessment, urban renewal , and regional planning . Because Denver is the Rocky Mountain re gion's centr al location for managing these fields of ac tion, UCD planning students are able to combine easily the general principle of academic learning with practi cal experience in nearby operating agencies and organi zations. Curriculum The curriculum requires 60 semester hours as a minimum for graduation. Forty-eight of these semester hours are required "core" courses aimed at training the student in ba sic planning principles, content, research methods , and plan/policymaking skills. Of these re quired credit s, 3 are spent in experiential learning and internships with public agencies and other organiza tion . Another 12 credit hours of the curriculum are elec tive. They are chosen in con s ultation with the student's faculty adviser to form a consistent pattern of planning expertise along the lines of the individual's major in terests. The courses may be chosen from the MURP CD ' own "core electives," from other programs in the College of Environmental Design or from other graduate colleges at UCD. Typical areas of specializa tion have been ecology, transportation , planning ad ministration , community development , urban design , and health planning. The final curriculum requirement is the satisfactory completion , in the student's last semester, of an in depth planning study or project. The aim is to illus trate the individual's ability to integrate and apply the Coll ege of En v ironmental D esig n /79 knowledge and experience gained in the program. This is the major thrust of the core requirement enti tled Planning Studio 3. Admission Requirements In order for a student to be considered for admission into the graduate program , application forms must be submitted by April 15 for the fall semester. Entry into the program at other times is not normally permitted . Applications for admission are reviewed by a faculty student committee. Criteria for admission include academic performance, experience , interest, and moti vation for study. Candidates for admission should note that a 1-semester-hour course in statistics is part of the 60-hour core curriculum. Students who have taken an accepta ble course in statistics may have this requirement waived. Application forms and information may be obtained by writing to Director of Urban and Regional Planning-Community Development Program , Univer sity of Colorado at Denver , 1100 14th Street, Denver , Colorado 80202. MASTER OF INTERIOR DESIGN It is anticipated that a program in interior design will begin in the fall of 1978 and that a full program leading to a master's degree in interior design will be developed during the following years at UCD. For information about this program write Coordinator, Master of In terior Design Program , College of Environmental De sign, University of Colorado at Denver , 1100 14th Street , Denver, Colorado 80202. CENTER FOR COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND DESIGN The Center for Community Development and Design coordinates outreach public service activities of the College of Environmental Design by providing de si gn, community development , and community planning services to urban neighborhoods and small com munities which cannot afford or do not have access to these services; by sponsoring profe ss ional and com munity education , workshops , and conferences; a nd by coordinating community and applied research in the fields of design, community development , and com munity planning. A central goal of the center i s to com bine academic and practical experience of students working with community members on problem solv ing through supervised shortand long-term projects in the field. The faculty and staff of the center coordinate com munity projects for which students register through classes in the various academic curricula . Students who register for projects assume an added responsibil ity of satisfying client needs that goes beyond academic credit. One objective of these project s is to give stu dents professional experience that will enhance their education while in one of the College programs . The types of project s students may select to work on

PAGE 88

SO/University of Colorado at Denve r include development of a physical de s ign program for a child care center in an inner-city neighborhood ; as s i s t ing a neighborhood organize, design , and implement a self-help housing program; coordinating a community development program in a small mountain town , and developing a comprehensive plan in cooperation with a planning commission in a Colorado high plain s town.

PAGE 89

Graduate School Robert N. Rogers , Associate Dean INFORMA TION ABOUT THE SCHOOL The Graduate School is a University-wide body which authorizes programs within its constituent col leges and schools. At UCD, Busine ss and Administra tion (except the M . B.A . program) , Education, En gineering , Liberal Arts and Sciences , and Music are colleges or schools whose graduate programs are of fered through the Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardles s of campus. In prac tice, most master's-level programs are specific to the campus where the student i s admitted, insofar as par ticular options and advisers are concerned. Doctoral-level programs in a discipline are viewed as the responsibility of the entire University community of that discipline. At the present time all Ph.D. programs are coordinated through the corresponding Boulder de partment. However , in a number of disciplines most or all course work for the Ph.D. can be completed at Denver and the research adviser may be a member of the UCD faculty. Some department s in which this is the case are communication disorders and speech sciences, communication and theatre, electrical engineering, and civil engineering . In other disciplines, a sig nificant por tion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at UCD. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral-level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate adviser. Anyone wishing further information not given in this bulletin should contact Associate Dean of the Graduate School , University of Colorado at Denver, 1100 14th Street , Denver , Colorado 80202. Degree s O ffe r ed The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through the Graduate School at UCD. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Colorado at Boulder in a given year. The Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Anthropology Biology Communication and theatre Communication disorders and speech science Economics English Geography Histor y Mathematics Political science Psychology Sociology The Master of Education (M.Ed.) and the Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Early childhood education Educational p ychology Elementary education Foundations of education Guidance and counseling Library media Reading Secondary education The Master of Science (M.S.) in: Accounting Applied mathematics Chemistry Civil engineering Electrical engineering Environmental science Finance Management and organization Marketing The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.) The Master of Humanities (M.H.) The Master of Social Sciences (M.S.S.) Facilities for Graduate Study and Research at UCD Facilities for research in many fields are available at UCD as well as specialized institutes, seminars, and meetings of national standing. The Graduate Student at UCD Approximately 1,800 students are enrolled in graduate programs at UCD and an additional I ,400 spe cial students take graduate courses. Of these , approxi mately 45 percent are part-time students. Faculty The faculty operating in these programs is mainly housed at UCD, although re sou rces of other campuses at the University of Colorado are used. Financial Aid for Graduate Study SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS The University of Colorado administers various forms of financial aid for graduate students: fellow ships, sc hol ars hip s , and a number of awards from out side agencies. The Graduate School each year awards to qualified regular degree graduate student approximately 50 doc toral fellowships paying up to $2,500 plus tuition. Special fellowships a nd sc holar ships are also availa ble for study in certain departments. Colorado Grad-

PAGE 90

82 IV niversity of Colorado at Denver uate Grants are also available to students who can show "demonstrated need." For details contact the Graduate School Office. Applications for fellowships, scholarships, and grants are due in the department before the an nounced department deadline. Fellowship awards are announced about March 15; Colorado Graduate Grant awards are announced each semester for the follow ing semester. GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS Many departments employ graduate students as part-time F-89 instructors or F-99 teaching assistants. The F-89 instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A . degree who may be independently responsible for the conduct of a section or course. Payment for these teaching appointments will be: one-half time F-89 instructor; $5,446 for the academic year; one-half time F-99 teaching assistant, $4,356 for the academic year. A half-time appointment for an F-89 instructor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours ; a half time teaching assistant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Students appointed for at least one-half time qualify for resident tuition rates regardless of their ac tual Colorado residency status. Teaching assistants and F-89 instructors must be enrolled students in good standing for the full period of their appointment. RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS Research activities provide opportumtles for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Holders of these posi tions pay resident tuition. Assistants must be enrolled students. LOAN FUNDS Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans through the National Direct Student Loan Pro gram and for part-time jobs through the college work study program should submit an Application for Finan cial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1 . This office also provides short-term loan assistance to stu dents who have completed one or more semesters in residence. Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergen cies. Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES The University maintains an employment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part time work either through conventional employment or through the college work-study program. Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Students are also referred to prospective employers in accordance with this policy. International Education The Office of International Education expedites the exchange of students and faculty, entertains foreign visitors, promotes special relationships with foreign universities , and acts as adviser for Fulbright and other scholarships. The office also arranges study abroad programs. Stu dents remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities. A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is re quired . There are also occasional s ummer programs offering academic credit. Peace Corps information may be obtained from the Office of International Education. For additional information contact the Office for Stu dent Relations , 629-2861. Institute for Advanced Urban Studies Since UCD is an urban university situated in a major metropolitan area, the primary thrust of its organized research activity is directed toward problem-related research with an urban focus. The major center for these activities is the Institute for Advanced Urban Studies. The Institute for Advanced Urban Studies was estab lished in 1975 to foster research and public service activites related to urban problems and policy issues. Groups of faculty, student, and community participants address problem areas, such as land use , urban growth, municipal finance management, regional hou sing, transportation, and community recreation. UCD's previous centers have been incorporated into the institute structure as constituent parts. They in clude the Center for Urban Transportation Studies, the Center for Public and Urban Affairs, and the Applied Sociological Research Unit. Through its various research components, the insti tute provides research assistance to state and local gov ernment agencies. Additionally, the institute makes available a variety of topical seminars, conferences, and in-service training programs. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements Students may be admitted to the Graduate School in either of the two categories described below. Admission to the Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner pre scribed by the requirements for the degree sought. A student who is granted admission must reflect in a moral and ethical sense a personal background ac ceptable to the University. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total credentials reflect an inability to assume those obliga tions of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any of its law ful

PAGE 91

missions, processes, and functions as an educational institution. REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the approp riate department. In add ition to departmental approval , an applicant for admission as a regular degree student must: I. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a college or university of recognized standing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the degree given at this University. 2. Show promise of ability to pursue advanced study and research, as judged by his or her previous scholastic record. 3. Have had adequate preparation to enter upon graduate s tudy in the field chosen. 4. Have at least a 2. 75 undergraduate grade-point average on all work taken. 5. Meet additio nal requirements for admission as established by major departments. Regular degree students must maintain at least a 3.0 grade-point average each semester or summe r term on all work taken , whether it is to be applied toward the advanced degree intended or not. Students who fail to maintain this standard of performance will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School. Pa ss /Fail Grades. In order to permit a meaningful evaluation of an applicant's scholastic record, not more than 10 percent of those credit hours that are relevant to the intended field of graduate study shall have been earned with pass /fail grades nor more than 20 percent overall. Applicants whose academic rec ords contain a larger percentage of pass /fail credits must submit suitable additional evidence that they possess the required scholastic ability. If the appli cant does not submit satisfactory additional evidence, he or she can be admitted only as a provisional st u dent. PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS ' Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provisional degree s tudent s upon the recommenda tion of the major department. With the concurrence of the dean of the Gradu ate School, a department may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not normally exceed one academic year. At the end of the probationary period, provi sio nal degree stude nts mu st either be admitted to reg ular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program. Credit earned by per sons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University. Provisional degree students are required to main tain a 3.0 grade-point or higher, as may be required by the terms of their provisional admission , each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. If students fail to maintain such a sta ndard of performance , they will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School. Graduate School /83 Application Procedures Graduate students who expect to study at UCD should contact the UCD Office of the Graduate School concerning the procedures for forwarding completed applications. An applicant for admission must present a com pleted Application Form (Parts I and II) , which may be obtained from the UCD Graduate School office, and two official transcripts from each university at tended. The application must be accompanied by a nonrefundable application processing fee of $20 (check or money order) when the app lication is sub mitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid . Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination , and most depart ments require three or four letters of recommenda tion. When a prospective degree student applies for ad mis sion, the chairman of each department or a com mittee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applica nt shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to the Office of Admissions and Rec ords, which will inform the student. Persons not wish ing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as special students (below). A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 60 days prior to the term for which admission is so ught or earlier as may be re quired by the major department . Students who wish to apply for a graduate stude nt award for the academic year 1978-79, e.g., fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc. , must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on finan cial aid). All credentials presented for admission to the Uni versity of Colorado become the property of the Uni versity . SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced subjects and 12 credit points to meet his requirements for a bachelor's degree, may be admitted to the Graduate School by special permission of the dean. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS At the option of any department, the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for assistantships or of any st udent before his or her status is determined. Students who are applying for the fall of 1979 should take the GRE no later than the December test ing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Four to six weeks should be allowed for GRE scores to be re ceived by an institution . Information regarding these examinations may be obtained from the Graduate School Office or the Stu dent Relations Office at UCD, or from the Educa-

PAGE 92

84 /University of Colorado at Denver tional Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. SPECIAL STUDENTS A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, UCD, 1100 Four teenth Street, Denver, Colorado 80202 , or to the Of fice of the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. Special students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted . Special students desiring to pursue a graduate de gree program at this University are encouraged to submit the complete graduate application and sup porting credentials as soon as possible. A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 8 hours of credit toward the require ments of a master ' s degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a special student at the University , or any combination thereof. In addition , the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credit for courses taken as a special student for the semester, quarter , or summer term for which the student has applied for admission to the Graduate School, pro vided that the student ' s application was on file with the department before the beginning of the s emester , quarter, or term in question. REGISTRATION Course Work and Examinations On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admitted to the Graduate School and who expect to study in the Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registra tion procedures. Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into Graduate School. If unable to attend that semester they must notify the department which has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admissions and Records at UCD in order to attend the following semester. Master's Thesis or Report Graduate students working toward ma ster's de grees , if they expect to present a thesis or M.Ed. re port in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree , must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours , or for M.Ed. report for 2 semester hours. The student may register for any specific number of hours in any semester of residence , but the total number of hours for all semesters must equal the number of credits the student expects to receive for the thesis or report. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis or re port is completed. If the thesis or report is not com pleted at the end of the term in which the student is so registered , an in pro g re ss (IP) will be reported. (The student may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an I P grade has been submit ted.) Limitation of Registration FULL LOAD A graduate student will be considered to be carry ing a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is regis tered for not fewer than 5 semester hours in work numbered 500 or above , or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis. A full load for purposes of determining residence credit during the summer term is 3 semester hours of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or 6 semester hours of other graduate work, or thesis . For the purpose of determining a student ' s status with respect to eligibility for the G.I. Bill, full-time graduate study is defined as registration for at least 8 hours of graduate work during a regular semester, or full-time research and writing . MAXIMUM LOAD No graduate student may receive graduate credit toward a degree for more than 15 hour s in a regular semester. The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at UCD is 10 hours per 10-week summer term. TUITION AND FEES The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this bulletin. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DEGREES Quality of Graduate Work Although the work for advanced degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours , an advanced degre e will not be conferr e d merely for the comple tion of a specified p e riod of r e sidence and the passing of a gi v en number of cour s es. Students should not expect to get from formal courses all the training, knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirements for an advanced degree . They should work on their own initiative , reading widely and thoughtfully, reaching their own conclusions, and ac quiring a sense of values, perspective , and propor tion. All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate statu s . A student is expected to maintain at least a B aver age in all work attempted in Graduate School. For the Ph.D . , a course mark below B is unsatisfac tory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree . A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from the Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department.

PAGE 93

Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of the Graduate School. The committee's decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approval or rejection of this application rests jointly with the student ' s major department and the dean . In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in case of appeal by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee . Grad ing S ystem The standing of a student in work intended for an advanced degree is to be indicated by the marks A , B , and C. A -Superio r , 4 credit points for each credit hour. B -Good, 3 credit points for each credit hour. C -Fair, 2 credit points for each credit hour. Work receiving the lowest passing grade , D , may not be counted toward a degree, nor may it be ac cepted for the removal of deficiencies . Marks below B are not accepted for the doctoral degree . An IF or an IW grade may be given for incomplete work at the discretion of the instructor. For details, refer to the discussion of the uniform grading system. The grade of I P (in progress) will be given for con tinuing thesis work and will be valid until the thesis is completed. A graduate student ma y repeat on c e a c ourse for w hich he or she obtained a grade of C or D, upon written recommendation to th e dean b y the chairman of the advisory committee and the chairman of the department, provided the course has not pr e viousl y applied toward a degree. Courses in w hich the grade F is received ma y not be repeated . Graduate students may register for courses on a Pass/Fail basis; however, graduate credit will not be awarded , and such courses cannot be applied toward a graduate degree. Use of Englis h A student who i s noticeably deficient in the use and spelling of the English language may not obtain an advanced degree from the University of Colorado. The satisfaction of this requirement depends not so much upon the ability to pass formal te s ts , although these may be demanded , as it does upon the habitual use of good English in all oral and written work . Abil ity to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major impor tance. Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the u s e of English. Reports , examinations , and speech will be considered in es timating the candidate ' s proficiency. MASTER ' S D EGR E E A student regularly admitted to the Graduate School and later accepted as a candidate for the de gree Master of Art s, Master of Science , or other master' s degree will be recommended for the degree only after the following requirements have been met. Graduate S c hool /85 In general , only graduates of an approved institu tion who have a thorough preparation for their pro posed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank . Necessary additional work re quired to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses. The requirements stated below are minimum re quirement s; additional conditions set by the depart ment will be found in the announcements of separate departments . Any department may make further regu lation not inconsistent with the general rules . Minimum Requi r e ment The minimum requirement of graduate work for the degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below . Plan 1: By presenting 24 semester hours ot grad uate work , including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 500 level or above. Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of gradu a te work , without a thesis . At least 16 semester hours of this work mu s t be at the 500 level or above. Plan II does not repre sent a free option for the stu dent. A candidate for the master's degree may be a l lowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned . Gra d uat e Credit Graduate credit i s given for courses which are listed at the 500 level or above and which are offered by tho s e colleges or schools that are members of the Graduate School , or which have otherwise been ap proved by the dean of the Graduate School. No as surance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the student has the approval of the department. Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years. Courses taken during the fall semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of the Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories : I. Cours es within the major department at the 500 level or above. 2. Courses outside the major department at any level, provided they are approved for graduate rank for a specific degree plan by the facu l ty of the degree granting program . This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 500 level or above. However, as a result , most s tudents who include 400level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed tho s e minimum requirements fo r graduation . Field of Study Studie s leading to a master's degree may be divided

PAGE 94

86 /Unil'ersity of Colorado at Denver between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program. Status After a stude nt has made a sati factory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term and after he has removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise, he should confer with his major department and request that a decision be made on his status. This definite status must be set by his major department before a student may make applica tion for admission to candidacy for an advanced de gree. Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credi t toward a graduate degree all pre requisites required by the department concerned. Language Requirements Candidates must have suc h knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires. See special departmental requirements. Credit by Transfer Re side nt graduate work of high quality done in a recognized graduate school elsewhere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the depart ment concerned and approved by the dean of the Graduate School. All work accepted by transfer must come within the five-year time limit or be validated by special exami nation . The maximum amount of work that may be trans ferred to this University is 8 semester hour s. Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in the Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at lea st one semester in resi dence; s uch transfer will not reduce the residence re quirement at this University , but it may reduce the amount of work to be done in formal courses. Re quests for transfer of credit to be app lied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form spec ified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. Work already applied toward a master's degree received from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master' degree at the Univer sity of Colorado; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and corres pondence work, except to make up deficiencies, is not recognized. Excess undergraduate credits from another institu tion may not be transferred to the Graduate School. Seniors in this University may , however, transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 8 semester hours) provided s uch work: I. Is completed with distinction in the se nior year at this University . 2. Comes within the five-year limit. 3. Has not been applied toward another degree. 4. Is recommended for transfer by the department concerned and is approved by the dean of the Graduate School. Reque sts for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form pecified for this purpose and submitted to the Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. For more information contact the Graduate School of fice. Residency In general, the residency requirement can be met only by residence at this University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full reidence a student must be registered within the time designated at the beginning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hour s of work in courses numbered 500 or above, or at least 8 semester hours of other graduate work. See Limitation of Registration , Full Load, for require ments for full residence credit during the summer. A student who is noticeably deficient in his general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as prerequisite to graduate work, cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time pecified. Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semester s. Admission to Candidacy A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master's degree must file application in the dean's of fice not later than I 0 weeks prior to the completion of the comprehensive-final examination. The number of hours to be presented for the degree must be deter mined before this application may be filed. See previ ous section on Status. This app lic ation must be made on forms obtainable at the dean's office and in various departments and must be signed by a representative of both the major and minor, if any, fields of study, certifying that the student's work is sati sfactory and that his program outlined in the application meets the requirements set in his particular case. Thesis Requirements A thesis, which may be of a research, expository, critical , or creative type, is required of every rna ter's degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fullfillment of the requirements for an ad vanced degree must: I . Deal with a definite topic related to the major field. 2. Be based upon independent study and investiga tion.

PAGE 95

3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hour of work. 4. Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in some departments, 90 days) before the commencement at which the degree is to be conferred. 5. Be essentially complete at the time the compre hensive-final examination is given. 6. Comply in mechanical features with spec ifica tion obtainable from the Graduate School. Two weeks prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred, two formally approved, printed or typewritten copies of the thesis must be filed in the Graduate School. The thesis must be complete with abstract. All theses must be signed by the thesis adviser and the second reader. All approved theses are kept on file in the library. The thesis binding fee must be paid at the Busines s Office when the thesis is deposited in the Graduate School. Credit hour s earned for the thesis will not be ac cepted toward the requirements for a degree unless such credit has previously been registered. A student working toward a master's degree must register for thesis for a specific number of hours. The registered cred it for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a maximum of 6 semester hours, the total number of hours depending upon how much credit is to be given for the th esis. Comprehensive-Final Examinations Each candidate for a master's degree is required to take a comprehensive-final examination after the other requirements for the degree have been com pleted. This examination may be given near the end of the candidate's last semester of residence while he is still taking required courses for the degree, pro vided he is making satisfactory progress in those courses. The following rules applying to the comprehensive final examination must be observed: I. A student must be registered when he or she takes the examination. 2. Notice of the examination must be filed by the major department in the dean's office at least three days in advance of the examination. 3. The examination is to be given by a committee of three graduate faculty members appointed by the de partment concerned in consultation with the dean. 4. The examination, which may be oral or written, or both, must cover the thesis, which should be es sentially complete at the time, as well as other work done in the University in formal courses and seminars in the major field. 5. An examination in the minor work taken at this University is optional with the major and minor de p artments. 6. The examination must include all work presented for the degree not done in residence at the University of Colorado, whether in the major or minor field. The examination on transferred work will be given by rep-Graduate School /87 resentatives of the corresponding fields of study in this University. 7. If a candidate fails the comprehensive-final examination, three months must elapse before the candidate may again attempt it. Supplemental Examinations Supplemental examinations should be simp ly an ex tension of the original examination and given im mediately. If the student fails the supplemental exam ination , three month s must elapse before it may be at tempted agai n . Course Examinations The regular written examinations of each semester except the last must be taken. Course examinations of the last semester, whic h come after the compre hen s ive-final examination has been passed, may be omitted with the permission of the instructor. Time Limit All work, including the comprehensive-final exami nation , should be completed within five years or six successive summers. Work done earlier will not be accepted for the degree unles s validated by a special examination. A candidate for the master's degree is expected to complete his work with reasonable con tinuity. Deadl!nes for Master' s Degree Candidates Expecting to Graduate During 1978-79 Deadline dates for the following can be obtained by calling the Graduate School office on the Boulder Campus, 492-7401. I. Last day for requesting transfer of credit. 2. Applications for admission to candidacy. Appli cations must be submitted at least 10 weeks before the student expects to take the comprehensive-final examination. Students are urged to subm it this form by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which they expect to receive the degree. (The form may be picked up in the department or in the Graduate School office.) 3. Last day for thesis to be approved by depart ment. 4. Last day for scheduling of comp r e hensiv e-fina l examination. 5. Last day for taking comprehensive-fi nal exam ination. 6. Last day for filing thesis in the Graduate School. At the time of filing , the thesis must be complete in all respects and must meet thesis specifications in order to be accepted by the Graduate School. Candidates whose theses are received after 5 p.m. on the indi cated date will be graduated at the commencement following that for which the deadline is indicated.

PAGE 96

88 /University of Colorado at Denver Graduate Programs ANTHROPOLOGY The ma ster's program in anthropology offers gen eral , flexible training in anthropology along with topi cal specialization and the opportunity to specialize in interdisciplinary, applied areas: medical anthropology and community and urban anthropology . The medical anthropology track is intended to serve students pre paring for careers and those with established careers in the health care professions and related field s . Simi larly , the community and urban anthropology track is intended to serve those who seek to employ an thropological concepts and methods of community analysis in public adminstration, development , plan ning, and allied fields. Working with an advisory committee , each student will tailor an individual pro gram of studies around courses and semi nar s in an thropology and allied disciplines . These programs will culminate in a master ' s thesis. A primary goal of the program is to produce graduates who are capable of understanding and proficient at resolving , in coopera tion with others, the many problems of complex societies; consequently , a premium will be placed on interdisciplinary instruction and practical exercises in the design and implementation of research in a variety of settings . More detailed descriptions of the options available within the M . A . program may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology. Admission Admission to the master's program in anthropology is open to any holder of a baccalaureate degree , not necessarily in anthropology, provided he or she meets the following requirements: (I) general requirements for admission to the Graduate School (2. 75 or better grade-point average for all undergraduate studies) ; and (2) knowledge of the fundamentals of anthropol ogy. Applicants will be expected to have had a gen eral introductory course in anthropology and secon dary course in ethnology, archaeology , linguistics , and physical anthropology, or be able to demonstrate a mastery of materials equivalent to that which might reasonably be expected to result from such formal training. Applicants deficient in background may be admitted on a provisional basis but will be required to make up deficiencies without graduate credit during the first year in residence. A simpler alternative , when practical, would be to remove deficiencies as a special student prior to applying for admission to the graduate program. In order to be considered for admission into the master's program, an applicant must submit (I) two copies of transcripts from all undergraduate institu tions attended ; (2) Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal and quantitative aptitude; and (3) at least three letters of recommendation . Evidence of previous nonacademic anthropology-oriented work or other experience will be carefully considered , a s will that of spec i a l skills relevant to anthropological re search. Departmental deadline for receipt of applica tions for admission to the Graduate School, including accompanying materials, is April 15 for fall entrance. Further information concerning specialization within the program , departmental admission and ad vising policies, etc., may be obtained by writing the director of graduate studies in anthropology . For general Graduate School requirements and application in formation, see beginning of graduate section of this bulletin. Residency A minimum of two full semesters devoted to ad vanced study is required by the Graduate School. Students working toward the master' s degree in an thropology will be strongly encouraged to attain that degree within three years following matriculation into the program. Course Hours and Distribution A minimum of 36 semester hours of course work (including 6 hours of M.A . thesis) is required for the M . A . degree in anthropology. Fifteen hours of non thesis course work must be at the 500 level or above. Hours are to be distributed as follows for students pursuing an interdisciplinary speciality within the general anthropology track, the medical anthropology track , or the community and urban anthropology track: Courses in anthropology . .... ......... 15 semester hour minimum Cour s e s in related field s ............... 15 s emester hour s minimum Thesis .... ........................................ .. ... .... 6 semester hours For students pursuing a subdisciplinary specialty within the general anthropology track , hours are to be distributed as follows: Courses in anthropology ...... .. .... .. 18 semester hours minimum Courses in related fields ............... 12 semester hours minimum Thesis ..................................................... 6 emester hour s Examination Each student must pass a comprehensive M . A. examination demonstrating mastery of the fundamen tal principles of anthropology. This examination will ordinarily be taken before the conclusion of the fourth semester in residence. Thesis Each student will be expected to carry out an origi nal research project and report the results in a thesis of professional quality. There is no language requirement for the M.A. program. Students who expect to continue working toward a Ph.D., however, are urged to begin work on at least one l a ngu age early in their graduate careers. APPLIED MATHEMATICS See Mathematics Program.

PAGE 97

BASIC SCIENCE, MASTER OF Collin Hightower , Coordinator for UCD The program leading to the Master of Basic Science degree is interdisciplinary. It provides an opportunity for present and prospective mathematics and science profe sionals and others to extend and/or broaden their training in computer science , mathematics, museology, and the natural and physical sciences at "advanced undergraduate and graduate levels . These profe ss ionals include public school teachers, indus trial scientists, engineers, business persons, and other . The student may elect the mathematics, sci ence , or museology options as described below. Wide latitude is possible in the details of a degree plan so that each student may follow courses of study most pertinent to their interests. The degree plan will be designed in conju nction with the student's adviser and must be approve d by the executive committee. All cour es credited toward the degree must be taken through the University of Colorado at Boulder , Colorado Springs , or Denve r, over a period of five years or six successive s ummer s. The Master of Basic Science degree is supervised by an advi ory committee appointed by the dean of the Graduate School, and application should be made to the Master of Basic Science Office , Ketchum 306 , University of Colorado, Boulder , regardless of the campus which the student plans to attend . Requirements for Admission I. General regulations for admission to the Grad u a te School apply (see Requirements for Admission). 2. A student is expected to have had at least 40 se mester hours in the natural sciences and mathema tics , including one year of calculus , upon admission. Students may be admitted to the program with a defi ciency in calculus, but must remedy the deficiency within two years after admission by completing Math . 140-241 with a grade of C or better (or other courses in mathematical subjects on approval b y the advisory committee with a grade of C or better). Requirements for the Master of Basic Science Degree I. General regulations of the Graduate School gov erning the award of the master's degree apply (see Master of Arts and Master of Science) except as mod ified below . 2. Thirty semester hours of courses at the 300 level and above, taught by members of the graduate fac ulty, in two or more of the following departments : biology; chemistry; geology; mathematics; molecular , cellular , and developmental biology; physics; and computer science. See mathematics and scie nce op tions. At least 12 hours of these must be numbered 500 or higher. 3. Paper /Pr ojec t. Completion of a paper or project on a scientific or pedagogical topic selected in consul tation with the student's adviser and to be a pproved Graduate School/89 by the executive committee. (This is in lieu of the comprehensive examination.) 4. Minimum Grade-Point Average. Courses on the 300 and 400 level will be accepted toward the degree only with grades of A orB; 500and 600-level courses will be accepted toward the degree with grades of A , B, or C. The s tudent must have a B average in all courses taken subsequent to admission to the pro gram , including courses not actually offered for the degree. Mathematics Option I. A reasonable degree of competence is required in the fields of analysis, algebra, and geometry . A minimum of 15 semester hours of upper division courses (300 level or above) in mathematics must be offered for the degree, including at least 3 hours of analysis, 6 hours of algebra, and 3 hours of geometry . 2. One upper division sequence of at least 6 semes ter hou rs in any of the physical or biological sciences enumerated a bove. With permission, two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substituted for the one-year se quence. 3. Upper division electives in science and/or mathematics, including computer scie nce, to com plete an app roved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hours must represent courses num bered 500 or higher. The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hours of courses or seminars in secondary school mathematics teaching, history of mathematics or science , or philosophy of mathematics or science. Science Option I . An upper division sequence (300 level or above) of at least 6 se mester hours in each of two of the phy sical or biological sc ience s named above. With permission , two independent one-semester courses in the same area may be substit uted for one of the one year sequences . 2. Upper division electives in science, mathema tics , and/or computer scie nce , to complete an ap proved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Twelve of the 30 hour s must represent courses numbered 500 or higher . The 30 hours may also include 3 semester hour s of upper divi sion courses or semina rs in secon dary school science teaching, histor y of science , or philosophy of sc ien ce. Museology Option (Boulder Campus Only) I. At least 8 but not more than 12 se mester hour s of courses offered by the museum. Alternatives are the seq uence Musm . 401-402-403 or Musm . 401 and a selection of additional courses in museum . Three to 6 semester hours of courses in the College of Business and Administration are recommended . The total museum-business semester hours may not exceed 15. 2. An upper division seque nce (300 level or above) of at least 6 se mester hours in one of the departments (other than museum) represented in the program. 3. Upper division electives in science, mathema-

PAGE 98

90 /University of Colorado at D enver tics, or computer science, to complete an approved 30-semester-hour degree plan. Of the 30 hours , at least 12 hours must be numbered 500 or above. BIOLOGY Students wishing to pursue graduate work in biol ogy should be familiar with the University of Col orado Requirements for Advanced Degrees. There are no special discipline requirements, although the prospective student must consult with a faculty ad viser prior to making application. The general portion of the GRE is required , and the specialty area is re commended. Applications are submitted directly to the biology graduate coordinator at UCD. The discipline offers either Plan I (with thesis) or Plan II (without thesis) Master of Arts degrees in en vironmental, organismic, and population biology, and Plan II M . A. degree in biology with education. Upon admission to the program , the student in consultation with an adviser will design a study program suited to the student's specific needs. There is no core of re quired courses structured into the master's degree program. Courses acceptable toward the master's de gree in biology include , in addition to biology courses and subject to the approval of the adviser, any ap propriate 400, 500-, and 600-level courses offered in other disciplines or divisions of the University. It should be noted that the student may have to complete some courses at the Boulder or Medical Center campuses. In conjunction with the College of Enginee ring and Applied Science an interdisciplinary program has been developed with a major in environmental sci ence . The program offer s several subject concentra tions within both basic and applied environmental science . Included within the basic approach are con centrations in ecology, earth science, population studies, and physics-chemistry. Included within the applied approach are concentrations in conservation of natural resources , systems analysis, and environ mental quality control. Students interested in this progr a m should contact the Graduate School Office. CHEMISTRY The M.S. degree is offered at UCD in any one of the following basic fields: analytical, bio-, inorganic, organic, or physical chemistry. The master's degree is the highest that can be earned in chemistry at UCD. The emphasis in the program is toward the specialized needs of both full and part-time students. The department at UCD is small and strives to give students excellent supervi sion of work and advising toward the graduate de gree. Students enrolled in the program may be employed as part-time teaching assistants. In addi tion , research activities in the department provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part time work as research assistants. Degree Requirements Two types of degrees are offered: Plan I requires 24 credit hours including 15 to 20 credit hours of formal course work, 4 to 9 credit hours in research cour es, the completion of a re sea rch investigation , and the presentation of a thesis. Plan I I requires 24 hours of formal course work and 6 credit hour s of research without a thesis. Prer eq uisite. An undergraduate major in chemistry is desirable since all students a re required to pass examinations covering the major fields of chemistry. The GRE (Graduate Record Examination) scores are required. Advanced chemistry GREs are recom mended. Students who plan to enroll in the graduate pro gram must take a qualifying examination to determine their background and qualifications for advanced study in the field of chemistry. CIVIL ENGINEERING Civil engineering graduate programs at UCD are of fered through the combined departments of Civil, En vironmental, and Architectural Engineering (Boulder) and Civil and Urban Engineering (Denver). Students wishing to pursue graduate work in civil engineering leading to candidacy for the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy degrees should read carefully Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. All requirements for the M.S . and a large part of those for the Ph .D. may be completed at UCD. A pamphlet elaborating on the rules as they apply to civil engineering i s available from the departmental office at UCD. No qualifying examination is required for the M.S. degree; however, in competition for all University fel lowships, the Graduate Record Examination, consist ing of the aptitude tests and the advanced test in en gineering, is used to evaluate candidates. Therefore , students are advised to take thi s examination prior to their arrival on campus. Programs are available in the fields of transporta tion, water re so urce s, hydraulics, soil mechanics , structural mechanics , and structural design. In each program , courses are selected by the stu dent (under supervision of the faculty adviser) in such a way as to meet the student's interests and the re quirements of the Graduate School. See also Master of Engineering degree. The civil engineering program has no Ph.D. tool foreign language requirement other than those com munication requirements established by the Graduate School . Center for Urban Transportation Studies The Center for Urban Transportation Studies (CUTS), operating under the Department of Civil and Urban Engineering, was established: (I) to assume a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in develop ing research, research facilities , and interdisciplinary graduate programs in urban transportation; and (2) to

PAGE 99

provide a central resource for information concerning urban transportation problem in the Rocky Mountain region, making available to outside organizations the expertise within the University . Through CUTS, the departments offer interdisci plinary graduate programs and research opportunities designed to develop professionals who will be capable of dealing with the complex problems of urban trans portation in a competent and meaningful manner. Students in these programs are expected to reach sig nificant level s of competence not only in urban trans portation but also in at least two relevant minor areas, suc h as architecture, environmental design, urban planning, business management , geography, political science, public administration, sociology, computing cience, and systems analysis. The Center for Urban Tran portation Studies oper ates within the framework of the Institute for Ad vanced Urban Studies at UCD. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE Applicant are admitted to the graduate program in communication and theatre on the basi of their academ ic records and on recommendations. While there are no specific prerequi sites beyond those re quired by the Graduate School, students admitted who are unable to offer a substantial number of semester hours of work in the area of their intended specia lization or allied fields must expect that a sig nificant number of additional courses and semester hours will be required of them in order to make up deficiencies. Every student must take a diagnostic examination before completing 9 semester hours. For every student who declares intention to qualify for an a dvanced degree, an adviser and committee will be selected not later than the beginning of the student's second emester (or second summer term) in re idence. It is the duty of this adviser and commit tee to assume the responsibility for (I) approving the stude nt's graduate program; and (2) evaluating the student's qualifying examination, thesis , and compre hensive-final examination . All master's degree candidates are required to complete C.T. 601 or its equivalent. At least two courses (4 to 8 hours) must be taken outside the de partment or out ide the departmental area( ) of con centration. Pl an I , With Thesis. After any undergraduate de ficiencies have been removed , students under Plan I must norm ally earn 27 seme ter hours, of which a minimum of 16 must be earned in one major area. Four to 6 thesis credi t hours may be counted toward the 27-hour requirement. The Plan II Option without thesis is avai lable at UCD only upon application . Courses at the 500 level or above may be applied toward the graduate degree by graduate students in communication and theatre. Some course are avail able only on the Boulder Campus; inquiry should be made. Graduate School /91 The graduate courses in communication and theatre are also applic able to the Master of Humanities pro gram at UCD. COMMUNICATION DISORDERS AND SPEECH SCIENCE The graduate curriculum in communication disor ders and speec h science leads to the M . A. and Ph .D. degrees. The major area of emphasis at UCD is lan guage and learning disabilities. Requirements for cer tification in the state of Colorado and by the Ameri can Speech and He aring Association (ASHA) can be met. The program in communication disorders and speech science is accredited by ASHA . At pre ent, students must take courses on both the Denver and Boulder campuses. Prospective students should read Requirements for Advanced Degrees and request additional inform atio n from the Graduate School Office. Master ' s Degree The M.A. degree plan includes course work in speech pathology, language pathology, learning dis abilities, audio logy , and education. Clinical and edu cational practicums with the communicatively disor dered are required of all students. Students who do not have an undergraduate degree in the field will also be required to take courses in the basic communica tion processes. Students may fulfill the Graduate School require ments for the master's degree by following Plan I or Plan II. Doctor's Degree The Ph.D. degree plan is developed with the student's advisory committee to meet the individual in terests and needs of each student. In add ition to the major sequence of courses and practicum offered in l a ngu age and learning di abilities, the st udent must select two or three minor areas of emphasis from this or other departments. A sequence of courses in statis tics also is required. Students must meet requirements of the Graduate School for the doctoral degree as well as 8 hours among the following courses: C.D.S.S. 795-4. Practicum III: Clinica l Supervision C.D.S .S. 796-2. Practicum IV : Clinical Admini !ration C.D.S.S. 797-2. Practicum V: Re earch Coordination C.D.S.S. 798-2. Practicum VI: Classroom Instruction COMPUTER SCIENCE Under the auspices of the Computer Science Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder , the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineer ing and the mathematics discipline at UCD are offer ing a program leading to the M.S . in computer ci ence. The program consists of a core of five courses required of all students and the selectio n of a spe cialty field (numerical computation, programming

PAGE 100

92 /University of Colorado at Denver languages, computer systems, management science, or signal processing) in which additional courses are taken. Students may choose the thesis option (Plan I) or the nonthesis option (Plan II). Those selecting Plan I may register for 4 to 6 semester hours of credit for thesis research, working with a faculty adviser from the Boulder or Denver campus. Those selecting Plan II must take C.S. 701, the master's reading option, of fered on the Boulder Campus. In both cases the student's advisory committee usually will consist of fac ulty from both campuses. Admission to the program is granted by the Computer Science Department (Boulde r). Informa tion on the program can be obtained from the depart ment, 492-7514, the Electrical and Computer En gineering Department at UCD , or Professor Roland Sweet, UCD mathematics discipline. ECONOMICS The M.A. degree in economics is offered at both the Denver and Boulder campuses. The requirements are the same and the examinations are offered jointly, but the emphasis and fields offered differ. The Denver program is oriented toward part-time students con cerned with urban problems or seeking to teach below univer sity level. Persons interested in the program should contact the graduate adviser, Professor John Morris. Requirements for Admission (Students not meeting these requirements may be admitted provisionally .) I. General requirements of the Graduate School. 2. Three letters of recommendation. 3. Sixteen semester hours of economics . 4. Acceptable GRE scores. Degree Requirements l. Economic Theory: Econ. 507. 2 . Quantitative Methods: Econ. 580 (or 480) and Econ. 581. 3. Plan 1: Two fields of concentration. Each field requires 6 credit hours , but the structure is highly flexible ; e.g., one field can be an internship. Plan II: An M.A. thesis. 4. Plan 1: Thirty semester hou rs, of which 16 must be at the 600 level (500 level if taken prio r to fall 1975). Pl an II: Twenty-four semester hours, of which 12 must be at the 600 level (500 if taken prior to fall 1975). EDUCATION Graduate study in education at the University of Colorado is offered on three campuses (Denver, Boulder , and Colorado Springs) and through 14 pro gram areas. All inquiries regarding programs at UCD should be directed to the Associate Dean's Office, School of Education, University of Colorado at Den ver, Denver, Colorado 80202, or to the Associate Dean of the Graduate School at UCD. A wide range of professional and academic interest is served by these programs . Programs of study can be undertaken in the following areas: Early childhood education Educational p syc hology Elementary education• Foundations of education Guidance and counseling (elemen t ary, secondary, and agency settings) Library media Reading Secondary education• Mathematics educa tion Scie nce education Graduate studies in education are offered at the M.A. (thesis and nonthesis) level. In some instances , doctoral work can be taken at UCD, but only with the prior approval of a student's adviser, and the dean's office on both the Boulder and Denver campuses. Outlines of each of the graduate programs of study are available upon request from the School of Educa tion Office at UCD. Since many of the graduate de gree plans are flexible and can be designed around in dividual student needs, it is highly desirable that prospective candidates discuss tentative programs of studies with appropriate faculty members prior to submitting applications. Application for Admission A prospective candidate should reque st application forms from the Associate Dean, School of Education, University of Colorado at Denver. The completed form should be returned to the Associate Dean, School of Education, UCD, with a $20 application fee. The fee should be in the form of a check or money order payable to the University of Colorado. Two copies of official transcripts of all previous college and university study should be ordered by the applicant to be sent to the associate dean. Four recommendations on the forms provided, or by letter, sho uld be furnished. At least two of these should be from college or univer sity professors who can write with assurance about the applicant's academic and professional achievement promise . One or two recommendations from super visors or employers are acceptable with reference to an applicant's ability and contribution to the enterprise with which he was or is associated. Application papers and all supporting documents (including GRE scores or MAT scores, see below) must be in the associate dean's office on March I for summer, July 1 for fall, and October 1 for spring semester admission. Applicants should request the Educational Testing Service to send their scores on the aptitude test (ver bal and quantitative) of the Graduate Record Exami nation (GRE), or scores from the Miller's Analogy Test, to the dean's office. If an applicant has not taken the Graduate Record Examination or the Mil ler's Analogy Test, he should arrange to do so. The GRE or MAT is administered at many centers throughout the country. Information about the GRE may be obtained from the Graduate School Office, the Student Relations Office at UCD, the Educational Testing Service , 20 Nassau Street , Princeton, New

PAGE 101

Jersey 08540, or the graduate office of a university in the applicant's area . Master's Degree Two Master of Arts degree plans and a Master of Education plan are available, each comprising one academic year or more of graduate work beyond the bachelor's degree. The minimum residence require ment for any master's degree is one academic year or the equivalent , and it may be satisfied by two semes ters in residence, or three full summer sessions, or any combination equal to two semesters. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS l. M.A. -Plan I (With Thesis). The program con sists of 36 semester hours or more , including 4 semes ter hours for the master's thesis. While the inclusion of a minor field is not required by the Graduate School, a student and adviser may agree on a minor , in which 4 to 8 semester hours can be applied toward degree requirements. The M.A . thesis is written in accordance with the specifications set by the Graduate School and under the supervision of the student's adviser. When a complete first draft is ready for final typing, the thesis must be read by a second reader appointed by the dean's office . If the second reader approves the thesis, both the reader and the adviser will sign it when it is presented for filing with the Graduate School. If the reader does not approve, he and the student's adviser will confer and suggest appropriate changes. Two copies are required by the Graduate School. 2. M.A. -Plan II (Without Thesis). The Plan II program includes 36 or more semester hours of graduate credit , and may include 4 to 10 hours for a minor. The minor is highly recommended in some fields of study. 3. Master of Education (M.Ed.). This degree pro gram requires a minimum of 36 or more semester hours of graduate work, including a professional re port for which 2 semester hours credit is granted. The professional report is prepared under the supervision of the student's adviser, in accordance with thesi s specifications issued by the Graduate School. One copy is submitted to the adviser upon completion, but none is filed with the Graduate School. EDUCATION AS A MINOR FIELD In M.A. programs for majors outside the School of Education , students may include education as a minor if both their major department and the dean's office of the School of Education approve. For master's de grees, a minor in education consists of at least 6 semester hours of study in related courses. Not more than 2 semester hours may be transferred from another institution . Students who propose to minor in education must have had sufficient undergraduate work in education to prepare them for graduate study in the field. Ap praisal of undergraduate preparation will be made by Graduate School /93 the dean's office and the coordinator of the program area in which the proposed minor courses will be taken . ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Electrical engineering graduate programs at UCD are offered through the combined Departments of Electrical Engineering (Boulder) and Electrical and Computer Engineering (Denver). Students can undert a ke st udie s toward the Master of Science and Ph . D . degrees at UCD in the areas of communication and information systems, computer hardware and software, control systems, electro optics and holography , circuits and electronics, fields and propagation, and power systems. A student wishing to pursue work in electrical en gineering should read carefully the Requirements for Advanced Degrees section in this bulletin. He should also obtain a copy of the s pecific electrical engineer ing requirements by writing to the Director of Graduate Admissions, Electrical Engineering De partment , University of Colorado at Boulder, Boul der , Colorado 80309. Special students and those intending to pursue a graduate progr am at UCD are urged to consult the departmental representative as part of their application procedure. Master's degree students are expected to present a thesis unless specifically exempted by the depart ment. The Ph .D. preliminary examination will include the following areas: Bioengineering Circuits (activ e , passive, models) Communication theory Computers Control syste ms Electric and magnetic fields Energy conversion Mathematic s Physical and se miconductor electronics Each student must complete two sections, mathematics and the area in which he plans to specialize, and must present an acceptable master's thesis or the equivalent as an indication of ability to perform independent research. ENGINEERING, MASTER OF The Master of Engineering degree program is ad ministered by the Graduate School thro ugh the depart ments of engineering. The requirements for admission and for quality and quantity of academic work are es sentially the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded by the College of Engineering and Applied Science . The degree is awarded by the Boulder campus only , although sufficient courses exist at UCD to allow for completion of course requirements here. The principal difference between the Master of En gineering degree and the Master of Science degree is that the Master of Engineering is intended especially to meet the needs of practicing engineers who wish to

PAGE 102

94/University of Colorado at Denver follow an integrated, interdisciplinary program of studies in engineering and allied subjects related to the individual student's professional work . Examples of such interdisciplinary programs include engineering and social sciences, engineering and biological ciences, engineering and behavioral sciences, engineer ing and public administration, engineering and law, and engineering and business administration. A successful program to meet these needs requires greater flexibility in operation than is normally possible or intended under the existing Master of Science degree program. The degree will be especially valuable for continuing education programs for engineers in industry. It will provide a framework for such persons to work toward significant goals fitted to their particular interests. (The program will make effective use of the present TV tape program for offering engineering courses from the Uni versity (the ACE program). The ACE program , plus extended use of live TV offerings, will make the pro gram available on a comprehensive basis at various areas throughout the state . ) The Master of Engineering degree is not intended as a means to permit random, unguided selection of courses. Each prospective student is required to pre sent a well-defined objective in order to be admitted to the program. In consultation with the faculty advisers, an academic program is developed to meet this objec tive. The requirements for the degree are 30 credit hours plu a written report on a creative investigation which may be related to the student ' s professional work. The report will be of the same general quality as that re quired for the thesis for the Master of Science degree and must be defended orally, but does not in itself carry credit nor require registration. It may be based upon work done for credit under independent study. At least 15 credit hours must be in engineering at the 500 level or above. As many as 15 credit hours may be taken outside of engineering. Credit in courses below the 400 level will not apply toward degree requirements . Requirements for the following are the same as for the Master of Science degree awarded by the College of Engineering and Applied Science: admission to Graduate School , application procedures , registration , quality of graduate work, status , credit by transfer, residence, admission to candidacy, and time limit. The admission of each student to graduate study , approval of his degree program, admission to candidacy for the degree, and approval of the awarding of a degree are to originate through a specific department of the College of Engineering and Applied Science, in the same manner as for the established Master of Science program. An advisory committee , including not fewer than three faculty members, will be appointed for each student by his department. The membership of each advisory committee shall be chosen from the various interdisciplinary academic areas represented in the student's program and will be from more than one depart ment. The advisory committee guides the student , is responsible for approving the individuals ' degree program and admission to candidacy , and approves the student's written report and the awarding of the degree. Additional information about the degree may be ob tained from the University of Colorado at Boulder Catalog, the Graduate School on the Boulder Campus, or College of Engineering and Applied Science de partmental offices on the Boulder and Denver cam puses. ENGLISH Students admitted to graduate study in English may complete all or substantially all of their course require ments for either the M.A. or Ph . D . at UCD; examina tions are administered through the English Department on the Boulder Campus. Admission requirements for graduate study in En glish include satisfactory scores on verbal and advanced (literature) parts of the Graduate Record Examination , plus at least 24 semester hours in English (exclusive of composition, creative writing, speech, and literature courses counting as credits in education, but including 6 hours of Survey of English Literature), of which at least 16 semester hours must be in upper division work. Students wishing to pursue graduate work in English should note Requirements for Advanced Degrees in this bulletin. They also should obtain a copy of the brochure, Graduate Study in English, issued by the English discipline and should consult the director of graduate English studies at UCD. All students planning to take any graduate English examination must state their intentions to the director of graduate English studies at UCD at least ten weeks prior to the date of the examination. The graduate courses in English are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A Master of Science degree in environmental science is offered through cooperation between the College of Engineering and Applied Science and the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences . For further details contact the associate dean of the .Graduate School at UCD. FINE ARTS Some course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in the discipline, but degree programs must be completed through the University of Colorado at Boul der. Courses at the 400 level also may be used for graduate credit as part of the minor; 500-level courses are open to qualified seniors. The graduate courses in fine arts are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. FRENCH At present UCD offers no French courses above 599. The courses at the 500 level are applicable to an M.A . degree through the University of Colorado at Boulder, depending upon degree plan approval by the graduate adviser in Boulder in each case. The graduate courses in

PAGE 103

French are also applicable to the Master of Humanities program at UCD. GEOGRAPH Y An M.A. degree program is offered at UCD em phasizing the spatial analysis of a variety of urban phenomena. Areas of specialization include urban economic/social geography, transportation, quantita tive methods , urban microclimatology, demography, land use, perception , and environmental planning. Graduate training toward the Ph.D. degree is also avail able at UCD , but applications are presently processed by the departmental office on the Boulder campus. Flexible programs are designed to meet the needs of both fulland part-time students. All incoming graduate students will be required to complete Geog. 618 (Seminar in Geographic Problems) . This orientation and diagnostic seminar emphasizes re search methods and their application to selected topics . Each student's performance will be evaluated by the faculty to: (I) determine the general fitne ss of the stu dent to continue toward the M . A. degree and (2) iden tify any academic deficiency the student may have. For admission to the M.A . program , the student must have a bachelor's degree in geography or some allied field. Applicants with little or no training in geography may be required to take additional course work in areas deemed necessary for completing graduate work. The GRE verbal and quantitative examinations, or their equivalent for foreign tudents, are required of all applicants. GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES Course work at the graduate level can be taken at UCD in this discipline , but degree programs must be completed through the Univer ity of Colorado at Boulder. HISTORY As general preparation for graduate work in history , it is desirable for a student to have had undergraduate courses in government, geography, and economics as well as a major in history. Candidates for graduate degrees may be required to pursue such fundamental courses in history as the department deem s necessary to provide a su itable under sta nding of the processes of history. The candidate with degree status is required to take the verbal section of the Graduate Record Examination before enrolling in the discipline's graduate program , and demonstrate adequate background for candidacy. The advanced history section of the GRE is recom mended but not required. While it is possible to obtain the M .A . degree in two full semesters of residence , it is frequently advisable and at times necessary that more time be s pent in graduate work . Degree Requ i rements There are two options for fulfilling M.A . degree re-Graduate School/95 quirement s. A student may take 30 semester hours of course work or 24 semester hour s plus a thesis. The department strong l y recommends the latter option. A comprehensive written examination must be passed be fore the degree is awarded. Before beginning graduate